WO2009147188A1 - Benzpyrazol derivatives as inhibitors of pi3 kinases - Google Patents

Benzpyrazol derivatives as inhibitors of pi3 kinases Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009147188A1
WO2009147188A1 PCT/EP2009/056839 EP2009056839W WO2009147188A1 WO 2009147188 A1 WO2009147188 A1 WO 2009147188A1 EP 2009056839 W EP2009056839 W EP 2009056839W WO 2009147188 A1 WO2009147188 A1 WO 2009147188A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
indazol
carboxamide
indol
methyl
thiazole
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2009/056839
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Ian Robert Baldwin
Kenneth David Down
Paul Faulder
Simon Gaines
Julie Nicole Hamblin
Joelle Le
Christopher James Lunniss
Nigel James Parr
Timothy John Ritchie
John Edward Robinson
Juliet Kay Simpson
Christian Alan Paul Smethurst
Original Assignee
Glaxo Group Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Glaxo Group Limited filed Critical Glaxo Group Limited
Priority to ES09757569.0T priority Critical patent/ES2445199T3/en
Priority to EP09757569.0A priority patent/EP2300437B1/en
Priority to JP2011512119A priority patent/JP5508400B2/en
Priority to US12/994,250 priority patent/US8658635B2/en
Publication of WO2009147188A1 publication Critical patent/WO2009147188A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D231/56—Benzopyrazoles; Hydrogenated benzopyrazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02—Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02—Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis

Definitions

  • the present invention is directed to certain novel compounds which are inhibitors of the activity or function of the phosphoinositide 3'OH kinase family (hereinafter PI3-kinases), processes for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds, and the use of the compounds or the compositions in the treatment of various disorders. More specifically, the compounds of the invention are inhibitors of the activity or function of, for example, PI3K ⁇ , PI3K ⁇ , PI3K ⁇ and/or PI3K ⁇ .
  • PI3-kinases phosphoinositide 3'OH kinase family
  • Compounds which are inhibitors of the activity or function of PI3-kinases may be useful in the treatment of disorders such as respiratory diseases including asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD); allergic diseases including allergic rhinitis and atopic dermatitis; autoimmune diseases including rheumatoid arthritis and multiple sclerosis; inflammatory disorders including inflammatory bowel disease; cardiovascular diseases including thrombosis and atherosclerosis; hematologic malignancies; cystic fibrosis; neurodegenerative diseases; pancreatitis; multiorgan failure; kidney diseases; platelet aggregation; cancer; sperm motility; transplantation rejection; graft rejection; lung injuries; and pain including pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis or osteoarthritis, back pain, general inflammatory pain, post hepatic neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, inflammatory neuropathic pain (trama), trigeminal neuralgia and central pain.
  • respiratory diseases including asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COP
  • Cellular membranes represent a large store of second messengers that can be enlisted in a variety of signal transduction pathways.
  • class I PI3- kinases e.g. PI3Kdelta
  • Class I PI3Ks convert the membrane phospholipid PI(4,5)P 2 into PI(3,4,5)P3, which functions as a second messenger.
  • Pl and PI(4)P are also substrates of PI3K and can be phosphorylated and converted into PI3P and PI(3,4)P 2 , respectively.
  • PI3K enzymatic activity results either directly or indirectly in the generation of two 3'-phosphoinositide subtypes which function as second messengers in intracellular signal transduction pathways (Trends Biochem. Sci. 22(7) p. 267-72 (1997) by Vanhaesebroeck et al.; Chem. Rev. 101 (8) p. 2365-80 (2001 ) by Leslie et al.; Annu. Rev. Cell Dev. Biol. 17 p. 615-75 (2001 ) by Katso et al.; and Cell. MoI. Life Sci.
  • PI3Ks have been identified, divided into three main classes (I, II, and III) on the basis of sequence homology, structure, binding partners, mode of activation, and substrate preference.
  • class I PI3Ks can phosphorylate phosphatidylinositol (Pl), phosphatidylinositol-4-phosphate (PI4P), and phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate (PI(4,5)P 2 ) to produce phosphatidylinositol-3- phosphate (PI3P), phosphatidylinositol-3,4-bisphosphate (PI(3,4)P 2 , and phosphatidylinositol-3,4,5-trisphosphate (PI(3,4,5)P 3 , respectively.
  • Class Il PI3Ks can phosphorylate Pl and PI4P.
  • Class III PI3Ks can only phosphorylate Pl (Vanhaesebroeck et al. (1997), above; Vanhaesebroeck et al., Exp. Cell Res. 253(1 ) p. 239-54 (1999); and Leslie et al. (2001 ), above).
  • Class I PI3K is a heterodimer consisting of a p1 10 catalytic subunit and a regulatory subunit, and the family is further divided into class Ia and class Ib enzymes on the basis of regulatory partners and mechanism of regulation.
  • Class Ia enzymes consist of three distinct catalytic subunits (p110 ⁇ , p1 10 ⁇ , and p110 ⁇ ) that dimerise with five distinct regulatory subunits (p85 ⁇ , p55 ⁇ , p50 ⁇ , p85 ⁇ , and p55 ⁇ ), with all catalytic subunits being able to interact with all regulatory subunits to form a variety of heterodimers.
  • Class Ia PI3K are generally activated in response to growth factor-stimulation of receptor tyrosine kinases, via interaction of the regulatory subunit SH2 domains with specific phospho- tyrosine residues of the activated receptor or adaptor proteins such as IRS-1.
  • Small GTPases (ras as an example) are also involved in the activation of PI3K in conjunction with receptor tyrosine kinase activation. Both p1 10 ⁇ and p1 10 ⁇ are constitutively expressed in all cell types, whereas p1 10 ⁇ expression is more restricted to leukocyte populations and some epithelial cells.
  • the single Class Ib enzyme consists of a p110 ⁇ catalytic subunit that interacts with a p101 regulatory subunit. Furthermore, the Class Ib enzyme is activated in response to G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR) systems and its expression appears to be limited to leukocytes.
  • GPCR G-protein coupled receptor
  • phosphoinositide 3-kinases phosphorylate the hydroxyl of the third carbon of the inositol ring.
  • the phosphorylation of phosphoinositides to generate Ptdlns(3,4,5)P 3 , Ptdlns(3,4)P 2 and Ptdlns(3)P produces second messengers for a variety of signal transduction pathways, including those essential to cell proliferation, cell differentiation, cell growth, cell size, cell survival, apoptosis, adhesion, cell motility, cell migration, chemotaxis, invasion, cytoskeletal rearrangement, cell shape changes, vesicle trafficking and metabolic pathway (Katso et al. (2001 ), above; and MoI. Med. Today 6(9) p. 347-57 (2000) by Stein et al.).
  • PI3-kinases responsible for generating these phosphorylated signalling products were originally identified as being associated with viral oncoproteins and growth factor receptor tyrosine kinases that phosphorylate phosphatidylinositol (Pl) and its phosphorylated derivatives at the 3'-hydroxyl of the inositol ring (Panayotou et al. Trends Cell Biol. 2 p. 358-60 (1992)).
  • Pl phosphatidylinositol
  • class IA isoform PI3K ⁇ are dual-specific kinase enzymes, meaning they display both lipid kinase (phosphorylation of phosphoinositides) as well as protein kinase activity, and are capable of phosphorylation of other protein as substrates, including auto-phosphorylation as an intramolecular regulatory mechanism (EMBO J. 18(5) p. 1292-302 (1999) by Vanhaesebroeck et al.).
  • PI3Ks Cellular processes in which PI3Ks play an essential role include suppression of apoptosis, reorganization of the actin skeleton, cardiac myocyte growth, glycogen synthase stimulation by insulin, TNF ⁇ - mediated neutrophil priming and superoxide generation, and leukocyte migration and adhesion to endothelial cells.
  • PI3-kinase activation is believed to be involved in a wide range of cellular responses including cell growth, differentiation, and apoptosis (Parker, Current Biology, 5(6) p. 577- 79 (1995); and Yao et al. Science 267(5206) p. 2003-06 (1995)).
  • PI3-kinase appears to be involved in a number of aspects of leukocyte activation.
  • a p85-associated PI3-kinase has been shown to physically associate with the cytoplasmic domain of CD28, which is an important costimulatory molecule for the activation of T-cells in response to antigen (Pages et al. Nature 369 p. 327-29 (1994); and Rudd, Immunity 4 p.
  • T cells Activation of T cells through CD28 lowers the threshold for activation by antigen and increases the magnitude and duration of the proliferative response. These effects are linked to increases in the transcription of a number of genes including interleukin-2 (IL2), an important T cell growth factor (Fraser et al. Science 251 (4991 ) p. 313-16 (1991 )).
  • IL2 interleukin-2
  • IL3 an important T cell growth factor
  • PI3K ⁇ has been identified as a mediator of G beta-gamma-dependent regulation of JNK activity, and G beta-gamma are subunits of heterotrimeric G proteins (Lopez-llasaca et al. J. Biol. Chem. 273(5) p. 2505-8 (1998)). Recently, (Laffargue et al. Immunity 16(3) p.
  • PI3K ⁇ relays inflammatory signals through various G(i)-coupled receptors and is central to mast cell function, stimuli in the context of leukocytes, and immunology including cytokines, chemokines, adenosines, antibodies, integrins, aggregation factors, growth factors, viruses or hormones for example (J. Cell Sci. 114 (Pt 16) p. 2903-10 (2001 ) by Lawlor et al.; Laffargue et al. (2002), above; and Curr. Opinion Cell Biol. 14(2) p. 203-13 (2002) by Stephens et al.).
  • PI3-kinase inhibitors Two compounds, LY294002 and wortmannin (hereinafter), have been widely used as PI3-kinase inhibitors. These compounds are non-specific PI3K inhibitors, as they do not distinguish among the four members of Class I PI3-kinases.
  • the IC50 values of wortmannin against each of the various Class I PI3-kinases are in the range of 1-10 nM.
  • the IC50 values for LY294002 against each of these PI3-kinases is about 15-20 ⁇ M (Fruman et al. Ann. Rev. Biochem. 67 p.
  • wortmannin is a fungal metabolite which irreversibly inhibits PI3K activity by binding covalently to the catalytic domain of this enzyme. Inhibition of PI3K activity by wortmannin eliminates subsequent cellular response to the extracellular factor.
  • neutrophils respond to the chemokine fMet-Leu-Phe (fMLP) by stimulating PI3K and synthesizing Ptdlns (3, 4, 5)P 3 . This synthesis correlates with activation of the respiratory burst involved in neutrophil destruction of invading microorganisms.
  • PI3-kinase function is also required for some aspects of leukocyte signaling through G-protein coupled receptors (Thelen et al. (1994), above). Moreover, it has been shown that wortmannin and LY294002 block neutrophil migration and superoxide release.
  • PI3K effector proteins initiate signalling pathways and networks by translocating to the plasma membrane through a conserved Pleckstrin Homology (PH) domain, which specifically interacts with Ptdlns(3,4,5)P3 (Vanhaesebroeck et al. Annu. Rev. Biochem. (2001 ) 70 p. 535-602).
  • the effector proteins signalling through Ptdlns(3,4,5)P3 and PH domains include Serine/Threonine (Ser/Thr) kinases, Tyrosine kinases, Rac or Arf GEFs (Guanine nucleotide exchange factors) and Arf GAPs (GTPase activating proteins).
  • PI3Ks In B and T cells PI3Ks have an important role through activation of the Tec family of protein tyrosine kinases which include Bruton's tyrosine kinase (BTK) in B cells and lnterleukin-2-inducible T-cell kinase (ITK) in T cells. Upon PI3K activation, BTK or ITK translocate to the plasma membrane where they are subsequently phosphorylated by Src kinases.
  • BTK Bruton's tyrosine kinase
  • ITK lnterleukin-2-inducible T-cell kinase
  • PLC ⁇ 1 phospholipase C-gamma
  • DAG diacylglycerol
  • p110 ⁇ is expressed in a tissue restricted fashion. Its high expression level in lymphocytes and lymphoid tissues suggests a role in PI3K- mediated signalling in the immune system.
  • the p110 ⁇ kinase dead knock-in mice are also viable and their phenotype is restricted to defects in immune signalling (Okkenhaug et al. Science (2002) 297 p. 1031-4). These transgenic mice have offered insight into the function of PI3K ⁇ in B-cell and T-cell signalling. In particular, p110 ⁇ is required for Ptdlns(3,4,5)P3 formation downstream of CD28 and/or T cell Receptor (TCR) signalling.
  • TCR T cell Receptor
  • a key effect of PI3K signalling downstream of TCR is the activation of Akt, which phosphorylates anti-apoptotic factors as well as various transcription factors for cytokine production.
  • T cells with inactive p110 ⁇ have defects in proliferation and TM and Th2 cytokine secretion.
  • Activation of T cells through CD28 lowers the threshold for TCR activation by antigen and increases the magnitude and duration of the proliferative response.
  • PI3K inhibitors are anticipated to provide therapeutic benefit via its role in modulating T-cell mediated inflammatory responses associated to respiratory diseases such as asthma, COPD and cystic fibrosis.
  • T-cell directed therapies may provide corticosteroid sparing properties (Alexander et al. Lancet (1992) 339 p. 324-8) suggesting that it may provide a useful therapy either as a standalone or in combination with inhaled or oral glucocorticosteroids in respiratory diseases.
  • a PI3K inhibitor might also be used alongside other conventional therapies such as a long acting beta-agonist (LABA) in asthma.
  • PI3K ⁇ is expressed by endothelial cells and participates in neutrophil trafficking by modulating the proadhesive state of these cells in response to TNFalpha (Puri et al. Blood (2004) 103(9) p. 3448-56).
  • a role for PI3K ⁇ in TNFalpha-induced signalling of endothelial cells is demonstrated by the pharmacological inhibition of Akt phosphorylation and PDK1 activity.
  • PI3K ⁇ is implicated in vascular permeability and airway tissue edema through the VEGF pathway (Lee et al. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. (2006) 1 18(2) p. 403-9).
  • PI3K ⁇ inhibition in asthma by the combined reduction of leukocyte extravasation and vascular permeability associated with asthma.
  • PI3K ⁇ activity is required for mast cell function both in vitro and in vivo (AIi et al. Nature (2004) 431 p. 1007-1 1 ; and AIi et al. J. Immunol. (2008) 180(4) p. 2538-44) further suggesting that PI3K inhibition should be of therapeutic benefit for allergic indications such asthma, allergic rhinitis and atopic dermatitis.
  • PI3K ⁇ The role of PI3K ⁇ in B cell proliferation, antibody secretion, B-cell antigen and IL-4 receptor signalling, B-cell antigen presenting function is also well established Okkenhaug et al. (2002), above; Al-Alwan et al. J. Immunol. (2007) 178(4) p. 2328-35; and Bilancio et al. Blood (2006) 107(2) p. 642-50) and indicates a role in autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis or systemic lupus erythematosus. Therefore PI3K inhibitors may also be of benefit for these indications.
  • PI3K ⁇ inhibition inhibits fMLP-dependent neutrophil chemotaxis on an ICAM coated agarose matrix integrin-dependent biased system (Sadhu et al. J. Immunol. (2003) 170(5) p. 2647-54). Inhibition of PI3K ⁇ regulates neutrophil activation, adhesion and migration without affecting neutrophil mediated phagocytosis and bactericidal activity over Staphylococcus aureus (Sadhu et al. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. (2003) 308(4) p. 764-9). Overall, the data suggest that PI3K ⁇ inhibition should not globally inhibit neutrophil functions required for innate immune defence.
  • PI3K ⁇ 's role in neutrophils offers further scope for treating inflammatory diseases involving tissue remodeling such as COPD or rheumatoid arthritis.
  • class Ia PI3K enzymes also contribute to tumourigenesis in a wide variety of human cancers, either directly or indirectly (Vivanco and Sawyers, Nature Reviews Cancer (2002) 2(7) p. 489-501 ).
  • inhibition of PI3K ⁇ may have a therapeutic role for the treatment of malignant haematological disorders such as acute myeloid leukaemia (Billottet et al. Oncogene (2006) 25(50) p. 6648-59).
  • PIK3CA gene activating mutations within p1 10 ⁇ (PIK3CA gene) have been associated with various other tumors such as those of the colon and of the breast and lung (Samuels et al. Science (2004) 304(5670) p. 554).
  • the present inventors have discovered novel compounds which are inhibitors of PI3- kinase activity.
  • Compounds which are PI3-kinase inhibitors may be useful in the treatment of disorders associated with inappropriate PI3-kinase activity, for example in the treatment and prevention of disorders mediated by PI3-kinase mechanisms.
  • Such disorders include respiratory diseases including asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD); allergic diseases including allergic rhinitis and atopic dermatitis; autoimmune diseases including rheumatoid arthritis and multiple sclerosis; inflammatory disorders including inflammatory bowel disease; cardiovascular diseases including thrombosis and atherosclerosis; hematologic malignancies; cystic fibrosis; neurodegenerative diseases; pancreatitis; multiorgan failure; kidney diseases; platelet aggregation; cancer; sperm motility; transplantation rejection; graft rejection; lung injuries; and pain including pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis or osteoarthritis, back pain, general inflammatory pain, post hepatic neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, inflammatory neuropathic pain (trama), trigeminal neuralgia and central pain.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • allergic diseases including allergic rhinitis and atopic dermatitis
  • autoimmune diseases including rheumatoi
  • compounds of the invention may show selectivity for PI3-kinases over other kinases.
  • the compounds of the invention may show selectivity for PI3-kinases over DNA-dependent protein kinase (DNA-PK).
  • DNA-PK DNA-dependent protein kinase
  • compounds of the invention may show selectivity for PI3K ⁇ over other PI3-kinases.
  • the compounds of the invention may show selectivity for PI3K ⁇ over PI3K ⁇ and/or PI3K ⁇ .
  • the invention is directed to certain novel compounds. Specifically, the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I)
  • the compounds are inhibitors of PI3-kinase activity.
  • Compounds which are PI3-kinase inhibitors may be useful in the treatment of disorders associated with inappropriate PI3- kinase activity, such as asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • the invention is further directed to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the invention is still further directed to methods of inhibiting PI3-kinase activity and treatment of disorders associated therewith using a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the invention is yet further directed towards processes for the preparation for the compounds of the invention.
  • the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I)
  • R 1 is 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is optionally substituted by Ci -6 alkyl, C 3- 6cycloalkyl, halo, -CN, -OR 13 or - NHSO 2 R 14 ; or phenyl fused to a 5-membered heterocyclyl wherein the 5-membered heterocyclyl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is substituted by oxo;
  • R 2 is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by from one to three substituents independently selected from C 1- 6 alkyl optionally substituted by from one to three fluorine atoms; C 2-6 alkenyl; C 3-6 cycloalkyl; -OR 5 ; halo; -COR 6 ; -CO 2 R 7 ; -CONR 8 R 9 ; -(CH 2 ) m NR 10 R 11 ; -CH(CH 3 )NHCOphenyl; - NHCO 2 R 12 ; -(CH 2 ) n phenyl; and 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the second 5-membered heteroaryl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by Ci -6 alkyl;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or fluoro
  • R 4 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 5 , R 7 , R 12 and R 13 are each independently hydrogen or Ci -6 alkyl
  • R 6 , R 18 and R 19 are each independently C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 8 and R 9 are each independently hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl, or R 8 and R 9 , together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom;
  • R 10 and R 11 are each independently hydrogen or or R 10 and R 11 , together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclyl or a 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclyl wherein the 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclyl or the 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclyl optionally contains an oxygen atom, a sulphur atom or a further nitrogen atom and is optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl; C 3-6 cycloalkyl; halo; oxo; phenyl optionally substituted by halo; pyridinyl; -(CH 2 ) P OR 15 ;
  • R 14 is C 1-6 alkyl or phenyl
  • R is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl or -(CH 2 ) r phenyl
  • R 16 and R 17 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom;
  • n, p, q, r are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
  • the invention is directed to compounds of formula (IA)
  • R 1 is 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is optionally substituted by C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, halo or -CN, or phenyl fused to a 5-membered heterocyclyl wherein the heterocyclyl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is substituted by oxo;
  • R 2 is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by from one to three substituents independently selected from Ci-
  • NHCO 2 R 12 -(CH 2 ) n phenyl and 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the second 5-membered heteroaryl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by C 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or fluoro
  • R 4 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 5 , R 7 and R 12 are each independently hydrogen or d- ⁇ alkyl
  • R 6 is Ci -6 alkyl
  • R 8 and R 9 are each independently hydrogen or d- ⁇ alkyl, or R 8 and R 9 , together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom;
  • R 10 and R 11 are each independently hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl, or R 10 and R 11 , together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom;
  • n are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
  • R 1 is 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9- or 10- membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is optionally substituted by Ci -6 alkyl, C 3- ⁇ cycloalkyl, halo or -CN, or phenyl fused to a 5-membered heterocyclyl wherein the heterocyclyl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is substituted by oxo.
  • R 1 is 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is optionally substituted by C h alky!, C 3 _ 6 cycloalkyl, halo or -CN.
  • R 1 is 9- membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9-membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains one or two nitrogen atoms and is optionally substituted by or halo.
  • R 1 is indolyl optionally substituted by fluoro.
  • R 1 is 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is optionally substituted by -NHSO 2 R 14 .
  • R 1 is indolyl optionally substituted by -NHSO 2 R 14 .
  • R 2 is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by from one to three substituents independently selected from Ci -6 alkyl and -(CH 2 ) m NR 10 R 11 .
  • R 2 is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from and -(CH 2 ) m NR 10 R 11 .
  • R 2 is thiazolyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from Ci- 6 alkyl, for example Ci -4 alkyl such as methyl or isopropyl, and -(CH 2 ) m NR 10 R 11 .
  • R 3 is hydrogen. In a further embodiment, R 3 is fluoro.
  • R 4 is hydrogen. In a further embodiment, R 4 is methyl.
  • R 5 is C 1-4 alkyl such as methyl.
  • R 6 is C 1-4 alkyl such as methyl.
  • R 7 is C 1-4 alkyl such as t-butyl.
  • R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom.
  • R 8 and R 9 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form morpholinyl.
  • R 10 and R 11 are each independently hydrogen or Ci -6 alkyl, or R 10 and R 11 , together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom.
  • R 10 and R 11 are each independently hydrogen or d- ⁇ alkyl.
  • R 10 and R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom.
  • R 10 and R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl or morpholinyl.
  • R 10 and R 11 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 6- membered heterocyclyl wherein the 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally contains an oxygen atom or a further nitrogen atom and is optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 12 is C 1-4 alkyl such as t-butyl.
  • R is such as methyl
  • R 14 is such as methyl. In a further embodiment, R 14 is phenyl.
  • R 15 is -(CH 2 ) q phenyl
  • R 16 and R 17 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a pyrrolidinyl. In one embodiment, R 16 and R 17 , together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a morpholinyl.
  • n is 0. In a further embodiment, m is 1.
  • n is 0. In a further embodiment, n is 1.
  • p is 0.
  • q is 1. In a further embodiment, q is 2.
  • r is 1. It is to be understood that the present invention covers all combinations of substituent groups described hereinabove.
  • Compounds of the invention include the compounds of Examples 1 to 177 and salts thereof.
  • the compound of the invention is:
  • the compound of the invention is:
  • the compound of the invention is: ⁇ /-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
  • the compound of the invention is:
  • Alkyl refers to a saturated hydrocarbon chain having the specified number of member atoms.
  • C 1-6 alkyl refers to an alkyl group having from 1 to 6 member atoms.
  • C 1-4 alkyl refers to an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 member atoms.
  • Alkyl groups may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents if so defined herein.
  • Alkyl groups may be straight or branched. Representative branched alkyl groups have one, two, or three branches.
  • Alkyl includes methyl, ethyl, propyl (n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (n-butyl, isobutyl, and t-butyl), pentyl (n-pentyl, isopentyl, and neopentyl), and hexyl.
  • alkyl is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl or t-butyl.
  • alkyl is methyl.
  • alkyl is isopropyl.
  • Alkenyl refers to a hydrocarbon chain having the specified number of member atoms and at least one double bond.
  • C 2 -6alkenyl refers to an alkenyl group having from 2 to 6 member atoms, for example 2 to 4 member atoms.
  • Alkenyl groups may be straight or branched.
  • Alkenyl includes ethenyl, 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 2- pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, 3-hexenyl and 1 ,1- dimethylbut-2-enyl.
  • alkenyl is ethenyl.
  • Cycloalkyl refers to a saturated hydrocarbon ring having the specified number of member atoms. Cycloalkyl groups are monocyclic ring systems. For example, C 3- ⁇ cycloalkyl refers to a cycloalkyl group having from 3 to 6 member atoms. In one embodiment, the cycloalkyl groups have 3 or 4 member atoms. In a further embodiment, the cycloalkyl groups have 5 or 6 member atoms. Cycloalkyl includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. In one embodiment, cycloalkyl is cyclopropyl.
  • Enantiomerically enriched refers to products whose enantiomeric excess is greater than zero.
  • enantiomerically enriched refers to products whose enantiomeric excess is greater than 50% ee, greater than 75% ee, and greater than 90% ee.
  • Enantiomeric excess or "ee” is the excess of one enantiomer over the other expressed as a percentage. As a result, since both enantiomers are present in equal amounts in a racemic mixture, the enantiomeric excess is zero (0% ee). However, if one enantiomer was enriched such that it constitutes 95% of the product, then the enantiomeric excess would be 90% ee (the amount of the enriched enantiomer, 95%, minus the amount of the other enantiomer, 5%).
  • Enantiomerically pure refers to products whose enantiomeric excess is 99% ee or greater.
  • Half-life refers to the time required for half of a quantity of a substance to be converted to another chemically distinct species in vitro or in vivo.
  • Halo refers to the halogen radical fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo. In one embodiment, the halogen radical is fluoro, chloro or bromo.
  • Heteroaryl refers to an aromatic ring containing from 1 to 3 heteroatoms as member atoms in the ring. Heteroaryl groups containing more than one heteroatom may contain different heteroatoms. Heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents if so defined herein.
  • the heteroaryl groups herein are monocyclic ring systems or are fused bicyclic ring systems. Monocyclic heteroaryl rings have 5 member atoms. Bicyclic heteroaryl rings have 9 or 10 member atoms.
  • Monocyclic heteroaryl includes pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, furazanyl, triazolyl and thiadiazolyl.
  • monocyclic heteroaryl is pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl or thiadiazolyl.
  • monocyclic heteroaryl is pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, or thiazolyl.
  • Bicyclic heteroaryl includes indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, indazolyl, purinyl, benzimidazolyl, pyrrolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrrolopyrimidinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, benzopyranyl, benzoxazolyl, furopyridinyl and naphthridinyl.
  • bicyclic heteroaryl is indolyl, benzofuranyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyrrolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrrolopyrimidinyl, or isoquinolinyl.
  • bicyclic heteroaryl is indolyl, indazolyl, or pyrrolopyridinyl.
  • Heteroatom refers to a nitrogen, sulphur, or oxygen atom.
  • Heterocyclyl refers to a saturated or unsaturated ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms as member atoms in the ring. However, heterocyclyl rings are not aromatic. In certain embodiments, heterocyclyl is saturated. In other embodiments, heterocyclyl is unsaturated but not aromatic. Heterocyclyl groups containing more than one heteroatom may contain different heteroatoms.
  • the heterocyclyl groups herein are monocyclic ring systems having 5, 6 or 7 member atoms. In one embodiment, the heterocyclyl groups herein are monocyclic ring systems having 5 or 6 member atoms. In another embodiment, the heterocyclyl groups herein are monocyclic ring systems having 7 member atoms.
  • Heterocyclyl groups may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents if so defined herein.
  • Monocyclic heterocyclyl includes pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, hexahydro-1 H-azepinyl and tetrahydro-1 ,4-oxazepin-4(5H)-yl.
  • monocyclic heterocyclyl includes pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl and morpholinyl.
  • heterocyclyl is pyrrolidinyl.
  • heterocyclyl is piperidinyl.
  • heterocyclyl is morpholinyl.
  • the heterocyclyl groups herein are bicyclic systems having 10 member atoms.
  • Bicyclic heterocycyl groups include those rings wherein a monocyclic heterocyclyl and a monocyclic cycloalkyl or a further monocyclic heterocyclyl are attached forming a fused or spiro bicyclic ring system.
  • Bicyclic heterocyclyl includes octahydro-4H-1 ,4-benzoxazinyl, octahydro-2H-pyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazinyl and 6-oxa-9-azaspiro[4.5]dec-9-yl.
  • Member atoms refers to the atom or atoms that form a chain or ring. Where more than one member atom is present in a chain and within a ring, each member atom is covalently bound to an adjacent member atom in the chain or ring. Atoms that make up a substituent group on a chain or ring are not member atoms in the chain or ring.
  • Optionally substituted indicates that a group, such as heteroaryl, may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents if so defined herein.
  • Substituted in reference to a group indicates that a hydrogen atom attached to a member atom within a group is replaced. It should be understood that the term “substituted” includes the implicit provision that such substitution be in accordance with the permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent and that the substitution results in a stable compound (i.e. one that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, or elimination). In certain embodiments, a single atom may be substituted with more than one substituent as long as such substitution is in accordance with the permitted valence of the atom. Suitable substituents are defined herein for each substituted or optionally substituted group.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • the compounds of the invention may exist in solid or liquid form. In the solid state, the compounds of the invention may exist in crystalline or noncrystalline form, or as a mixture thereof.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable solvates may be formed wherein solvent molecules are incorporated into the crystalline lattice during crystallization. Solvates may involve nonaqueous solvents such as ethanol, isopropanol, DMSO, acetic acid, ethanolamine, and EtOAc, or they may involve water as the solvent that is incorporated into the crystalline lattice.
  • Hydrates wherein water is the solvent that is incorporated into the crystalline lattice are typically referred to as "hydrates.” Hydrates include stoichiometric hydrates as well as compositions containing variable amounts of water. The invention includes all such solvates.
  • polymorphs may exhibit polymorphism (i.e. the capacity to occur in different crystalline structures). These different crystalline forms are typically known as "polymorphs".
  • the invention includes all such polymorphs. Polymorphs have the same chemical composition but differ in packing, geometrical arrangement, and other descriptive properties of the crystalline solid state. Polymorphs, therefore, may have different physical properties such as shape, density, hardness, deformability, stability, and dissolution properties. Polymorphs typically exhibit different melting points, IR spectra, and X-ray powder diffraction patterns, which may be used for identification.
  • polymorphs may be produced, for example, by changing or adjusting the reaction conditions or reagents, used in making or recrystallising the compound. For example, changes in temperature, pressure, or solvent may result in polymorphs. In addition, one polymorph may spontaneously convert to another polymorph under certain conditions.
  • the invention also includes isotopically-labelled compounds, which are identical to the compounds of formula (I) and salts thereof, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number most commonly found in nature.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into the compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and fluorine, such as 3H, 1 1 C, 14C and 18F.
  • the compounds according to formula (I) may contain one or more asymmetric center (also referred to as a chiral center) and may, therefore, exist as individual enantiomers, diastereomers, or other stereoisomeric forms, or as mixtures thereof.
  • Chiral centers such as chiral carbon atoms, may also be present in a substituent such as an alkyl group.
  • stereochemistry of a chiral center present in formula (I), or in any chemical structure illustrated herein, is not specified the structure is intended to encompass any stereoisomer and all mixtures thereof.
  • compounds according to formula (I) containing one or more chiral center may be used as racemic mixtures, enantiomerically enriched mixtures, or as enantiomerically pure individual stereoisomers.
  • Individual stereoisomers of a compound according to formula (I) which contain one or more asymmetric center may be resolved by methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • such resolution may be carried out (1 ) by formation of diastereoisomeric salts, complexes or other derivatives; (2) by selective reaction with a stereoisomer- specific reagent, for example by enzymatic oxidation or reduction; or (3) by gas-liquid or liquid chromatography in a chiral enviornment, for example, on a chiral support such as silica with a bound chiral ligand or in the presence of a chiral solvent.
  • a further step is required to liberate the desired form.
  • specific stereoisomers may be synthesized by asymmetric synthesis using optically active reagents, substrates, catalysts or solvents, or by converting one enantiomer to the other by asymmetric transformation.
  • the compounds according to formula (I) may also contain centers of geometric asymmetry. Where the stereochemistry of a center of geometric asymmetry present in formula (I), or in any chemical structure illustrated herein, is not specified, the structure is intended to encompass the trans geometric isomer, the cis geometric isomer, and all mixtures thereof. Likewise, all tautomeric forms are also included in formula (I) whether such tautomers exist in equilibrium or predominately in one form.
  • references herein to compounds of formula (I) and salts thereof covers the compounds of formula (I) as free acids or free bases, or as salts thereof, for example as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) as the free acid or free base.
  • the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) and salts thereof.
  • the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds according to formula (I) may be prepared. Indeed, in certain embodiments of the invention, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds according to formula (I) may be preferred over the respective free base or free acid because such salts impart greater stability or solubility to the molecule thereby facilitating formulation into a dosage form. Accordingly, the invention is further directed to compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refers to salts that retain the desired biological activity of the subject compound and exhibit minimal undesired toxicological effects. These pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compound, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid or free base form with a suitable base or acid, respectively.
  • Salts and solvates having non-pharmaceutically acceptable counter-ions or associated solvents are within the scope of the present invention, for example, for use as intermediates in the preparation of other compounds of formula (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • one embodiment of the invention embraces compounds of formula (I) and salts thereof.
  • compounds according to formula (I) may contain an acidic functional group.
  • suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable salts include salts of such acidic functional groups.
  • Representative salts include pharmaceutically acceptable metal salts such as sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, aluminum, and zinc salts; carbonates and bicarbonates of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation such as sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, aluminum, and zinc; pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary, and tertiary amines including aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, aliphatic diamines, and hydroxy alkylamines such as methylamine, ethylamine, 2-hydroxyethylamine, diethylamine, TEA, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, and cyclohexylamine.
  • compounds according to formula (I) may contain a basic functional group and are therefore capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts by treatment with a suitable acid.
  • suitable acids include pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic acids and pharmaceutically acceptable organic acids.
  • Representative pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include hydrochloride, hydrobromide, nitrate, methylnitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, sulfamate, phosphate, acetate, hydroxyacetate, phenylacetate, propionate, butyrate, isobutyrate, valerate, maleate, hydroxymaleate, acrylate, fumarate, malate, tartrate, citrate, salicylate, p- aminosalicyclate, glycollate, lactate, heptanoate, phthalate, oxalate, succinate, benzoate, o-acetoxybenzoate, chlorobenzoate, methylbenzoate, dinitrobenzoate, hydroxybenzoate, methoxybenzoate, nap
  • the compounds of the invention may be made by a variety of methods, including standard chemistry. Any previously defined variable will continue to have the previously defined meaning unless otherwise indicated. Illustrative general synthetic methods are set out below and then specific compounds of the invention are prepared in the Examples section.
  • R 1 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined above, by a process comprising (i) treatment with an acid of formula R 2 COOH, wherein R 2 is as defined above, or (ii) treatment with an acid chloride of formula R 2 COCI, wherein R 2 is as defined above.
  • Suitable conditions for (i) include stirring in a suitable solvent such as N, N- dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)- ⁇ /, ⁇ /, ⁇ /7V'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, and in the presence of a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylethylamine.
  • a suitable solvent such as N, N- dimethylformamide
  • (ii) may be carried out by treatment with an acylating agent such as an acid chloride, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylethylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C.
  • an acylating agent such as an acid chloride
  • a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane
  • a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylethylamine
  • R 3 is H and R 4 is as defined above
  • a suitable boronic acid or boronate ester such as 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-indole (commercially available)
  • a suitable palladium catalyst such as 1 ,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride
  • a suitable solvent such as a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane and water
  • a suitable base such as sodium carbonate
  • this process may be carried out under microwave irradiation, at a suitable temperature such as 60-200 0 C, for example about 15O 0 C.
  • R 1 and R 4 are as defined above, by (i) hydrogenation, in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as palladium on carbon, in a suitable solvent such as ethyl acetate, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C, or (ii) by hydrogenation in a Thales H-Cube ® , in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as palladium on carbon, in a suitable solvent such as ethyl acetate, at a suitable temperature such as 20-40 0 C, for example about 3O 0 C, and at a suitable pressure such as 1-50bar, for example about 30bar.
  • a suitable catalyst such as palladium on carbon
  • a suitable solvent such as ethyl acetate
  • process b may be carried out by treatment of compounds of formula (Vl) wherein R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined above, with a suitable boronic acid ester such as bis(pinacolato)diboron (commercially available), under microwave irradiation, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as 1 ,1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride, in a suitable solvent such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylacetamide, in the presence of a suitable base such as potassium acetate, and at a suitable temperature such as 60-150 0 C, for example about 8O 0 C, followed by treatment with a suitable halide such as 5-bromo-1 H-pyrazo[3,4-b]pyridine (commercially available), under microwave irradiation, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(O), in the presence of
  • Compounds of formula (Vl), wherein R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined above, may be prepared from the compound of formula (III) as described above, by treatment either with (i) a suitable acid of formula R 2 COOH, wherein R 2 is as defined above, or (ii) by treatment with an acid chloride of formula R 2 COCI, wherein R 2 is as defined above.
  • Suitable conditions for (i) include stirring an acid such as, for example, 2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxylic acid (commercially available), in a suitable solvent such as N, N- dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)- ⁇ /, ⁇ /, ⁇ /7V'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, and in the presence of a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylethylamine.
  • a coupling reagent such as O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)- ⁇ /, ⁇ /, ⁇ /7V'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
  • (ii) may be carried out by acylation with a suitable acylating agent such as an acid chloride, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C.
  • a suitable acylating agent such as an acid chloride
  • a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane
  • a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylamine
  • compounds of formula (I) may be prepared from compounds of formula (Ia) where the indazole ring nitrogen is protected, such as for example, with 2- tetrahydropyranyl, by deprotecting under appropriate conditions, such as treating with a strong acid, for example trifluoroacetic acid.
  • VIM wherein R 2 and R 3 are as defined above, by treatment with a suitable boronate such as 4,4,4',4',6,6,6',6'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinane (commercially available), under microwave irradiation, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as 1 ,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride, in a suitable solvent such as 1 ,4- dioxane, in the presence of a base such as potassium acetate, and at a suitable temperature such as between 60-120 0 C, for example about 8O 0 C.
  • a suitable boronate such as 4,4,4',4',6,6,6',6'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinane (commercially available)
  • a suitable palladium catalyst such as 1 ,1
  • Suitable conditions for (i) include stirring an acid such as, for example, 2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (commercially available), in a suitable solvent such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)- ⁇ /, ⁇ /, ⁇ /7V- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, and in the presence of a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylethylamine.
  • a coupling reagent such as O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)- ⁇ /, ⁇ /, ⁇ /7V- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
  • (ii) may be carried out by acylation with a suitable acylating agent such as an acid chloride, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C.
  • a suitable acylating agent such as an acid chloride
  • a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane
  • a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylamine
  • Compounds of formula (X) wherein R 3 is as defined above may be prepared from the compound of formula (V) as described above, by treatment with 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran, with a suitable acid catalyst such as trifluoroacetic acid, and at a suitable temperature, such as reflux temperature.
  • a suitable acid catalyst such as trifluoroacetic acid
  • compounds of formula (I) may be prepared from compounds of formula (Ia) where the indazole ring nitrogen is protected (P), such as for example, with 1-phenylsulphonyl, by deprotection under appropriate conditions, such as treating with a base, for example aqueous sodium hydroxide.
  • P indazole ring nitrogen
  • a base for example aqueous sodium hydroxide.
  • Suitable conditions for (i) include stirring in a suitable solvent such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as 0-(J- azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-/V,/V, ⁇ /7V-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, and in the presence of a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylethylamine.
  • a suitable solvent such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide
  • (ii) may be carried out by treatment with an acylating agent such as an acid chloride, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of a suitable base such as N, N- diisopropylethylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C.
  • an acylating agent such as an acid chloride
  • a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane
  • a suitable base such as N, N- diisopropylethylamine
  • Suitable conditions for (i) include stirring in a suitable solvent such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-/V,/V,/V7V-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, and in the presence of a suitable base such as N, N- diisopropylethylamine.
  • a suitable solvent such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide
  • (ii) may be carried out by treatment with an acylating agent such as an acid chloride, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylethylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C.
  • an acylating agent such as an acid chloride
  • a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane
  • a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylethylamine
  • Compounds of formula (XVI), wherein R 3 is as described above, may be prepared from the compound of formula (V) as described above, by treatment with a suitable alkylating agent such as iodomethane, in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride, and at a suitable temperature such as between -10-20 0 C, for example about O 0 C.
  • a suitable alkylating agent such as iodomethane
  • a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran
  • a suitable base such as sodium hydride
  • Suitable conditions for (i) include stirring in a suitable solvent such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as 0-(J- azabenzotriazol-1-yl)- ⁇ /, ⁇ /, ⁇ /7V- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, and in the presence of a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylethylamine.
  • a suitable solvent such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide
  • (ii) may be carried out by treatment with an acylating agent such as an acid chloride, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of a suitable base such as N,N- diisopropylethylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C.
  • an acylating agent such as an acid chloride
  • a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane
  • a suitable base such as N,N- diisopropylethylamine
  • Suitable conditions for (i) include stirring in a suitable solvent such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-/V,/V,/V7V-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, and in the presence of a suitable base such as N, N- diisopropylethylamine.
  • a suitable solvent such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-dimethylformamide
  • (i) may be carried out by treatment with an acylating agent such as an acid chloride, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylethylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O 0 C.
  • an acylating agent such as an acid chloride
  • a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane
  • a suitable base such as ⁇ /, ⁇ /-diisopropylethylamine
  • Compounds of formula (XXII) wherein R 4 is H may be prepared from the compound of formula (V) as described above (which is commercially available), by treatment with a suitable fluorinating agent such as 1-(chloromethyl)-4-fluoro-1 ,4- diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (commercially available), under microwave irradiation, in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile and acetic acid, and at a suitable temperature such as between 80-180 0 C, for example 15O 0 C.
  • a suitable fluorinating agent such as 1-(chloromethyl)-4-fluoro-1 ,4- diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (commercially available)
  • a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile and acetic acid
  • R 1 and R 3 are as defined above and R 2a is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5- membered heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by -(CH 2 ) m X, wherein X is a leaving group, for example Cl, and wherein P is a protecting group, for example benzenesulphonyl, by a process comprising treatment with an amine of formula NHR 10 R 11 in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA, a suitable activating agent such as sodium iodide and in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile, heating to a suitable temperature such as 20°C-120°C, for example about 70 0 C.
  • a suitable base such as DIPEA
  • a suitable activating agent such as sodium iodide
  • a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile
  • the protecting group P may be on the 1 or 2 position of the indazole. Following reaction with the amine, the protecting group P may be removed by deprotection under appropriate conditions.
  • R 1 and R 3 are as defined above, by a process comprising treatment with an acid chloride of formula R 2a COCI, wherein R 2a is as defined above, in the presence of a suitable base such as pyridine, in a suitable solvent such as DCM, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature.
  • the invention provides a process for preparing a compound of the invention comprising:
  • R 1 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined above, with (i) an acid of formula R 2 COOH, wherein R 2 is as defined above, or (ii) an acid chloride of formula R 2 COCI, wherein R 2 is as defined above;
  • R 1 and R 3 are as defined above and R 2a is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5- membered heteroaryl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by -(CH 2 ) m qX, wherein X is a leaving group, and wherein P is a protecting group, with an amine of formula NHR 10 R 11 , followed where necessary by deprotection.
  • the compounds of the invention are inhibitors of PI3-kinase activity.
  • Compounds which are PI3-kinase inhibitors may be useful in the treatment of disorders wherein the underlying pathology is (at least in part) attributable to inappropriate PI3-kinase activity, such as asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
  • "Inappropriate PI3- kinase activity” refers to any PI3-kinase activity that deviates from the normal PI3-kinase activity expected in a particular patient. Inappropriate PI3-kinase may take the form of, for instance, an abnormal increase in activity, or an aberration in the timing and or control of PI3-kinase activity.
  • Such inappropriate activity may result then, for example, from overexpression or mutation of the protein kinase leading to inappropriate or uncontrolled activation. Accordingly, in another aspect the invention is directed to methods of treating such disorders.
  • Such disorders include respiratory diseases including asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD); allergic diseases including allergic rhinitis and atopic dermatitis; autoimmune diseases including rheumatoid arthritis and multiple sclerosis; inflammatory disorders including inflammatory bowel disease; cardiovascular diseases including thrombosis and atherosclerosis; hematologic malignancies; cystic fibrosis; neurodegenerative diseases; pancreatitis; multiorgan failure; kidney diseases; platelet aggregation; cancer; sperm motility; transplantation rejection; graft rejection; lung injuries; and pain including pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis or osteoarthritis, back pain, general inflammatory pain, post hepatic neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, inflammatory neuropathic pain (trama), trigeminal neuralgia and central pain.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • allergic diseases including allergic rhinitis and atopic dermatitis
  • autoimmune diseases including rheumatoi
  • the methods of treatment of the invention comprise administering a safe and effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a patient in need thereof.
  • Individual embodiments of the invention include methods of treating any one of the above-mentioned disorders by administering a safe and effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a patient in need thereof.
  • treat in reference to a disorder means: (1 ) to ameliorate or prevent the disorder or one or more of the biological manifestations of the disorder, (2) to interfere with (a) one or more points in the biological cascade that leads to or is responsible for the disorder or (b) one or more of the biological manifestations of the disorder, (3) to alleviate one or more of the symptoms or effects associated with the disorder, or (4) to slow the progression of the disorder or one or more of the biological manifestations of the disorder.
  • prevention of a disorder includes prevention of the disorder.
  • prevention is not an absolute term. In medicine, “prevention” is understood to refer to the prophylactic administration of a drug to substantially diminish the likelihood or severity of a disorder or biological manifestation thereof, or to delay the onset of such disorder or biological manifestation thereof.
  • safe and effective amount in reference to a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or other pharmaceutically-active agent means an amount of the compound sufficient to treat the patient's condition but low enough to avoid serious side effects (at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio) within the scope of sound medical judgment.
  • a safe and effective amount of a compound will vary with the particular compound chosen (e.g.
  • patient refers to a human (including adults and children) or other animal. In one embodiment, “patient” refers to a human.
  • the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be administered by any suitable route of administration, including both systemic administration and topical administration.
  • Systemic administration includes oral administration, parenteral administration, transdermal administration and rectal administration.
  • Parenteral administration refers to routes of administration other than enteral or transdermal, and is typically by injection or infusion.
  • Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intramuscular, and subcutaneous injection or infusion.
  • Topical administration includes application to the skin as well as intraocular, otic, intravaginal, inhaled and intranasal administration. Inhalation refers to administration into the patient's lungs whether inhaled through the mouth or through the nasal passages.
  • the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be administered orally.
  • the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be administered by inhalation.
  • the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be administered intranasally.
  • the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are administered by inhalation.
  • the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be administered once or according to a dosing regimen wherein a number of doses are administered at varying intervals of time for a given period of time. For example, doses may be administered one, two, three, or four times per day. In one embodiment, a dose is administered once per day. In a further embodiment, a dose is administered twice per day. Doses may be administered until the desired therapeutic effect is achieved or indefinitely to maintain the desired therapeutic effect. Suitable dosing regimens for a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof depend on the pharmacokinetic properties of that compound, such as absorption, distribution, and half- life, which can be determined by the skilled artisan.
  • suitable dosing regimens including the duration such regimens are administered, for a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof depend on the disorder being treated, the severity of the disorder being treated, the age and physical condition of the patient being treated, the medical history of the patient to be treated, the nature of concurrent therapy, the desired therapeutic effect, and like factors within the knowledge and expertise of the skilled artisan. It will be further understood by such skilled artisans that suitable dosing regimens may require adjustment given an individual patient's response to the dosing regimen or over time as individual patient needs change.
  • Typical daily dosages may vary depending upon the particular route of administration chosen. Typical daily dosages for oral administration range from 0.001 mg to 50mg per kg of total body weight, for example from 1 mg to 10mg per kg of total body weight. For example, daily dosages for oral administration may be from 0.5mg to 2g per patient, such as 10mg to 1g per patient.
  • a prodrug of a compound of formula (I) is a functional derivative of the compound which, upon administration to a patient, eventually liberates the compound of formula (I) in vivo.
  • Administration of a compound of formula (I) as a prodrug may enable the skilled artisan to do one or more of the following: (a) modify the onset of the activity of the compound in vivo; (b) modify the duration of action of the compound in vivo; (c) modify the transportation or distribution of the compound in vivo; (d) modify the solubility of the compound in vivo; and (e) overcome a side effect or other difficulty encountered with the compound.
  • Typical functional derivatives used to prepare prodrugs include modifications of the compound that are chemically or enzymatically cleavable in vivo. Such modifications, which include the preparation of phosphates, amides, esters, thioesters, carbonates, and carbamates, are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the invention thus provides a method of treating a disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity comprising administering a safe and effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a patient in need thereof.
  • the disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity is selected from the group consisting of respiratory diseases (including asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)); allergic diseases (including allergic rhinitis and atopic dermatitis); autoimmune diseases (including rheumatoid arthritis and multiple sclerosis); inflammatory disorders (including inflammatory bowel disease); cardiovascular diseases (including thrombosis and atherosclerosis); hematologic malignancies; cystic fibrosis; neurodegenerative diseases; pancreatitis; multiorgan failure; kidney diseases; platelet aggregation; cancer; sperm motility; transplantation rejection; graft rejection; lung injuries; and pain (including pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis or osteoarthritis, back pain, general inflammatory pain, post hepatic neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, inflammatory neuropathic pain (trama), trigeminal neuralgia and central pain).
  • respiratory diseases including asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COP
  • the disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity is a respiratory disease. In a further embodiment, the disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3- kinase activity is asthma. In a further embodiment, the disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity is chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • the disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity is pain.
  • the invention provides a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in medical therapy. In another embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in the treatment of a disorder mediated by inappropriate
  • the invention provides the use of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment of a disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3- kinase activity.
  • the compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will normally, but not necessarily, be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions prior to administration to a patient. Accordingly, in another aspect the invention is directed to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients.
  • compositions of the invention may be prepared and packaged in bulk form wherein a safe and effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be extracted and then given to the patient such as with powders or syrups.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be prepared and packaged in unit dosage form wherein each physically discrete unit contains a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention typically may contain, for example, from 0.5mg to 1g, or from 1 mg to 700mg, or from 5mg to 100mg of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • compositions of the invention typically contain one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable excipient means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or vehicle involved in giving form or consistency to the pharmaceutical composition.
  • Each excipient must be compatible with the other ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition when commingled such that interactions which would substantially reduce the efficacy of the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof when administered to a patient and interactions which would result in pharmaceutical compositions that are not pharmaceutically acceptable are avoided.
  • each excipient must of course be pharmaceutically- acceptable eg of sufficiently high purity.
  • dosage forms include those adapted for (1 ) oral administration such as tablets, capsules, caplets, pills, troches, powders, syrups, elixers, suspensions, solutions, emulsions, sachets, and cachets; (2) parenteral administration such as sterile solutions, suspensions, and powders for reconstitution; (3) transdermal administration such as transdermal patches; (4) rectal administration such as suppositories; (5) inhalation such as aerosols, solutions, and dry powders; and (6) topical administration such as creams, ointments, lotions, solutions, pastes, sprays, foams, and gels.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients will vary depending upon the particular dosage form chosen.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for a particular function that they may serve in the composition.
  • certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to facilitate the production of uniform dosage forms.
  • Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to facilitate the production of stable dosage forms.
  • Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to facilitate the carrying or transporting of the compound or compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof once administered to the patient from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
  • Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to enhance patient compliance.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients include the following types of excipients: Diluents, fillers, binders, disintegrants, lubricants, glidants, granulating agents, coating agents, wetting agents, solvents, co-solvents, suspending agents, emulsifiers, sweetners, flavoring agents, flavor masking agents, coloring agents, anticaking agents, hemectants, chelating agents, plasticizers, viscosity increasing agents, antioxidants, preservatives, stabilizers, surfactants, and buffering agents.
  • excipients include the following types of excipients: Diluents, fillers, binders, disintegrants, lubricants, glidants, granulating agents, coating agents, wetting agents, solvents, co-solvents, suspending agents, emulsifiers, sweetners, flavoring agents, flavor masking agents, coloring agents, anticaking agents, hemectants, chelating agents
  • Skilled artisans possess the knowledge and skill in the art to enable them to select suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients in appropriate amounts for use in the invention.
  • resources that are available to the skilled artisan which describe pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients and may be useful in selecting suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients. Examples include Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Company), The Handbook of Pharmaceutical Additives (Gower Publishing Limited), and The Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients (the American Pharmaceutical Association and the Pharmaceutical Press).
  • compositions of the invention are prepared using techniques and methods known to those skilled in the art. Some of the methods commonly used in the art are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Company).
  • the invention is directed to process for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients which comprises mixing the ingredients.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be prepared by, for example, admixture at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure.
  • the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be formulated for oral administration. In another embodiment, the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be formulated for inhaled administration. In a further embodiment, the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be formulated for intranasal administration. Preferably, the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be formulated for inhaled administration.
  • the invention is directed to a solid oral dosage form such as a tablet or capsule comprising a safe and effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a diluent or filler.
  • Suitable diluents and fillers include lactose, sucrose, dextrose, mannitol, sorbitol, starch (e.g. corn starch, potato starch, and pre-gelatinized starch), cellulose and its derivatives (e.g. microcrystalline cellulose), calcium sulfate, and dibasic calcium phosphate.
  • the oral solid dosage form may further comprise a binder. Suitable binders include starch (e.g.
  • the oral solid dosage form may further comprise a disintegrant. Suitable disintegrants include crospovidone, sodium starch glycolate, croscarmelose, alginic acid, and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose.
  • the oral solid dosage form may further comprise a lubricant. Suitable lubricants include stearic acid, magnesuim stearate, calcium stearate, and talc.
  • dosage unit formulations for oral administration can be microencapsulated.
  • the composition can also be prepared to prolong or sustain the release as for example by coating or embedding particulate material in polymers, wax or the like.
  • the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers.
  • soluble polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamide -phenol, polyhydroxyethylaspartamidephenol, or polyethyleneoxidepolylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues.
  • the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
  • biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug
  • a drug for example, polylactic acid, polepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
  • the invention is directed to a liquid oral dosage form.
  • Oral liquids such as solution, syrups and elixirs can be prepared in dosage unit form so that a given quantity contains a predetermined amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Syrups can be prepared by dissolving the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a suitably flavored aqueous solution, while elixirs are prepared through the use of a non-toxic alcoholic vehicle.
  • Suspensions can be formulated by dispersing the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a non-toxic vehicle.
  • Solubilizers and emulsifiers such as ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols and polyoxy ethylene sorbitol ethers, preservatives, flavor additive such as peppermint oil or natural sweeteners or saccharin or other artificial sweeteners, and the like can also be added.
  • the invention is directed to a dosage form adapted for administration to a patient by inhalation, for example, as a dry powder, an aerosol, a suspension, or a solution composition.
  • a dosage form adapted for administration to a patient by inhalation
  • the invention is directed to a dry powder composition adapted for inhalation comprising compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Dry powder compositions for delivery to the lung by inhalation typically comprise a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as a finely divided powder together with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients as finely divided powders.
  • Pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients particularly suited for use in dry powders are known to those skilled in the art and include lactose, starch, mannitol, and mono-, di-, and polysaccharides.
  • the finely divided powder may be prepared by, for example, micronisation and milling.
  • the size-reduced (eg micronised) compound can be defined by a D 50 value of about 1 to about 10 microns (for example as measured using laser diffraction).
  • the dry powder may be administered to the patient via a reservoir dry powder inhaler (RDPI) having a reservoir suitable for storing multiple (un-metered doses) of medicament in dry powder form.
  • RDPIs typically include a means for metering each medicament dose from the reservoir to a delivery position.
  • the metering means may comprise a metering cup, which is movable from a first position where the cup may be filled with medicament from the reservoir to a second position where the metered medicament dose is made available to the patient for inhalation.
  • the dry powder may be presented in capsules (e.g. gelatin or plastic), cartridges, or blister packs for use in a multi-dose dry powder inhaler (MDPI).
  • MDPIs are inhalers wherein the medicament is comprised within a multi-dose pack containing (or otherwise carrying) multiple defined doses (or parts thereof) of medicament.
  • the dry powder is presented as a blister pack, it comprises multiple blisters for containment of the medicament in dry powder form.
  • the blisters are typically arranged in regular fashion for ease of release of the medicament therefrom.
  • the blisters may be arranged in a generally circular fashion on a disc-form blister pack, or the blisters may be elongate in form, for example comprising a strip or a tape.
  • Each capsule, cartridge, or blister may, for example, contain between 20 ⁇ g-10mg of the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Aerosols may be formed by suspending or dissolving a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a liquified propellant.
  • Suitable propellants include halocarbons, hydrocarbons, and other liquified gases.
  • propellants include: trichlorofluoromethane (propellant 1 1 ), dichlorofluoromethane (propellant 12), dichlorotetrafluoroethane (propellant 1 14), tetrafluoroethane (HFA-134a), 1 ,1- difluoroethane (HFA-152a), difluoromethane (HFA-32), pentafluoroethane (HFA-12), heptafluoropropane (HFA-227a), perfluoropropane, perfluorobutane, perfluoropentane, butane, isobutane, and pentane.
  • Aerosols comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof will typically be administered to a patient via a metered dose inhaler (MDI). Such devices are known to those skilled in the art.
  • MDI metered dose inhaler
  • the aerosol may contain additional pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients typically used with MDIs such as surfactants, lubricants, cosolvents and other excipients to improve the physical stability of the formulation, to improve valve performance, to improve solubility, or to improve taste.
  • additional pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients typically used with MDIs such as surfactants, lubricants, cosolvents and other excipients to improve the physical stability of the formulation, to improve valve performance, to improve solubility, or to improve taste.
  • a pharmaceutical aerosol formulation comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a fluorocarbon or hydrogen-containing chlorofluorocarbon as propellant, optionally in combination with a surfactant and/or a cosolvent.
  • a pharmaceutical aerosol formulation wherein the propellant is selected from 1 ,1 ,1 ,2-tetrafluoroethane, 1 ,1 ,1 ,2,3,3,3-heptafluoro-n-propane and mixtures thereof.
  • the formulations of the invention may be buffered by the addition of suitable buffering agents.
  • Capsules and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated containing a powder mix for inhalation of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • Each capsule or cartridge may generally contain from 20 ⁇ g to 10mg of the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be presented without excipients such as lactose.
  • the proportion of the active compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the local compositions according to the invention depends on the precise type of formulation to be prepared but will generally be within the range of from 0.001 to 10% by weight. Generally, for most types of preparations, the proportion used will be within the range of from 0.005 to 1 %, for example from 0.01 to 0.5%. However, in powders for inhalation or insufflation the proportion used will normally be within the range of from 0.1 to 5%.
  • Aerosol formulations are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or "puff" of aerosol contains from 20 ⁇ g to 10mg, preferably from 20 ⁇ g to 2000 ⁇ g, more preferably from about 20 ⁇ g to 500 ⁇ g of a compound of formula (I). Administration may be once daily or several times daily, for example 2, 3, 4 or 8 times, giving for example 1 , 2 or 3 doses each time.
  • the overall daily dose with an aerosol will be within the range from 100 ⁇ g to 10mg, preferably from 200 ⁇ g to 2000 ⁇ g.
  • the overall daily dose and the metered dose delivered by capsules and cartridges in an inhaler or insufflator will generally be double that delivered with aerosol formulations.
  • the particle size of the particulate (e.g., micronised) drug should be such as to permit inhalation of substantially all the drug into the lungs upon administration of the aerosol formulation and will thus be less than 100 microns, desirably less than 20 microns, and in particular in the range of from 1 to 10 microns, such as from 1 to 5 microns, more preferably from 2 to 3 microns.
  • the formulations of the invention may be prepared by dispersal or dissolution of the medicament and a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the selected propellant in an appropriate container, for example, with the aid of sonication or a high-shear mixer.
  • the process is desirably carried out under controlled humidity conditions.
  • the chemical and physical stability and the pharmaceutical acceptability of the aerosol formulations according to the invention may be determined by techniques well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the chemical stability of the components may be determined by HPLC assay, for example, after prolonged storage of the product.
  • Physical stability data may be gained from other conventional analytical techniques such as, for example, by leak testing, by valve delivery assay (average shot weights per actuation), by dose reproducibility assay (active ingredient per actuation) and spray distribution analysis.
  • the stability of the suspension aerosol formulations according to the invention may be measured by conventional techniques, for example, by measuring flocculation size distribution using a back light scattering instrument or by measuring particle size distribution by cascade impaction or by the "twin impinger” analytical process.
  • twin impinger assay means "Determination of the deposition of the emitted dose in pressurised inhalations using apparatus A” as defined in British Pharmacopaeia 1988, pages A204-207, Appendix XVII C.
  • Such techniques enable the "respirable fraction" of the aerosol formulations to be calculated.
  • MDI means a unit comprising a can, a secured cap covering the can and a formulation metering valve situated in the cap.
  • MDI system includes a suitable channelling device. Suitable channelling devices comprise for example, a valve actuator and a cylindrical or cone-like passage through which medicament may be delivered from the filled canister via the metering valve to the nose or mouth of a patient such as a mouthpiece actuator.
  • MDI canisters generally comprise a container capable of withstanding the vapour pressure of the propellant used such as a plastic or plastic-coated glass bottle or preferably a metal can, for example, aluminium or an alloy thereof which may optionally be anodised, lacquer-coated and/or plastic-coated (for example incorporated herein by reference WO96/32099 wherein part or all of the internal surfaces are coated with one or more fluorocarbon polymers optionally in combination with one or more non-fluorocarbon polymers), which container is closed with a metering valve.
  • the cap may be secured onto the can via ultrasonic welding, screw fitting or crimping.
  • MDIs taught herein may be prepared by methods of the art (e.g. see Byron, above and WO96/32099).
  • the canister is fitted with a cap assembly, wherein a drug-metering valve is situated in the cap, and said cap is crimped in place.
  • the metallic internal surface of the can is coated with a fluoropolymer, more preferably blended with a non-fluoropolymer.
  • the metallic internal surface of the can is coated with a polymer blend of polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyethersulfone (PES).
  • the whole of the metallic internal surface of the can is coated with a polymer blend of polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyethersulfone (PES).
  • the metering valves are designed to deliver a metered amount of the formulation per actuation and incorporate a gasket to prevent leakage of propellant through the valve.
  • the gasket may comprise any suitable elastomeric material such as, for example, low density polyethylene, chlorobutyl, bromobutyl, EPDM, black and white butadiene- acrylonitrile rubbers, butyl rubber and neoprene.
  • Suitable valves are commercially available from manufacturers well known in the aerosol industry, for example, from Valois, France (e.g. DF10, DF30, DF60), Bespak pic, UK (e.g. BK300, BK357) and 3M-
  • the MDIs may also be used in conjunction with other structures such as, without limitation, overwrap packages for storing and containing the MDIs, including those described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,1 19,853; 6,179,1 18; 6,315,1 12; 6,352,152; 6,390,291 ; and 6,679,374, as well as dose counter units such as, but not limited to, those described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,360,739 and 6,431 ,168.
  • overwrap packages for storing and containing the MDIs, including those described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,1 19,853; 6,179,1 18; 6,315,1 12; 6,352,152; 6,390,291 ; and 6,679,374, as well as dose counter units such as, but not limited to, those described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,360,739 and 6,431 ,168.
  • a metering valve is crimped onto an aluminium can to form an empty canister.
  • the particulate medicament is added to a charge vessel and liquefied propellant together with the optional excipients is pressure filled through the charge vessel into a manufacturing vessel.
  • the drug suspension is mixed before recirculation to a filling machine and an aliquot of the drug suspension is then filled through the metering valve into the canister.
  • a metering valve is crimped onto an aluminium can to form an empty canister.
  • the liquefied propellant together with the optional excipients and the dissolved medicament is pressure filled through the charge vessel into a manufacturing vessel.
  • an aliquot of the liquefied formulation is added to an open canister under conditions which are sufficiently cold to ensure the formulation does not vaporise, and then a metering valve crimped onto the canister.
  • each filled canister is check- weighed, coded with a batch number and packed into a tray for storage before release testing.
  • Suspensions and solutions comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may also be administered to a patient via a nebulizer.
  • the solvent or suspension agent utilized for nebulization may be any pharmaceutically-acceptable liquid such as water, aqueous saline, alcohols or glycols, e.g., ethanol, isopropylalcohol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, etc. or mixtures thereof.
  • Saline solutions utilize salts which display little or no pharmacological activity after administration.
  • organic salts such as alkali metal or ammonium halogen salts, e.g., sodium chloride, potassium chloride or organic salts, such as potassium, sodium and ammonium salts or organic acids, e.g., ascorbic acid, citric acid, acetic acid, tartaric acid, etc. may be used for this purpose.
  • alkali metal or ammonium halogen salts e.g., sodium chloride, potassium chloride or organic salts, such as potassium, sodium and ammonium salts or organic acids, e.g., ascorbic acid, citric acid, acetic acid, tartaric acid, etc.
  • organic acids e.g., ascorbic acid, citric acid, acetic acid, tartaric acid, etc.
  • the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be stabilized by the addition of an inorganic acid, e.g., hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulphuric acid and/or phosphoric acid; an organic acid, e.g., ascorbic acid, citric acid, acetic acid, and tartaric acid, etc., a complexing agent such as EDTA or citric acid and salts thereof; or an antioxidant such as antioxidant such as vitamin E or ascorbic acid. These may be used alone or together to stabilize the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • an inorganic acid e.g., hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulphuric acid and/or phosphoric acid
  • an organic acid e.g., ascorbic acid, citric acid, acetic acid, and tartaric acid, etc.
  • a complexing agent such as EDTA or citric acid and salts thereof
  • an antioxidant such as antioxidant such as vitamin E or as
  • Preservatives may be added such as benzalkonium chloride or benzoic acid and salts thereof.
  • Surfactant may be added particularly to improve the physical stability of suspensions. These include lecithin, disodium dioctylsulphosuccinate, oleic acid and sorbitan esters.
  • the invention is directed to a dosage form adapted for intranasal administration.
  • Formulations for administration to the nose may include pressurised aerosol formulations and aqueous formulations administered to the nose by pressurised pump. Formulations which are non-pressurised and adapted to be administered topically to the nasal cavity are of particular interest. Suitable formulations contain water as the diluent or carrier for this purpose. Aqueous formulations for administration to the lung or nose may be provided with conventional excipients such as buffering agents, tonicity modifying agents and the like. Aqueous formulations may also be administered to the nose by nebulisation.
  • the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be formulated as a fluid formulation for delivery from a fluid dispenser, for example a fluid dispenser having a dispensing nozzle or dispensing orifice through which a metered dose of the fluid formulation is dispensed upon the application of a user-applied force to a pump mechanism of the fluid dispenser.
  • a fluid dispenser for example a fluid dispenser having a dispensing nozzle or dispensing orifice through which a metered dose of the fluid formulation is dispensed upon the application of a user-applied force to a pump mechanism of the fluid dispenser.
  • Such fluid dispensers are generally provided with a reservoir of multiple metered doses of the fluid formulation, the doses being dispensable upon sequential pump actuations.
  • the dispensing nozzle or orifice may be configured for insertion into the nostrils of the user for spray dispensing of the fluid formulation into the nasal cavity.
  • a fluid dispenser of the aforementioned type is described and illustrated in WO05/044354, the entire content of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
  • the dispenser has a housing which houses a fluid discharge device having a compression pump mounted on a container for containing a fluid formulation.
  • the housing has at least one finger-operable side lever which is movable inwardly with respect to the housing to cam the container upwardly in the housing to cause the pump to compress and pump a metered dose of the formulation out of a pump stem through a nasal nozzle of the housing.
  • the fluid dispenser is of the general type illustrated in Figures 30-40 of WO05/044354.
  • compositions adapted for intranasal administration wherein the carrier is a solid include a coarse powder having a particle size for example in the range 20 to 500 microns which is administered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose.
  • suitable compositions wherein the carrier is a liquid, for administration as a nasal spray or as nasal drops include aqueous or oil solutions of the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • compositions adapted for transdermal administration may be presented as discrete patches intended to remain in intimate contact with the epidermis of the patient for a prolonged period of time.
  • the active ingredient may be delivered from the patch by iontophoresis as generally described in Pharmaceutical Research, 3(6), 318 (1986).
  • compositions adapted for topical administration may be formulated as ointments, creams, suspensions, lotions, powders, solutions, pastes, gels, sprays, aerosols or oils.
  • Ointments, creams and gels may, for example, be formulated with an aqueous or oily base with the addition of suitable thickening and/or gelling agent and/or solvents.
  • bases may thus, for example, include water and/or an oil such as liquid paraffin or a vegetable oil such as arachis oil or castor oil, or a solvent such as polyethylene glycol.
  • Thickening agents and gelling agents which may be used according to the nature of the base include soft paraffin, aluminium stearate, cetostearyl alcohol, polyethylene glycols, woolfat, beeswax, carboxypolymethylene and cellulose derivatives, and/or glyceryl monostearate and/or non-ionic emulsifying agents.
  • Lotions may be formulated with an aqueous or oily base and will in general also contain one or more emulsifying agents, stabilising agents, dispersing agents, suspending agents or thickening agents.
  • Powders for external application may be formed with the aid of any suitable powder base, for example, talc, lactose or starch.
  • Drops may be formulated with an aqueous or nonaqueous base also comprising one or more dispersing agents, solubilising agents, suspending agents or preservatives.
  • Topical preparations may be administered by one or more applications per day to the affected area; over skin areas occlusive dressings may advantageously be used. Continuous or prolonged delivery may be achieved by an adhesive reservoir system.
  • the compositions may be applied as a topical ointment or cream.
  • the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be employed with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.
  • the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base or a water-in-oil base.
  • compositions adapted for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • the compositions may be presented in unit- dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets.
  • the compound and pharmaceutical formulations according to the invention may be used in combination with or include one or more other therapeutic agents, for example selected from anti-inflammatory agents, anticholinergic agents (particularly an M 1 ZM 2 ZM 3 receptor antagonist), ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonists, antiinfective agents, such as antibiotics or antivirals, or antihistamines.
  • therapeutic agents for example selected from anti-inflammatory agents, anticholinergic agents (particularly an M 1 ZM 2 ZM 3 receptor antagonist), ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonists, antiinfective agents, such as antibiotics or antivirals, or antihistamines.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more other therapeutically active agents, for example selected from an anti-inflammatory agent, such as a corticosteroid or an NSAID, an anticholinergic agent, a ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonist, an antiinfective agent, such as an antibiotic or an antiviral, or an antihistamine.
  • an anti-inflammatory agent such as a corticosteroid or an NSAID
  • an anticholinergic agent such as a corticosteroid or an NSAID
  • an anticholinergic agent such as a corticosteroid or an NSAID
  • an antiinfective agent such as an antibiotic or an antiviral
  • an antihistamine an antihistamine.
  • One embodiment of the invention encompasses combinations comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a ⁇ 2 -adrenore
  • Certain compounds of the invention may show selectivity for PI3K ⁇ over other PI3- kinases.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof which is selective for PI3K ⁇ together with a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof which is selective for another PI3-kinase, for example PI3K ⁇ .
  • One embodiment of the invention encompasses combinations comprising one or two other therapeutic agents.
  • the other therapeutic ingredient(s) may be used in the form of salts, for example as alkali metal or amine salts or as acid addition salts, or prodrugs, or as esters, for example lower alkyl esters, or as solvates, for example hydrates to optimise the activity and/or stability and/or physical characteristics, such as solubility, of the therapeutic ingredient. It will be clear also that, where appropriate, the therapeutic ingredients may be used in optically pure form.
  • the invention encompasses a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonist.
  • ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonists examples include salmeterol (which may be a racemate or a single enantiomer such as the R-enantiomer), salbutamol (which may be a racemate or a single enantiomer such as the /?-enantiomer), formoterol (which may be a racemate or a single duastereomer such as the /?,/?-diastereomer), salmefamol, fenoterol carmoterol, etanterol, naminterol, clenbuterol, pirbuterol, flerbuterol, reproterol, bambuterol, indacaterol, terbutaline and salts thereof, for example the xinafoate (1-hydroxy-2- naphthalenecarboxylate) salt of salmeterol, the sulphate salt or free base of salbutamol or the fumarate salt of formoterol.
  • ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonists include those described in WO 02/066422, WO 02/070490, WO 02/076933, WO 03/024439, WO 03/072539, WO 03/091204, WO 04/016578, WO 2004/022547, WO 2004/037807, WO 2004/037773, WO 2004/037768, WO 2004/039762, WO 2004/039766, WO01/42193 and WO03/042160.
  • ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonists include: 3-(4- ⁇ [6-( ⁇ (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]ethyl ⁇ amino) hexyl] oxy ⁇ butyl) benzenesulfonamide; 3-(3- ⁇ [7-( ⁇ (2/?)-2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl) phenyl] ethyl ⁇ -amino) heptyl] oxy ⁇ propyl) benzenesulfonamide;
  • the ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonist may be in the form of a salt formed with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid selected from sulphuric, hydrochloric, fumaric, hydroxynaphthoic (for example 1- or 3-hydroxy-2-naphthoic), cinnamic, substituted cinnamic, triphenylacetic, sulphamic, sulphanilic, naphthaleneacrylic, benzoic, 4-methoxybenzoic, 2- or 4-hydroxybenzoic, 4-chlorobenzoic and 4-phenylbenzoic acid.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable acid selected from sulphuric, hydrochloric, fumaric, hydroxynaphthoic (for example 1- or 3-hydroxy-2-naphthoic), cinnamic, substituted cinnamic, triphenylacetic, sulphamic, sulphanilic, naphthaleneacrylic, benzoic, 4-
  • Suitable anti-inflammatory agents include corticosteroids.
  • Suitable corticosteroids which may be used in combination with the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are those oral and inhaled corticosteroids and their pro-drugs which have anti-inflammatory activity.
  • Examples include methyl prednisolone, prednisolone, dexamethasone, fluticasone propionate, 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ -difluoro-11 ⁇ -hydroxy-16 ⁇ - methyl-17 ⁇ -[(4-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-5-carbonyl)oxy]-3-oxo-androsta-1 ,4-diene-17 ⁇ - carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester, 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ -difluoro-17 ⁇ -[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-1 1 ⁇ - hydroxy-16 ⁇ -methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1 ,4-diene-17 ⁇ -carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester (fluticasone furoate), 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ -difluoro-11 ⁇ -hydroxy-16 ⁇ -methyl-3-oxo-17 ⁇ -propionyloxy- androsta-1 ,4-diene-17 ⁇ -carbothioic acid S-(2-oxo-t
  • Preferred corticosteroids include fluticasone propionate, 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ -difluoro-1 1 ⁇ -hydroxy-16 ⁇ -methyl- 17 ⁇ -[(4-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-5-carbonyl)oxy]-3-oxo-androsta-1 ,4-diene-17 ⁇ -carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester, 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ -difluoro-17 ⁇ -[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-1 1 ⁇ -hydroxy-16 ⁇ - methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1 ,4-diene-17 ⁇ -carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester, 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ - difluoro-1 1 ⁇ -hydroxy-16 ⁇ -methyl-3-oxo-17 ⁇ -(2,2,3,3- tetramethycyclopropylcarbonyl)oxy- androsta-1 ,4-diene-17 ⁇ -carbothioic acid S-cyanomethyl ester and 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ -d
  • the corticosteroid is 6 ⁇ ,9 ⁇ - difluoro-17 ⁇ -[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-1 1 ⁇ -hydroxy-16 ⁇ -methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1 ,4-diene- 17 ⁇ -carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester.
  • corticosteroids may include those described in WO2002/088167, WO2002/100879, WO2002/12265, WO2002/12266, WO2005/005451 , WO2005/005452, WO2006/072599 and WO2006/072600.
  • Non-steroidal compounds having glucocorticoid agonism that may possess selectivity for transrepression over transactivation and that may be useful in combination therapy include those covered in the following patents: WO03/082827, WO98/54159, WO04/005229, WO04/009017, WO04/018429, WO03/104195, WO03/082787, WO03/082280, WO03/059899, WO03/101932, WO02/02565, WO01/16128, WO00/66590, WO03/086294, WO04/026248, WO03/061651 and WO03/08277. Further non-steroidal compounds are covered in: WO2006/000401 , WO2006/000398 and WO2006/015870.
  • anti-inflammatory agents include non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID's).
  • NSAID's non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs
  • NSAID's examples include sodium cromoglycate, nedocromil sodium, phosphodiesterase (PDE) inhibitors (for example, theophylline, PDE4 inhibitors or mixed
  • PDE3/PDE4 inhibitors leukotriene antagonists, inhibitors of leukotriene synthesis (for example montelukast), iNOS inhibitors, tryptase and elastase inhibitors, beta-2 integrin antagonists and adenosine receptor agonists or antagonists (e.g. adenosine 2a agonists), cytokine antagonists (for example chemokine antagonists, such as a CCR3 antagonist) or inhibitors of cytokine synthesis, or 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors.
  • An iNOS inducible nitric oxide synthase inhibitor
  • iNOS inhibitors include those disclosed in WO93/13055, WO98/30537, WO02/50021 , WO95/34534 and WO99/62875.
  • CCR3 inhibitors include those disclosed in WO02/26722.
  • the invention provides the use of the compounds of formula (I) in combination with a phosphodiesterase 4 (PDE4) inhibitor, especially in the case of a formulation adapted for inhalation.
  • PDE4-specific inhibitor useful in this aspect of the invention may be any compound that is known to inhibit the PDE4 enzyme or which is discovered to act as a PDE4 inhibitor, and which are only PDE4 inhibitors, not compounds which inhibit other members of the PDE family, such as PDE3 and PDE5, as well as PDE4.
  • Compounds include c/s-4-cyano-4-(3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxyphenyl)cyclohexan-1 - carboxylic acid, 2-carbomethoxy-4-cyano-4-(3-cyclopropylmethoxy-4- difluoromethoxyphenyl)cyclohexan-1-one and c/s-[4-cyano-4-(3-cyclopropylmethoxy-4- difluoromethoxypheny ⁇ cyclohexan-i-ol].
  • anticholinergic agents are those compounds that act as antagonists at the muscarinic receptors, in particular those compounds which are antagonists of the M 1 or M 3 receptors, dual antagonists of the M 1 ZM 3 or M 2 /M 3 , receptors or pan-antagonists of the M-
  • exemplary compounds for administration via inhalation include ipratropium (for example, as the bromide, CAS 22254-24-6, sold under the name Atrovent), oxitropium (for example, as the bromide, CAS 30286-75-0) and tiotropium (for example, as the bromide, CAS 136310-93-5, sold under the name Spiriva).
  • revatropate for example, as the hydrobromide, CAS 262586-79-8) and LAS- 34273 which is disclosed in WO01/041 18.
  • Exemplary compounds for oral administration include pirenzepine (CAS 28797-61-7), darifenacin (CAS 133099-04-4, or CAS 133099- 07-7 for the hydrobromide sold under the name Enablex), oxybutynin (CAS 5633-20-5, sold under the name Ditropan), terodiline (CAS 15793-40-5), tolterodine (CAS 124937-51- 5, or CAS 124937-52-6 for the tartrate, sold under the name Detrol), otilonium (for example, as the bromide, CAS 26095-59-0, sold under the name Spasmomen), trospium chloride (CAS 10405-02-4) and solifenacin (CAS 242478-37-1 , or CAS 242478-38-2 for the succinate also known as
  • anticholinergic agents include compounds which are disclosed in US patent application 60/487981 including, for example: (3-enc/o)-3-(2,2-di-2-thienylethenyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azoniabicyclo[3.2.1]octane bromide; (3-enc/o)-3-(2,2-diphenylethenyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azoniabicyclo[3.2.1]octane bromide; (3-enc/o)-3-(2,2-diphenylethenyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azoniabicyclo[3.2.1]octane 4- methylbenzenesulfonate;
  • anticholinergic agents include compounds which are disclosed in US patent application 60/511009 including, for example:
  • the invention provides a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an H1 antagonist.
  • H1 antagonists include, without limitation, amelexanox, astemizole, azatadine, azelastine, acrivastine, brompheniramine, cetirizine, levocetirizine, efletirizine, chlorpheniramine, clemastine, cyclizine, carebastine, cyproheptadine, carbinoxamine, descarboethoxyloratadine, doxylamine, dimethindene, ebastine, epinastine, efletirizine, fexofenadine, hydroxyzine, ketotifen, loratadine, levocabastine, mizolastine, mequitazine, mianserin, noberastine, meclizine, norastemizole, olopatad
  • the invention provides a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an H3 antagonist (and/or inverse agonist).
  • H3 antagonists include, for example, those compounds disclosed in WO2004/035556 and in WO2006/045416.
  • Other histamine receptor antagonists which may be used in combination with the compounds of the present invention include antagonists (and/or inverse agonists) of the H4 receptor, for example, the compounds disclosed in Jablonowski et al., J. Med. Chem. 46:3957-3960 (2003).
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a PDE4 inhibitor.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonist.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a corticosteroid.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a non-steroidal GR agonist.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an anticholinergic.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an antihistamine.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a PDE4 inhibitor and a ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonist.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an anticholinergic and a PDE-4 inhibitor.
  • the invention provides a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a corticosteroid.
  • the invention provides a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a ⁇ 2 - adrenoreceptor agonist.
  • compositions comprising a combination as defined above together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier represent a further aspect of the invention.
  • the individual compounds of such combinations may be administered either sequentially or simultaneously in separate or combined pharmaceutical formulations.
  • the individual compounds will be administered simultaneously in a combined pharmaceutical formulation.
  • Appropriate doses of known therapeutic agents will readily be appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with another therapeutically active agent.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a PDE4 inhibitor.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonist.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a corticosteroid.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a non-steroidal GR agonist.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an anticholinergic.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an antihistamine.
  • the invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a PDE4 inhibitor and a ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonist.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an anticholinergic and a PDE4 inhibitor.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a corticosteroid.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a ⁇ 2 -adrenoreceptor agonist.
  • Florisil generally refer to the magnesium silicate Florisil ® , for example 60-
  • Solid phase extraction column Unless otherwise specified the solid phase will be silica gel (eg. IST Isolute ® silica columns).
  • Aminopropyl (NH 2 ) SPE refers to a silica SPE column with aminopropyl residues immobilised on the solid phase (eg. 1ST Isolute ® columns).
  • C18 SPE refers to reverse phase SPE columns (eg Varian Bond Elut C18 columns).
  • Solid phase extraction (SPE) column with benzene sulfonic acid residues immobilised on the solid phase eg. IST IsoluteTM columns.
  • LC/MS Liquid Chromatoqraphy/Mass Spectroscopy
  • UV wavelength 215-330nm
  • Solvent A 95% acetonitrile + 0.05% of a 1%v/v solution of formic acid in water
  • Solvent B 0.1% v/v solution of formic acid ini OmM aqueous ammonium acetate
  • Solvent A Water 0.1 % Formic Acid + 1 OmM Ammonium Acetate
  • Solvent B MeCN: Water 95:5 + 0.05% Formic Acid
  • UV detection 220 to 330 nm
  • UV sampling rate 40 points per second MS scan range: 100 to 1000 amu
  • MS scanning rate 0.2 second scan with a 0.1 second inter scan delay
  • HPLC analysis was conducted on a Sunfire C18 column (30mmx4.6mm i.d. 3.5 ⁇ m packing diameter) at 30 degrees centigrade.
  • Solvent A 0.1 % v/v solution of Formic Acid in Water.
  • Solvent B 0.1 % v/v solution of Formic Acid in Acetonitrile.
  • the UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210nm to 350nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionization.
  • the UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210nm to 350nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionization.
  • Supelcosil ABZ+Plus column whose dimensions are 21.2mm internal diameter by 100mm in length.
  • the stationary phase particle size is 5 ⁇ m.
  • Aqueous solvent Water + 0.1% Formic Acid
  • Organic solvent MeCN: Water 95:5 +0.05% Formic Acid
  • the UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210 nm to 350 nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using an alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionization.
  • HPLC analysis was conducted on a Sunfire C18 column (150mm x 30mm i.d. 5Dm packing diameter) at ambient temperature.
  • the UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210nm to 350nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionisation.
  • HPLC analysis was conducted on a Sunfire C18 column (150mm x 30mm i.d. 5Dm packing diameter) at ambient temperature.
  • the UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210nm to 350nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionisation.
  • the UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210nm to 350nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionisation.
  • HPLC analysis was conducted on a Sunfire C18 column (150mm x 30mm i.d. 5Dm packing diameter) at ambient temperature.
  • the UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210nm to 350nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionisation.
  • the HPLC analysis was conducted on a Sunfire C18 column (150mm x 30mm i.d. 5Dm packing diameter) at ambient temperature.
  • the gradient employed was:
  • the UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210nm to 350nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionisation.
  • compound X is obtainable from a commercial supplier, such as the commercial supplier named.
  • the compound or reagent can be purchased from a standard supplier such as Sigma Aldrich, Lancaster, Fluorochem, TCI etc.
  • the names of the Examples have been obtained using a compound naming programme which matches name to structure (e.g. ACD/Name Batch v 9.0).
  • Ethyl 2-formyl-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (150mg) was dissolved in anhydrous DCM (10ml) and morpholine (0.064ml) was added and the mixture stirred under nitrogen for 2h at RT.
  • Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (280mg) was added and the mixture stirred at RT for 18h.
  • Sodium bicarbonate (20ml) and DCM (20ml) were added and separated by hydrophobic frit.
  • Methyl 4-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.5g) and cesium carbonate (1.16g) were dissolved in acetonitrile (10ml). Methyl iodide (0.25ml) was added and the mixture stirred at RT for 16h.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with water (20ml) and DCM (20ml) and separated using a hydrophobic frit. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2x20ml) using a hydrophobic frit.
  • the aqueous layer was extracted with a further quantity of DCM (2x50ml) using a hydrophobic frit.
  • the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (5Og silica), eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane to give the title compound (377mg), and a mixture (213mg) of both isomers.
  • the mixture was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (2Og silica), eluting with a gradient of 0-50% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane to give another quantity (114mg) of the title compound (114mg) as a colourless oil.
  • 6-Bromo-1 H-indazol-4-amine (1 Og) (available from Sinova Inc.) and 4-(4, 4,5,5- tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-indole (16.05g) (available from Frontier Scientific, Europe Ltd) were dissolved in 1 ,4-dioxane (60ml) and water (60ml).
  • 2M sodium carbonate (70.7ml) and Pd(dppf)CI 2 -DCM adduct (1.93g) were added and the mixture was heated at 1 15°C for 18h.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (200ml) and the organic and aqueous layers were separated using a hydrophobic frit.
  • Triisopropylborate (21.5ml) was added dropwise, keeping the temperature below -70 0 C and the reaction was stirred at -70 0 C for 1 h then warmed to RT over 18h.
  • the reaction was quenched by addition of water (100ml), acidified with 2M hydrochloric acid solution, then extracted with ethyl acetate (500ml).
  • the solid formed was filtered off and the organic layer was washed with brine then evaporated to dryness.
  • the residue was loaded onto an aminopropyl SPE cartridge (50gx5) that had been preconditioned with methanol.
  • the cartridges were washed with methanokDCM (1 :1 ), then eluted with 2M ammonia in methanol.
  • the product containing fractions were combined, evaporated to dryness to give title compound (1.1 g).
  • a microwave vial was charged with 6-bromo-4-nitro-1 H-indazole (available from Sinova) (363mg) and 1 -(chloromethyl)-4-fluoro-1 ,4-diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane ditetrafluoroborate (691 mg) followed by acetonitrile (5ml) and acetic acid (1 ml).
  • the reaction vessel was sealed and heated under microwave irradiation at 100 0 C for two periods of 30min then at 15O 0 C for two periods of 30min.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The invention is directed to certain novel compounds. Specifically, the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) and salts thereof. The compounds of the invention are inhibitors of PI3-kinase activity.

Description

BENZPYRAZOL DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF PI3 KINASES
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention is directed to certain novel compounds which are inhibitors of the activity or function of the phosphoinositide 3'OH kinase family (hereinafter PI3-kinases), processes for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds, and the use of the compounds or the compositions in the treatment of various disorders. More specifically, the compounds of the invention are inhibitors of the activity or function of, for example, PI3Kδ, PI3Kα, PI3Kβ and/or PI3Kγ. Compounds which are inhibitors of the activity or function of PI3-kinases may be useful in the treatment of disorders such as respiratory diseases including asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD); allergic diseases including allergic rhinitis and atopic dermatitis; autoimmune diseases including rheumatoid arthritis and multiple sclerosis; inflammatory disorders including inflammatory bowel disease; cardiovascular diseases including thrombosis and atherosclerosis; hematologic malignancies; cystic fibrosis; neurodegenerative diseases; pancreatitis; multiorgan failure; kidney diseases; platelet aggregation; cancer; sperm motility; transplantation rejection; graft rejection; lung injuries; and pain including pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis or osteoarthritis, back pain, general inflammatory pain, post hepatic neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, inflammatory neuropathic pain (trama), trigeminal neuralgia and central pain.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Cellular membranes represent a large store of second messengers that can be enlisted in a variety of signal transduction pathways. In relation to function and regulation of effector enzymes in phospholipids signaling pathways, class I PI3- kinases (e.g. PI3Kdelta) generate second messengers from the membrane phospholipid pools. Class I PI3Ks convert the membrane phospholipid PI(4,5)P2 into PI(3,4,5)P3, which functions as a second messenger. Pl and PI(4)P are also substrates of PI3K and can be phosphorylated and converted into PI3P and PI(3,4)P2, respectively. In addition, these phosphoinositides can be converted into other phosphoinositides by 5'-specific and 3'- specific phophatases. Thus, PI3K enzymatic activity results either directly or indirectly in the generation of two 3'-phosphoinositide subtypes which function as second messengers in intracellular signal transduction pathways (Trends Biochem. Sci. 22(7) p. 267-72 (1997) by Vanhaesebroeck et al.; Chem. Rev. 101 (8) p. 2365-80 (2001 ) by Leslie et al.; Annu. Rev. Cell Dev. Biol. 17 p. 615-75 (2001 ) by Katso et al.; and Cell. MoI. Life Sci. 59(5) p. 761-79 (2002) by Toker). To date, eight mammalian PI3Ks have been identified, divided into three main classes (I, II, and III) on the basis of sequence homology, structure, binding partners, mode of activation, and substrate preference. In vitro, class I PI3Ks can phosphorylate phosphatidylinositol (Pl), phosphatidylinositol-4-phosphate (PI4P), and phosphatidylinositol-4,5-bisphosphate (PI(4,5)P2) to produce phosphatidylinositol-3- phosphate (PI3P), phosphatidylinositol-3,4-bisphosphate (PI(3,4)P2, and phosphatidylinositol-3,4,5-trisphosphate (PI(3,4,5)P3, respectively. Class Il PI3Ks can phosphorylate Pl and PI4P. Class III PI3Ks can only phosphorylate Pl (Vanhaesebroeck et al. (1997), above; Vanhaesebroeck et al., Exp. Cell Res. 253(1 ) p. 239-54 (1999); and Leslie et al. (2001 ), above).
Class I PI3K is a heterodimer consisting of a p1 10 catalytic subunit and a regulatory subunit, and the family is further divided into class Ia and class Ib enzymes on the basis of regulatory partners and mechanism of regulation. Class Ia enzymes consist of three distinct catalytic subunits (p110α, p1 10β, and p110δ) that dimerise with five distinct regulatory subunits (p85α, p55α, p50α, p85β, and p55γ), with all catalytic subunits being able to interact with all regulatory subunits to form a variety of heterodimers. Class Ia PI3K are generally activated in response to growth factor-stimulation of receptor tyrosine kinases, via interaction of the regulatory subunit SH2 domains with specific phospho- tyrosine residues of the activated receptor or adaptor proteins such as IRS-1. Small GTPases (ras as an example) are also involved in the activation of PI3K in conjunction with receptor tyrosine kinase activation. Both p1 10α and p1 10β are constitutively expressed in all cell types, whereas p1 10δ expression is more restricted to leukocyte populations and some epithelial cells. In contrast, the single Class Ib enzyme consists of a p110γ catalytic subunit that interacts with a p101 regulatory subunit. Furthermore, the Class Ib enzyme is activated in response to G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR) systems and its expression appears to be limited to leukocytes.
Scheme A: Conversion of PI(4,5)P2 to PI(3,4,5)P3
Figure imgf000005_0001
PtdIns(4,5)P2
Figure imgf000005_0002
PtdIns(3,4,5)P3
As illustrated in Scheme A above, phosphoinositide 3-kinases (PI3Ks) phosphorylate the hydroxyl of the third carbon of the inositol ring. The phosphorylation of phosphoinositides to generate Ptdlns(3,4,5)P3, Ptdlns(3,4)P2 and Ptdlns(3)P, produces second messengers for a variety of signal transduction pathways, including those essential to cell proliferation, cell differentiation, cell growth, cell size, cell survival, apoptosis, adhesion, cell motility, cell migration, chemotaxis, invasion, cytoskeletal rearrangement, cell shape changes, vesicle trafficking and metabolic pathway (Katso et al. (2001 ), above; and MoI. Med. Today 6(9) p. 347-57 (2000) by Stein et al.).
The activity of PI3-kinases responsible for generating these phosphorylated signalling products was originally identified as being associated with viral oncoproteins and growth factor receptor tyrosine kinases that phosphorylate phosphatidylinositol (Pl) and its phosphorylated derivatives at the 3'-hydroxyl of the inositol ring (Panayotou et al. Trends Cell Biol. 2 p. 358-60 (1992)). However, more recent biochemical studies have revealed that class I PI3-kinases (e.g. class IA isoform PI3Kδ) are dual-specific kinase enzymes, meaning they display both lipid kinase (phosphorylation of phosphoinositides) as well as protein kinase activity, and are capable of phosphorylation of other protein as substrates, including auto-phosphorylation as an intramolecular regulatory mechanism (EMBO J. 18(5) p. 1292-302 (1999) by Vanhaesebroeck et al.). Cellular processes in which PI3Ks play an essential role include suppression of apoptosis, reorganization of the actin skeleton, cardiac myocyte growth, glycogen synthase stimulation by insulin, TNFα- mediated neutrophil priming and superoxide generation, and leukocyte migration and adhesion to endothelial cells.
PI3-kinase activation is believed to be involved in a wide range of cellular responses including cell growth, differentiation, and apoptosis (Parker, Current Biology, 5(6) p. 577- 79 (1995); and Yao et al. Science 267(5206) p. 2003-06 (1995)). PI3-kinase appears to be involved in a number of aspects of leukocyte activation. A p85-associated PI3-kinase has been shown to physically associate with the cytoplasmic domain of CD28, which is an important costimulatory molecule for the activation of T-cells in response to antigen (Pages et al. Nature 369 p. 327-29 (1994); and Rudd, Immunity 4 p. 527-34 (1996)). Activation of T cells through CD28 lowers the threshold for activation by antigen and increases the magnitude and duration of the proliferative response. These effects are linked to increases in the transcription of a number of genes including interleukin-2 (IL2), an important T cell growth factor (Fraser et al. Science 251 (4991 ) p. 313-16 (1991 )).
PI3Kγ has been identified as a mediator of G beta-gamma-dependent regulation of JNK activity, and G beta-gamma are subunits of heterotrimeric G proteins (Lopez-llasaca et al. J. Biol. Chem. 273(5) p. 2505-8 (1998)). Recently, (Laffargue et al. Immunity 16(3) p. 441-51 (2002)) it has been described that PI3Kγ relays inflammatory signals through various G(i)-coupled receptors and is central to mast cell function, stimuli in the context of leukocytes, and immunology including cytokines, chemokines, adenosines, antibodies, integrins, aggregation factors, growth factors, viruses or hormones for example (J. Cell Sci. 114 (Pt 16) p. 2903-10 (2001 ) by Lawlor et al.; Laffargue et al. (2002), above; and Curr. Opinion Cell Biol. 14(2) p. 203-13 (2002) by Stephens et al.).
Specific inhibitors against individual members of a family of enzymes provide invaluable tools for deciphering functions of each enzyme. Two compounds, LY294002 and wortmannin (hereinafter), have been widely used as PI3-kinase inhibitors. These compounds are non-specific PI3K inhibitors, as they do not distinguish among the four members of Class I PI3-kinases. For example, the IC50 values of wortmannin against each of the various Class I PI3-kinases are in the range of 1-10 nM. Similarly, the IC50 values for LY294002 against each of these PI3-kinases is about 15-20 μM (Fruman et al. Ann. Rev. Biochem. 67 p. 481 -507 (1998)), also 5-10 microM on CK2 protein kinase and some inhibitory activity on phospholipases. Wortmannin is a fungal metabolite which irreversibly inhibits PI3K activity by binding covalently to the catalytic domain of this enzyme. Inhibition of PI3K activity by wortmannin eliminates subsequent cellular response to the extracellular factor. For example, neutrophils respond to the chemokine fMet-Leu-Phe (fMLP) by stimulating PI3K and synthesizing Ptdlns (3, 4, 5)P3. This synthesis correlates with activation of the respiratory burst involved in neutrophil destruction of invading microorganisms. Treatment of neutrophils with wortmannin prevents the fMLP-induced respiratory burst response (Thelen et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91 p. 4960-64 (1994)). Indeed, these experiments with wortmannin, as well as other experimental evidence, show that PI3K activity in cells of hematopoietic lineage, particularly neutrophils, monocytes, and other types of leukocytes, is involved in many of the non-memory immune response associated with acute and chronic inflammation.
Figure imgf000007_0001
LY294002 WORTMANNIN
Based on studies using wortmannin, there is evidence that PI3-kinase function is also required for some aspects of leukocyte signaling through G-protein coupled receptors (Thelen et al. (1994), above). Moreover, it has been shown that wortmannin and LY294002 block neutrophil migration and superoxide release.
It is now well understood that deregulation of oncogenes and tumour suppressor genes contributes to the formation of malignant tumours, for example by way of increased cell growth and proliferation or increased cell survival. It is also now known that signaling pathways mediated by the PI3K family have a central role in a number of cell processes including proliferation and survival, and deregulation of these pathways is a causative factor a wide spectrum of human cancers and other diseases (Katso et al. Annual Rev. Cell Dev. Biol. (2001 ) 17 p. 615-675 and Foster et al. J. Cell Science (2003) 116(15) p. 3037-3040). PI3K effector proteins initiate signalling pathways and networks by translocating to the plasma membrane through a conserved Pleckstrin Homology (PH) domain, which specifically interacts with Ptdlns(3,4,5)P3 (Vanhaesebroeck et al. Annu. Rev. Biochem. (2001 ) 70 p. 535-602). The effector proteins signalling through Ptdlns(3,4,5)P3 and PH domains include Serine/Threonine (Ser/Thr) kinases, Tyrosine kinases, Rac or Arf GEFs (Guanine nucleotide exchange factors) and Arf GAPs (GTPase activating proteins).
In B and T cells PI3Ks have an important role through activation of the Tec family of protein tyrosine kinases which include Bruton's tyrosine kinase (BTK) in B cells and lnterleukin-2-inducible T-cell kinase (ITK) in T cells. Upon PI3K activation, BTK or ITK translocate to the plasma membrane where they are subsequently phosphorylated by Src kinases. One of the major targets of activated ITK is phospholipase C-gamma (PLCγ1 ), which hydrolyses Ptdlns(4,5)P2 into lns(3,4,5)P3 and initiates an intracellular increase in calcium levels and diacylglycerol (DAG) which can activate Protein Kinases C in activated T cells.
Unlike the Class IA p1 10α and p110β, p110δ is expressed in a tissue restricted fashion. Its high expression level in lymphocytes and lymphoid tissues suggests a role in PI3K- mediated signalling in the immune system. The p110δ kinase dead knock-in mice are also viable and their phenotype is restricted to defects in immune signalling (Okkenhaug et al. Science (2002) 297 p. 1031-4). These transgenic mice have offered insight into the function of PI3Kδ in B-cell and T-cell signalling. In particular, p110δ is required for Ptdlns(3,4,5)P3 formation downstream of CD28 and/or T cell Receptor (TCR) signalling. A key effect of PI3K signalling downstream of TCR is the activation of Akt, which phosphorylates anti-apoptotic factors as well as various transcription factors for cytokine production. As a consequence, T cells with inactive p110δ have defects in proliferation and TM and Th2 cytokine secretion. Activation of T cells through CD28 lowers the threshold for TCR activation by antigen and increases the magnitude and duration of the proliferative response. These effects are mediated by the PI3Kδ-dependent increase in the transcription of a number of genes including IL2, an important T cell growth factor.
Therefore, PI3K inhibitors are anticipated to provide therapeutic benefit via its role in modulating T-cell mediated inflammatory responses associated to respiratory diseases such as asthma, COPD and cystic fibrosis. In addition, there is indication that T-cell directed therapies may provide corticosteroid sparing properties (Alexander et al. Lancet (1992) 339 p. 324-8) suggesting that it may provide a useful therapy either as a standalone or in combination with inhaled or oral glucocorticosteroids in respiratory diseases. A PI3K inhibitor might also be used alongside other conventional therapies such as a long acting beta-agonist (LABA) in asthma.
In the vasculature, PI3Kδ is expressed by endothelial cells and participates in neutrophil trafficking by modulating the proadhesive state of these cells in response to TNFalpha (Puri et al. Blood (2004) 103(9) p. 3448-56). A role for PI3Kδ in TNFalpha-induced signalling of endothelial cells is demonstrated by the pharmacological inhibition of Akt phosphorylation and PDK1 activity. In addition, PI3Kδ is implicated in vascular permeability and airway tissue edema through the VEGF pathway (Lee et al. J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. (2006) 1 18(2) p. 403-9). These observations suggest additional benefits of PI3Kδ inhibition in asthma by the combined reduction of leukocyte extravasation and vascular permeability associated with asthma. In addition, PI3Kδ activity is required for mast cell function both in vitro and in vivo (AIi et al. Nature (2004) 431 p. 1007-1 1 ; and AIi et al. J. Immunol. (2008) 180(4) p. 2538-44) further suggesting that PI3K inhibition should be of therapeutic benefit for allergic indications such asthma, allergic rhinitis and atopic dermatitis.
The role of PI3Kδ in B cell proliferation, antibody secretion, B-cell antigen and IL-4 receptor signalling, B-cell antigen presenting function is also well established Okkenhaug et al. (2002), above; Al-Alwan et al. J. Immunol. (2007) 178(4) p. 2328-35; and Bilancio et al. Blood (2006) 107(2) p. 642-50) and indicates a role in autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis or systemic lupus erythematosus. Therefore PI3K inhibitors may also be of benefit for these indications.
Pharmacological inhibition of PI3Kδ inhibits fMLP-dependent neutrophil chemotaxis on an ICAM coated agarose matrix integrin-dependent biased system (Sadhu et al. J. Immunol. (2003) 170(5) p. 2647-54). Inhibition of PI3Kδ regulates neutrophil activation, adhesion and migration without affecting neutrophil mediated phagocytosis and bactericidal activity over Staphylococcus aureus (Sadhu et al. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. (2003) 308(4) p. 764-9). Overall, the data suggest that PI3Kδ inhibition should not globally inhibit neutrophil functions required for innate immune defence. PI3Kδ's role in neutrophils offers further scope for treating inflammatory diseases involving tissue remodeling such as COPD or rheumatoid arthritis. In addition, there is also good evidence that class Ia PI3K enzymes also contribute to tumourigenesis in a wide variety of human cancers, either directly or indirectly (Vivanco and Sawyers, Nature Reviews Cancer (2002) 2(7) p. 489-501 ). For example, inhibition of PI3Kδ may have a therapeutic role for the treatment of malignant haematological disorders such as acute myeloid leukaemia (Billottet et al. Oncogene (2006) 25(50) p. 6648-59). Moreover, activating mutations within p1 10α (PIK3CA gene) have been associated with various other tumors such as those of the colon and of the breast and lung (Samuels et al. Science (2004) 304(5670) p. 554).
It has also been shown that PI3K is involved in the establishment of central sensitization in painful inflammatory conditions (Pezet et al. The J. of Neuroscience (2008) 28 (16) p. 4261-4270).
Attempts have been made to prepare compounds which inhibit PI3-kinase activity and a number of such compounds have been disclosed in the art. However, in view of the number of pathological responses which are mediated by PI3-kinases, there remains a continuing need for inhibitors of PI3-kinase which can be used in the treatment of a variety of conditions.
The present inventors have discovered novel compounds which are inhibitors of PI3- kinase activity. Compounds which are PI3-kinase inhibitors may be useful in the treatment of disorders associated with inappropriate PI3-kinase activity, for example in the treatment and prevention of disorders mediated by PI3-kinase mechanisms. Such disorders include respiratory diseases including asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD); allergic diseases including allergic rhinitis and atopic dermatitis; autoimmune diseases including rheumatoid arthritis and multiple sclerosis; inflammatory disorders including inflammatory bowel disease; cardiovascular diseases including thrombosis and atherosclerosis; hematologic malignancies; cystic fibrosis; neurodegenerative diseases; pancreatitis; multiorgan failure; kidney diseases; platelet aggregation; cancer; sperm motility; transplantation rejection; graft rejection; lung injuries; and pain including pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis or osteoarthritis, back pain, general inflammatory pain, post hepatic neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, inflammatory neuropathic pain (trama), trigeminal neuralgia and central pain.
In one embodiment, compounds of the invention may show selectivity for PI3-kinases over other kinases. For example, the compounds of the invention may show selectivity for PI3-kinases over DNA-dependent protein kinase (DNA-PK). In one embodiment, compounds of the invention may show selectivity for PI3Kδ over other PI3-kinases. For example, the compounds of the invention may show selectivity for PI3Kδ over PI3Kα and/or PI3Kβ.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The invention is directed to certain novel compounds. Specifically, the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I)
Figure imgf000011_0001
(I) wherein R1, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined below, and salts thereof.
The compounds are inhibitors of PI3-kinase activity. Compounds which are PI3-kinase inhibitors may be useful in the treatment of disorders associated with inappropriate PI3- kinase activity, such as asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). Accordingly, the invention is further directed to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The invention is still further directed to methods of inhibiting PI3-kinase activity and treatment of disorders associated therewith using a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The invention is yet further directed towards processes for the preparation for the compounds of the invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
In one embodiment, the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I)
Figure imgf000012_0001
(I) wherein
R1 is 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is optionally substituted by Ci-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, halo, -CN, -OR13 or - NHSO2R14; or phenyl fused to a 5-membered heterocyclyl wherein the 5-membered heterocyclyl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is substituted by oxo;
R2 is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by from one to three substituents independently selected from C1- 6alkyl optionally substituted by from one to three fluorine atoms; C2-6alkenyl; C3-6cycloalkyl; -OR5; halo; -COR6; -CO2R7; -CONR8R9; -(CH2)mNR10R11; -CH(CH3)NHCOphenyl; - NHCO2R12; -(CH2)nphenyl; and 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the second 5-membered heteroaryl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by Ci-6alkyl;
R3 is hydrogen or fluoro;
R4 is hydrogen or methyl;
R5, R7, R12 and R13 are each independently hydrogen or Ci-6alkyl;
R6, R18 and R19 are each independently C1-6alkyl;
R8 and R9 are each independently hydrogen or C1-6alkyl, or R8 and R9, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom; R10 and R11 are each independently hydrogen or or R10 and R11, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclyl or a 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclyl wherein the 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclyl or the 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclyl optionally contains an oxygen atom, a sulphur atom or a further nitrogen atom and is optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from C1-6alkyl; C3-6cycloalkyl; halo; oxo; phenyl optionally substituted by halo; pyridinyl; -(CH2)POR15; -(CH2)qNR16R17; -COR18; and - SO2R19;
R14 is C1-6alkyl or phenyl;
R is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl or -(CH2)rphenyl;
R16 and R17, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom; and
m, n, p, q, r are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
and salts thereof (hereinafter "compounds of the invention").
In a further embodiment, the invention is directed to compounds of formula (IA)
Figure imgf000013_0001
(IA) wherein
R1 is 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is optionally substituted by C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, halo or -CN, or phenyl fused to a 5-membered heterocyclyl wherein the heterocyclyl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is substituted by oxo;
R2 is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by from one to three substituents independently selected from Ci-
6alkyl optionally substituted by from one to three fluorine atoms, C2-6alkenyl, C3-6cycloalkyl,
-OR5, halo, -COR6, -CO2R7, -CONR8R9, -(CH2)mNR10R11, -CH(CH3)NHCOphenyl, -
NHCO2R12, -(CH2)nphenyl and 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the second 5-membered heteroaryl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by C1-6alkyl;
R3 is hydrogen or fluoro;
R4 is hydrogen or methyl;
R5, R7 and R12 are each independently hydrogen or d-βalkyl;
R6 is Ci-6alkyl;
R8 and R9 are each independently hydrogen or d-βalkyl, or R8 and R9, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom;
R10 and R11 are each independently hydrogen or C1-6alkyl, or R10 and R11, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom; and
m and n are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
and salts thereof.
In one embodiment, R1 is 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9- or 10- membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is optionally substituted by Ci-6alkyl, C3- βcycloalkyl, halo or -CN, or phenyl fused to a 5-membered heterocyclyl wherein the heterocyclyl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is substituted by oxo. In another embodiment, R1 is 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is optionally substituted by Chalky!, C3_6cycloalkyl, halo or -CN. In another embodiment, R1 is 9- membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9-membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains one or two nitrogen atoms and is optionally substituted by
Figure imgf000015_0001
or halo. In another embodiment, R1 is indolyl optionally substituted by fluoro. In another embodiment, R1 is 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is optionally substituted by -NHSO2R14. In a further embodiment, R1 is indolyl optionally substituted by -NHSO2R14.
In one embodiment, R2 is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by from one to three substituents independently selected from Ci-6alkyl and -(CH2)mNR10R11. In another embodiment, R2 is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from
Figure imgf000015_0002
and -(CH2)mNR10R11. In a further embodiment, R2 is thiazolyl optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from Ci- 6alkyl, for example Ci-4alkyl such as methyl or isopropyl, and -(CH2)mNR10R11.
In one embodiment, R3 is hydrogen. In a further embodiment, R3 is fluoro.
In one embodiment, R4 is hydrogen. In a further embodiment, R4 is methyl.
In one embodiment, R5 is C1-4alkyl such as methyl.
In one embodiment, R6 is C1-4alkyl such as methyl.
In one embodiment, R7 is C1-4alkyl such as t-butyl.
In one embodiment, R8 and R9, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom. In a further embodiment, R8 and R9, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form morpholinyl. In one embodiment, R10 and R11 are each independently hydrogen or Ci-6alkyl, or R10 and R11, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom. In another embodiment, R10 and R11 are each independently hydrogen or d-βalkyl. In another embodiment, R10 and R11, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom. In another embodiment, R10 and R11, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl or morpholinyl. In a further embodiment, R10 and R11, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 6- membered heterocyclyl wherein the 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally contains an oxygen atom or a further nitrogen atom and is optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from C1-6alkyl.
In one embodiment, R12 is C1-4alkyl such as t-butyl.
In one embodiment, R is
Figure imgf000016_0001
such as methyl.
In one embodiment, R14 is
Figure imgf000016_0002
such as methyl. In a further embodiment, R14 is phenyl.
In one embodiment, R15 is -(CH2)qphenyl;
In one embodiment, R16 and R17, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a pyrrolidinyl. In one embodiment, R16 and R17, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a morpholinyl.
In one embodiment, m is 0. In a further embodiment, m is 1.
In one embodiment, n is 0. In a further embodiment, n is 1.
In one embodiment, p is 0.
In one embodiment, q is 1. In a further embodiment, q is 2.
In one embodiment, r is 1. It is to be understood that the present invention covers all combinations of substituent groups described hereinabove.
Compounds of the invention include the compounds of Examples 1 to 177 and salts thereof.
In one embodiment, the compound of the invention is:
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 /-/-imidazole-2-carboxamide; /V-^IH-indoW-yO-I H-indazoW-yO-i-methyl-I H-pyrrole^-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 /-/-imidazole-4-carboxamide;
/V-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 /-/-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(phenylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; 1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-3-furancarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-2-furancarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-furancarboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-thiophenecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -pyrrolidinylmethyl)-2-furancarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-phenyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-furancarboxamide;
1-ethenyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; 1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(trifluoromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{1 -[(phenylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(trifluoromethyl)-2-furancarboxamide; 5-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-furancarboxamide;
3-ethy l-Λ/-[6-( 1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
5-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-furancarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-4-methyl-2-thiophenecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-5-carboxamide; 1-(1-methylethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1H-pyrazolo[3,4-fe]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-imidazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; /V-[6-(1/-/-lndol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-3-isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,2,3-thiadiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2,5-dimethyl-1 ,3-oxazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-oxazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-isoxazolecarboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)-1 ,3-oxazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazol-4-yl)-3- isoxazolecarboxamide;
4-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-3- isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1/-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-5-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-3-isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-4-(1-piperidinylmethyl)-3- isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-4-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-3- isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-4-(1-pyrrolidinylmethyl)-3- isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(1 -piperidinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-imidazole-2-carboxamide; /V- 1 H, 1 '/-/-5,6'-biindazol-4'-yl-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
4-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1/-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1/-/-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -methylethyl)-2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide; 4-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
4-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide;
2-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2,5-dimethyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
4-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-3-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-5-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 H- pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
/V-^I H-indol^-yO-I H-indazoW-yO-i-methyl-I H-i ^^-triazole-S-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H- 1 ,2,4-triazole-5-carboxamide;
1-(1 ,1-dimethylethyl)-/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-(2!2!2-trifluoroethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
1-(difluoromethyl)-/V-[6-(1/-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; 1 ,1 -dimethylethyl [4-({[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]amino}carbonyl)-1 ,3-thiazol-2- yl]carbamate;
1 ,1 -dimethylethyl 3-cyclopropyl-4-({[6-(1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]amino}carbonyl)-1 H- pyrazole-1-carboxylate;
4-fluoro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
2-amino-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
1-ethyl-4-fluoro-/V-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
2-amino-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-5- carboxamide; 2-amino-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(1 -methylethyl)-2H-1 ,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide;
4-bromo-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(2-fluoroethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
1-(2-fluoroethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
5-acetyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -methylethyl)-1 ,3-oxazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-1 ,2,3-triazole-5-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole-3-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-5-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-benzimidazol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-jb]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(2-cyclopropyl-1 /-/-pyrrolo[2!3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 !3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
/V- 1 H, 1 Η-4,6'-biindazol-4'-yl-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 /-/-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[3-fluoro-6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
4-chloro-1-ethyl-/V-[3-fluoro-6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[3-fluoro-6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
N-[6-(6-fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 /-/-imidazole-2-carboxamide;
4-fluoro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide; ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
3-(1 ,1-dimethylethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
4-chloro-1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-3-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
3-cyclopropyl-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; i-ethyl-ZV-^-CI H-indol^-yO-I H-indazol^-yO-S-CI-methylethyO-I H-pyrazole-S- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-3-(2-methylpropyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-4-(methyloxy)-3-thiophenecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-3-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-(2-methylpropyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-5-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-3-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide; 2-acetyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(5-isoquinolinyl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-[6-(1-methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(4-isoquinolinyl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-3-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-6-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-[6-(1-methyl-1 /-/-indol-6-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-furancarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(6-cyano-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-Λ/-[6-(6-methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1-benzofuran-5-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 /-/-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; 5-bromo-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -methylethyl^-isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1-benzofuran-5-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
/V-{6-[2-(1 !1-dimethylethyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2!3-b]pyridin-4-yl]-1 H-indazol-4-yl}-2-methyl-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 ,3-benzoxazol-7-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide; 1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
N-[6-(6-fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
N-I H.I Η^.Θ'-biindazoW-yl^-methyl-I .S-thiazole^-carboxamide; 2-methyl-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; 1 ,4-dimethyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide;
1 ,4-dimethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide; 1 ,4-dimethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide;
Λ/-1 /-/!1'/-/-4!6'-biindazol-4'-yl-1 !4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
4-chloro-1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide; 4-chloro-1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
4-chloro-1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-1 /-/,1'/-/-4,6'-biindazol-4'-yl-4-chloro-1-ethyl-1 /-/-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; 4-chloro-1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[3-fluoro-6-(6-fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
2-[(4,4-dimethyl-1 -pipeιϊdinyl)methyl]-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
2-[(3,3-dimethyl-1 -piperidinyl)methyl]-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-2-{[4-(2-methylpropyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl}-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{[4-(1-methylethyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl}-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-({4-[2-(4-morpholinyl)ethyl]-1 -piperazinyl}methyl)-
1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(octahydro-4H-1 ,4-benzoxazin-4-ylmethyl)-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-{[(2R!6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-{[4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1 -piperazinyl]methyl}-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(octahydro-2H-pyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-2-ylmethyl)-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{[2-(1 -pyrrolidinylmethyl)-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{[2-(2-methylpropyl)-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{[3-(3-pyridinyl)-1 -pyrrolidinyl]methyl}-1 ,3-thiazole-
4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{[3-methyl-4-(1-methylethyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl}-
1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-({3-[(phenylmethyl)oxy]-1 -piperidinyl}methyl)-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-{[4-(1-ethylpropyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl}-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-[(4-cyclopentyl-1-piperazinyl)methyl]-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide; 2-methyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(6-chloro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-{6-[6-(methyloxy)-1 H-indol-4-yl]-1 H-indazol-4-yl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(6-cyano-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(6-fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; 2-(1-piperidinylmethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-pyrazolo[3!4-b]pyridin-5-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 !3-thiazole-
4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(6-fluoro-1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-2-(1-piperidinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-(6-{6-[(phenylsulfonyl)amino]-1 H-indol-4-yl}-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-(6-{6-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]-1 H-indol-4-yl}-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-[6-(7-methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-{[(2R,6S)-2!6-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-/V-[6-(1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl)-1 H- indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-
4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2-methyl-4-morpholinyl)methyl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide; N-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(6-oxa-9-azaspiro[4.5]dec-9-ylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole- 4-carboxamide;
N-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(tetrahydro-1 ,4-oxazepin-4(5H)-ylmethyl)-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide; 2-[(1 ,1-dioxido-4-thiomorpholinyl)methyl]-N-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-[(2,2-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl)methyl]-N-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
2-{[(2R!6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1-methyl-1 H-indazol- 4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; or a salt thereof.
In another embodiment, the compound of the invention is:
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 /-/-imidazole-2-carboxamide;
/V-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide;
/V-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 /-/-imidazole-4-carboxamide;
/V-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(phenylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
1 -ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-3-furancarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-2-furancarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-furancarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-thiophenecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -pyrrolidinylmethyl)-2-furancarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-phenyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-furancarboxamide; 1-ethenyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
1 -ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(trifluoromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{1 -[(phenylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(trifluoromethyl)-2-furancarboxamide;
5-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-furancarboxamide;
3-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; 5-chloro-/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-2-furancarboxamide;
/V-[6-(1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-4-methyl-2-thiophenecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-3-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-5-carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1/-/-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-imidazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; /V-[6-(1 /-/-lndol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-3-isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,2,3-thiadiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2,5-dimethyl-1 ,3-oxazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-oxazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-isoxazolecarboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)-1 ,3-oxazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazol-4-yl)-3- isoxazolecarboxamide;
4-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-3- isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-5-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-3-isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-4-(1-piperidinylmethyl)-3- isoxazolecarboxamide;
/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-4-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-3- isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-4-(1-pyrrolidinylmethyl)-3- isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(1 -piperidinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-imidazole-2-carboxamide; Λ/-1 /-/!1'/-/-5!6'-biindazol-4'-yl-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
4-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -methylethyl)-2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide; 4-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
4-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide; 2-chloro-/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2,5-dimethyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
4-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-3-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-5-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 H- pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
/V-^I H-indol^-yO-I H-indazoW-yO-i-methyl-I H-i ^^-triazole-S-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H- 1 ,2,4-triazole-5-carboxamide;
1-(1 ,1-dimethylethyl)-/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-(2!2!2-trifluoroethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
1-(difluoromethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; 1 ,1 -dimethylethyl [4-({[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]amino}carbonyl)-1 ,3-thiazol-2- yl]carbamate;
1 ,1 -dimethylethyl 3-cyclopropyl-4-({[6-(1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]amino}carbonyl)-1 H- pyrazole-1-carboxylate;
4-fluoro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
2-amino-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
1-ethyl-4-fluoro-/V-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
2-amino-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-5- carboxamide; 2-amino-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(1 -methylethyl)-2H-1 ,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide;
4-bromo-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; 1-(2-fluoroethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
1-(2-fluoroethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
5-acetyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -methylethyl)-1 ,3-oxazole-4-carboxamide;
/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-1 !2,3-triazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
/V-^I H-indol^-yO-I H-indazoW-yO-i-methyl-I H-i ^^-triazole-S-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-5-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-benzimidazol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-jb]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(2-cyclopropyl-1 /-/-pyrrolo[2!3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 !3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
/V- 1 H, 1 Η-4,6'-biindazol-4'-yl-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[3-fluoro-6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
4-chloro-1-ethyl-/V-[3-fluoro-6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[3-fluoro-6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
N-[6-(6-fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 /-/-imidazole-2-carboxamide;
4-fluoro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide; ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-dimethyl-i H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
3-(1 ,1-dimethylethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
4-chloro-1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
/V-^-CI H-indol^-yO-I H-indazol^-yO-i-methyl-S-CI-methylethyO-I H-pyrazole-S- carboxamide;
3-cyclopropyl-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
1 -ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-3-(2-methylpropyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-4-(methyloxy)-3-thiophenecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-3-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide; 1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-(2-methylpropyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
/V-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-5-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 /-/-pyrazole-3- carboxamide; /V-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-3-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 /-/-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
2-acetyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
/V-[6-(5-isoquinolinyl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-[6-(1-methyl-1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(4-isoquinolinyl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-3-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-6-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-[6-(1-methyl-1 /-/-indol-6-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-furancarboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(6-cyano-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-Λ/-[6-(6-methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide; /V-[6-(1-benzofuran-5-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 /-/-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
5-bromo-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -methylethyl)-4-isoxazolecarboxamide;
/V-[6-(1-benzofuran-5-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
/V-{6-[2-(1 !1-dimethylethyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2!3-b]pyridin-4-yl]-1 H-indazol-4-yl}-2-methyl-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide; 1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 ,3-benzoxazol-7-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide; N-[6-(6-fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
N-11-1,1 'H^.e'-biindazoW-yl^-methyl-I .S-thiazole-^carboxamide;
2-methyl-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; 2-methyl-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
1 ,4-dimethyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-ib]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide;
1 ,4-dimethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide; 1 ,4-dimethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide;
Λ/-1 /-/,1'/-/-4,6'-biindazol-4'-yl-1 ,4-dimethyl-1 /-/-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
4-chloro-1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide; 4-chloro-1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
4-chloro-1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-1 /-/,1'/-/-4,6'-biindazol-4'-yl-4-chloro-1-ethyl-1 /-/-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; 4-chloro-1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5- carboxamide; or a salt thereof.
In another embodiment, the compound of the invention is: Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2,5-dimethyl-1 ,3-oxazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(1 -piperidinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-1 /-/,1'H-5,6'-biindazol-4'-yl-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -methylethyl)-2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[3-fluoro-6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[3-fluoro-6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
N-[6-(6-fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,4-dimethyl-1 /-/-pyrazole-3-carboxamide; 2-methyl-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; 2-methyl-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; or a salt thereof.
In a further embodiment, the compound of the invention is:
Λ/-[3-fluoro-6-(6-fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{[4-(1-methylethyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl}-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-{[(2R6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-(6-{6-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]-1 H-indol-4-yl}-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
2-{[(2R,6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1-methyl-1 H-indazol-
4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; or a salt thereof.
Terms and Definitions
"Alkyl" refers to a saturated hydrocarbon chain having the specified number of member atoms. For example, C1-6alkyl refers to an alkyl group having from 1 to 6 member atoms. Similarly, C1-4alkyl refers to an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 member atoms. Alkyl groups may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents if so defined herein. Alkyl groups may be straight or branched. Representative branched alkyl groups have one, two, or three branches. Alkyl includes methyl, ethyl, propyl (n-propyl and isopropyl), butyl (n-butyl, isobutyl, and t-butyl), pentyl (n-pentyl, isopentyl, and neopentyl), and hexyl. In one embodiment, alkyl is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl or t-butyl. In another embodiment, alkyl is methyl. In a further embodiment, alkyl is isopropyl.
"Alkenyl" refers to a hydrocarbon chain having the specified number of member atoms and at least one double bond. For example, C2-6alkenyl refers to an alkenyl group having from 2 to 6 member atoms, for example 2 to 4 member atoms. Alkenyl groups may be straight or branched. Alkenyl includes ethenyl, 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 2- pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, 3-hexenyl and 1 ,1- dimethylbut-2-enyl. In one embodiment, alkenyl is ethenyl. "Cycloalkyl" refers to a saturated hydrocarbon ring having the specified number of member atoms. Cycloalkyl groups are monocyclic ring systems. For example, C3- βcycloalkyl refers to a cycloalkyl group having from 3 to 6 member atoms. In one embodiment, the cycloalkyl groups have 3 or 4 member atoms. In a further embodiment, the cycloalkyl groups have 5 or 6 member atoms. Cycloalkyl includes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. In one embodiment, cycloalkyl is cyclopropyl.
"Enantiomerically enriched" refers to products whose enantiomeric excess is greater than zero. For example, enantiomerically enriched refers to products whose enantiomeric excess is greater than 50% ee, greater than 75% ee, and greater than 90% ee.
"Enantiomeric excess" or "ee" is the excess of one enantiomer over the other expressed as a percentage. As a result, since both enantiomers are present in equal amounts in a racemic mixture, the enantiomeric excess is zero (0% ee). However, if one enantiomer was enriched such that it constitutes 95% of the product, then the enantiomeric excess would be 90% ee (the amount of the enriched enantiomer, 95%, minus the amount of the other enantiomer, 5%).
"Enantiomerically pure" refers to products whose enantiomeric excess is 99% ee or greater.
"Half-life" (or "half-lives") refers to the time required for half of a quantity of a substance to be converted to another chemically distinct species in vitro or in vivo.
"Halo" refers to the halogen radical fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo. In one embodiment, the halogen radical is fluoro, chloro or bromo.
"Heteroaryl", unless otherwise defined, refers to an aromatic ring containing from 1 to 3 heteroatoms as member atoms in the ring. Heteroaryl groups containing more than one heteroatom may contain different heteroatoms. Heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents if so defined herein. The heteroaryl groups herein are monocyclic ring systems or are fused bicyclic ring systems. Monocyclic heteroaryl rings have 5 member atoms. Bicyclic heteroaryl rings have 9 or 10 member atoms. Monocyclic heteroaryl includes pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, furazanyl, triazolyl and thiadiazolyl. In one embodiment, monocyclic heteroaryl is pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl or thiadiazolyl. In a further embodiment, monocyclic heteroaryl is pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, or thiazolyl. Bicyclic heteroaryl includes indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, indazolyl, purinyl, benzimidazolyl, pyrrolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrrolopyrimidinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, benzopyranyl, benzoxazolyl, furopyridinyl and naphthridinyl. In one embodiment, bicyclic heteroaryl is indolyl, benzofuranyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyrrolopyridinyl, pyrazolopyridinyl, pyrrolopyrimidinyl, or isoquinolinyl. In a further embodiment, bicyclic heteroaryl is indolyl, indazolyl, or pyrrolopyridinyl.
"Heteroatom" refers to a nitrogen, sulphur, or oxygen atom.
"Heterocyclyl", unless otherwise defined, refers to a saturated or unsaturated ring containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms as member atoms in the ring. However, heterocyclyl rings are not aromatic. In certain embodiments, heterocyclyl is saturated. In other embodiments, heterocyclyl is unsaturated but not aromatic. Heterocyclyl groups containing more than one heteroatom may contain different heteroatoms. The heterocyclyl groups herein are monocyclic ring systems having 5, 6 or 7 member atoms. In one embodiment, the heterocyclyl groups herein are monocyclic ring systems having 5 or 6 member atoms. In another embodiment, the heterocyclyl groups herein are monocyclic ring systems having 7 member atoms. Heterocyclyl groups may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents if so defined herein. Monocyclic heterocyclyl includes pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, hexahydro-1 H-azepinyl and tetrahydro-1 ,4-oxazepin-4(5H)-yl. In one embodiment, monocyclic heterocyclyl includes pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, pyrazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl and morpholinyl. In one embodiment, heterocyclyl is pyrrolidinyl. In another embodiment, heterocyclyl is piperidinyl. In a further embodiment, heterocyclyl is morpholinyl. In one embodiment, the heterocyclyl groups herein are bicyclic systems having 10 member atoms. Bicyclic heterocycyl groups include those rings wherein a monocyclic heterocyclyl and a monocyclic cycloalkyl or a further monocyclic heterocyclyl are attached forming a fused or spiro bicyclic ring system. Bicyclic heterocyclyl includes octahydro-4H-1 ,4-benzoxazinyl, octahydro-2H-pyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazinyl and 6-oxa-9-azaspiro[4.5]dec-9-yl.
"Member atoms" refers to the atom or atoms that form a chain or ring. Where more than one member atom is present in a chain and within a ring, each member atom is covalently bound to an adjacent member atom in the chain or ring. Atoms that make up a substituent group on a chain or ring are not member atoms in the chain or ring.
"Optionally substituted" indicates that a group, such as heteroaryl, may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents if so defined herein.
"Substituted" in reference to a group indicates that a hydrogen atom attached to a member atom within a group is replaced. It should be understood that the term "substituted" includes the implicit provision that such substitution be in accordance with the permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent and that the substitution results in a stable compound (i.e. one that does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, or elimination). In certain embodiments, a single atom may be substituted with more than one substituent as long as such substitution is in accordance with the permitted valence of the atom. Suitable substituents are defined herein for each substituted or optionally substituted group.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
As used herein the symbols and conventions used in these processes, schemes and examples are consistent with those used in the contemporary scientific literature, for example, the Journal of the American Chemical Society or the Journal of Biological Chemistry. Standard single-letter or three-letter abbreviations are generally used to designate amino acid residues, which are assumed to be in the L-configuration unless otherwise noted. Unless otherwise noted, all starting materials were obtained from commercial suppliers and used without further purification. Specifically, the following abbreviations may be used in the examples and throughout the specification:
DCM dichloromethane
DIPEA Λ/,Λ/-diisopropylethylamine
DME dimethoxyethane DMF Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide
DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
EtOAc ethyl acetate g grams h or hr hour(s)
HATU O-(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-Λ/,Λ/,Λ/',Λ/'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
I litres
LC/MS liquid chromatography/mass spectroscopy mg milligrams ml or ml_ millilitres μl microlitres
M molar
MDAP Mass directed automated preparative HPLC
MeCN acetonitrile
MeOH methanol mmol millimoles min minutes mp melting point
Pd(O1PPf)CI2 [1 ,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium(ll)
Pd(PPh3)4 tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)
Rt or R1 retention time
RT room temperature
SPE solid phase extraction
TFA trifluoroacetic acid
THF tetrahydrofuran
All references to brine are to a saturated aqueous solution of NaCI.
Included within the scope of the "compounds of the invention" are all solvates (including hydrates), complexes, polymorphs, prodrugs, radiolabeled derivatives, stereoisomers and optical isomers of the compounds of formula (I) and salts thereof.
The compounds of the invention may exist in solid or liquid form. In the solid state, the compounds of the invention may exist in crystalline or noncrystalline form, or as a mixture thereof. For compounds of the invention that are in crystalline form, the skilled artisan will appreciate that pharmaceutically acceptable solvates may be formed wherein solvent molecules are incorporated into the crystalline lattice during crystallization. Solvates may involve nonaqueous solvents such as ethanol, isopropanol, DMSO, acetic acid, ethanolamine, and EtOAc, or they may involve water as the solvent that is incorporated into the crystalline lattice. Solvates wherein water is the solvent that is incorporated into the crystalline lattice are typically referred to as "hydrates." Hydrates include stoichiometric hydrates as well as compositions containing variable amounts of water. The invention includes all such solvates.
The skilled artisan will further appreciate that certain compounds of the invention that exist in crystalline form, including the various solvates thereof, may exhibit polymorphism (i.e. the capacity to occur in different crystalline structures). These different crystalline forms are typically known as "polymorphs". The invention includes all such polymorphs. Polymorphs have the same chemical composition but differ in packing, geometrical arrangement, and other descriptive properties of the crystalline solid state. Polymorphs, therefore, may have different physical properties such as shape, density, hardness, deformability, stability, and dissolution properties. Polymorphs typically exhibit different melting points, IR spectra, and X-ray powder diffraction patterns, which may be used for identification. The skilled artisan will appreciate that different polymorphs may be produced, for example, by changing or adjusting the reaction conditions or reagents, used in making or recrystallising the compound. For example, changes in temperature, pressure, or solvent may result in polymorphs. In addition, one polymorph may spontaneously convert to another polymorph under certain conditions.
The invention also includes isotopically-labelled compounds, which are identical to the compounds of formula (I) and salts thereof, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number most commonly found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen and fluorine, such as 3H, 1 1 C, 14C and 18F.
The compounds according to formula (I) may contain one or more asymmetric center (also referred to as a chiral center) and may, therefore, exist as individual enantiomers, diastereomers, or other stereoisomeric forms, or as mixtures thereof. Chiral centers, such as chiral carbon atoms, may also be present in a substituent such as an alkyl group.
Where the stereochemistry of a chiral center present in formula (I), or in any chemical structure illustrated herein, is not specified the structure is intended to encompass any stereoisomer and all mixtures thereof. Thus, compounds according to formula (I) containing one or more chiral center may be used as racemic mixtures, enantiomerically enriched mixtures, or as enantiomerically pure individual stereoisomers. Individual stereoisomers of a compound according to formula (I) which contain one or more asymmetric center may be resolved by methods known to those skilled in the art. For example, such resolution may be carried out (1 ) by formation of diastereoisomeric salts, complexes or other derivatives; (2) by selective reaction with a stereoisomer- specific reagent, for example by enzymatic oxidation or reduction; or (3) by gas-liquid or liquid chromatography in a chiral enviornment, for example, on a chiral support such as silica with a bound chiral ligand or in the presence of a chiral solvent. The skilled artisan will appreciate that where the desired stereoisomer is converted into another chemical entity by one of the separation procedures described above, a further step is required to liberate the desired form. Alternatively, specific stereoisomers may be synthesized by asymmetric synthesis using optically active reagents, substrates, catalysts or solvents, or by converting one enantiomer to the other by asymmetric transformation.
The compounds according to formula (I) may also contain centers of geometric asymmetry. Where the stereochemistry of a center of geometric asymmetry present in formula (I), or in any chemical structure illustrated herein, is not specified, the structure is intended to encompass the trans geometric isomer, the cis geometric isomer, and all mixtures thereof. Likewise, all tautomeric forms are also included in formula (I) whether such tautomers exist in equilibrium or predominately in one form.
It is to be understood that the references herein to compounds of formula (I) and salts thereof covers the compounds of formula (I) as free acids or free bases, or as salts thereof, for example as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Thus, in one embodiment, the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) as the free acid or free base. In another embodiment, the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) and salts thereof. In a further embodiment, the invention is directed to compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The skilled artisan will appreciate that pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds according to formula (I) may be prepared. Indeed, in certain embodiments of the invention, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds according to formula (I) may be preferred over the respective free base or free acid because such salts impart greater stability or solubility to the molecule thereby facilitating formulation into a dosage form. Accordingly, the invention is further directed to compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to salts that retain the desired biological activity of the subject compound and exhibit minimal undesired toxicological effects. These pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compound, or by separately reacting the purified compound in its free acid or free base form with a suitable base or acid, respectively.
Salts and solvates having non-pharmaceutically acceptable counter-ions or associated solvents are within the scope of the present invention, for example, for use as intermediates in the preparation of other compounds of formula (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Thus one embodiment of the invention embraces compounds of formula (I) and salts thereof.
In certain embodiments, compounds according to formula (I) may contain an acidic functional group. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable salts include salts of such acidic functional groups. Representative salts include pharmaceutically acceptable metal salts such as sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, aluminum, and zinc salts; carbonates and bicarbonates of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation such as sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, aluminum, and zinc; pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary, and tertiary amines including aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, aliphatic diamines, and hydroxy alkylamines such as methylamine, ethylamine, 2-hydroxyethylamine, diethylamine, TEA, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, and cyclohexylamine.
In certain embodiments, compounds according to formula (I) may contain a basic functional group and are therefore capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts by treatment with a suitable acid. Suitable acids include pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic acids and pharmaceutically acceptable organic acids. Representative pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include hydrochloride, hydrobromide, nitrate, methylnitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, sulfamate, phosphate, acetate, hydroxyacetate, phenylacetate, propionate, butyrate, isobutyrate, valerate, maleate, hydroxymaleate, acrylate, fumarate, malate, tartrate, citrate, salicylate, p- aminosalicyclate, glycollate, lactate, heptanoate, phthalate, oxalate, succinate, benzoate, o-acetoxybenzoate, chlorobenzoate, methylbenzoate, dinitrobenzoate, hydroxybenzoate, methoxybenzoate, naphthoate, hydroxynaphthoate, mandelate, tannate, formate, stearate, ascorbate, palmitate, oleate, pyruvate, pamoate, malonate, laurate, glutarate, glutamate, estolate, methanesulfonate (mesylate), ethanesulfonate (esylate), 2- hydroxyethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate (besylate), p-aminobenzenesulfonate, p- toluenesulfonate (tosylate), and napthalene-2-sulfonate.
Compound Preparation The compounds of the invention may be made by a variety of methods, including standard chemistry. Any previously defined variable will continue to have the previously defined meaning unless otherwise indicated. Illustrative general synthetic methods are set out below and then specific compounds of the invention are prepared in the Examples section.
Process a
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above, and salts thereof, may be prepared from compounds of formula (II)
Figure imgf000038_0001
(II) wherein R1, R3 and R4 are as defined above, by a process comprising (i) treatment with an acid of formula R2COOH, wherein R2 is as defined above, or (ii) treatment with an acid chloride of formula R2COCI, wherein R2 is as defined above.
Suitable conditions for (i) include stirring in a suitable solvent such as N, N- dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)- Λ/,Λ/,Λ/7V'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, and in the presence of a suitable base such as Λ/,Λ/-diisopropylethylamine. Alternatively, (ii) may be carried out by treatment with an acylating agent such as an acid chloride, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of a suitable base such as Λ/,Λ/-diisopropylethylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C.
Compounds of formula (II) wherein R1 and R4 are as defined above and R3 is H, may be prepared from the compound of formula (III) (which is commercially available)
Figure imgf000039_0001
wherein R3 is H and R4 is as defined above, by treatment with a suitable boronic acid or boronate ester such as 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-indole (commercially available), in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as 1 ,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride, in a suitable solvent such as a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane and water, in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium carbonate, and at a suitable temperature such as 60-2000C, for example about 1150C. Alternatively, this process may be carried out under microwave irradiation, at a suitable temperature such as 60-2000C, for example about 15O0C.
Alternatively, compounds of formula (II) wherein R1, R3 and R4 are as defined above, may be prepared from compounds of formula (IV)
Figure imgf000039_0002
(IV) wherein R1 and R4 are as defined above, by (i) hydrogenation, in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as palladium on carbon, in a suitable solvent such as ethyl acetate, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C, or (ii) by hydrogenation in a Thales H-Cube®, in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as palladium on carbon, in a suitable solvent such as ethyl acetate, at a suitable temperature such as 20-400C, for example about 3O0C, and at a suitable pressure such as 1-50bar, for example about 30bar.
Compounds of formula (IV), wherein R1 and R4 are as defined above and R3 is H, may be prepared from the compound of formula (V) (which is commercially available)
Figure imgf000040_0001
(V) wherein R3 is H and R4 is as described above, by treatment with a suitable boronic acid or boronate ester such as 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-indole (commercially available), in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as 1 ,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride, in a suitable solvent such as a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane and water, in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium carbonate, and at a suitable temperature such as 60-2000C, for example about 1150C. Alternatively, this process may be carried out under microwave irradiation, at a suitable temperature such as 60-2000C, for example about 15O0C.
Process b
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above, and salts thereof, may be prepared from compounds of formula (Vl)
Figure imgf000040_0002
(Vl) wherein R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above, by a process comprising treatment with a suitable boronic acid such as (2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)boronic acid (commercially available), under microwave irradiation, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as chloro(di-2-norbornylphosphino)(2'-dimethylamino-1 ,1 '- biphenyl-2-yl)palladium (II), in a suitable solvent such as a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane and water, in the presence of a suitable base such as tri-potassium phosphate, and at a suitable temperature such as 60-2000C, for example about 12O0C.
Alternatively, process b may be carried out by treatment of compounds of formula (Vl) wherein R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above, with a suitable boronic acid ester such as bis(pinacolato)diboron (commercially available), under microwave irradiation, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as 1 ,1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride, in a suitable solvent such as Λ/,Λ/-dimethylacetamide, in the presence of a suitable base such as potassium acetate, and at a suitable temperature such as 60-1500C, for example about 8O0C, followed by treatment with a suitable halide such as 5-bromo-1 H-pyrazo[3,4-b]pyridine (commercially available), under microwave irradiation, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium(O), in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium bicarbonate, and at a suitable temperature such as 60-2000C, for example about 15O0C.
Compounds of formula (Vl), wherein R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above, may be prepared from the compound of formula (III) as described above, by treatment either with (i) a suitable acid of formula R2COOH, wherein R2 is as defined above, or (ii) by treatment with an acid chloride of formula R2COCI, wherein R2 is as defined above. Suitable conditions for (i) include stirring an acid such as, for example, 2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxylic acid (commercially available), in a suitable solvent such as N, N- dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)- Λ/,Λ/,Λ/7V'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, and in the presence of a suitable base such as Λ/,Λ/-diisopropylethylamine. Alternatively, (ii) may be carried out by acylation with a suitable acylating agent such as an acid chloride, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of a suitable base such as Λ/,Λ/-diisopropylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C.
Process c
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2 and R3 are as defined above and R4 is hydrogen, and salts thereof, may also be prepared by a process comprising deprotection of suitably protected derivatives of compounds of formula (Ia) wherein R1, R2 and R3 are as defined above. Examples of suitable protecting groups and the means of their removal can be found in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts 'Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis' (3rd Ed., J. Wiley and Sons, 1999).
Figure imgf000041_0001
(Ia)
As an example of this, compounds of formula (I) may be prepared from compounds of formula (Ia) where the indazole ring nitrogen is protected, such as for example, with 2- tetrahydropyranyl, by deprotecting under appropriate conditions, such as treating with a strong acid, for example trifluoroacetic acid.
Compounds of formula (Ia), wherein R1, R2 and R3 are as defined above and P is 2- tetrahydropranyl, may be prepared from compounds of formula (VII)
Figure imgf000042_0001
(VII) wherein R2 and R3 are as defined above, by treatment with a suitable halide such as 4- bromo-1-H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine, under microwave irradiation, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as chloro[2'-(dimethylamino)-2-biphenylyl] palladium- (1 R,4S)-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl[(1 S,4R)-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]phosphane (1 :1 ), in a suitable solvent such as 1 ,4-dioxane and water, in the presence of a suitable base such as tri-potassium phosphate, and at a suitable temperature, such as between 80-1500C, for example about 12O 0C.
Compounds of formula (VII) wherein R2 and R3 are as defined above may be prepared from compounds of formula (VIII)
Figure imgf000042_0002
(VIM) wherein R2 and R3 are as defined above, by treatment with a suitable boronate such as 4,4,4',4',6,6,6',6'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinane (commercially available), under microwave irradiation, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as 1 ,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride, in a suitable solvent such as 1 ,4- dioxane, in the presence of a base such as potassium acetate, and at a suitable temperature such as between 60-1200C, for example about 8O0C.
Compounds of formula (VIII) wherein R2 and R3 are as defined above, may be prepared from compounds of formula (IX)
Figure imgf000043_0001
(IX) wherein R3 is as defined above, by treatment either with (i) a suitable acid of formula R2COOH, wherein R2 is as defined above, or (ii) by treatment with an acid chloride of formula R2COCI, wherein R2 is as defined above. Suitable conditions for (i) include stirring an acid such as, for example, 2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (commercially available), in a suitable solvent such as Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-Λ/,Λ/,Λ/7V- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, and in the presence of a suitable base such as Λ/,Λ/-diisopropylethylamine. Alternatively, (ii) may be carried out by acylation with a suitable acylating agent such as an acid chloride, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of a suitable base such as Λ/,Λ/-diisopropylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C.
Compounds of formula (IX) wherein R3 is as defined above, may be prepared from compounds of formula (X)
Figure imgf000043_0002
(X) wherein R3 is as described above, by reduction under suitable conditions, such as with iron filings and ammonium chloride, in a suitable solvent such as ethanol and water, and at a suitable temperature such as between 60-1000C, for example about 8O0C.
Compounds of formula (X) wherein R3 is as defined above, may be prepared from the compound of formula (V) as described above, by treatment with 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran, with a suitable acid catalyst such as trifluoroacetic acid, and at a suitable temperature, such as reflux temperature.
Process d Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2 and R3 are as defined above and R4 is hydrogen, and salts thereof, may also be prepared by a process comprising deprotection of suitably protected derivatives of compounds of formula (Ia) as described above. Examples of suitable protection groups and the means of their removal can be found in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts 'Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis' (3rd Ed., J. Wiley and Sons, 1999).
As a further example of this, compounds of formula (I) may be prepared from compounds of formula (Ia) where the indazole ring nitrogen is protected (P), such as for example, with 1-phenylsulphonyl, by deprotection under appropriate conditions, such as treating with a base, for example aqueous sodium hydroxide.
Compounds of formula (Ia), wherein R1, R2 and R3 are as defined above, may be prepared from compounds of formula (Xl)
Figure imgf000044_0001
(Xl) wherein R2 and R3 are as defined above, by treatment with a suitable halide such as 4- bromo-1-(phenylsulphonyl)-1 H-indole, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (0), in a suitable solvent such as N, N- dimethylformamide, and at a suitable temperature such as 80-1500C, for example about 12O0C.
Compounds of formula (Xl) wherein R2 and R3 are as defined above, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XII)
Figure imgf000045_0001
(XII) wherein R3 is defined as above, by (i) treatment with an acid of formula R2COOH, wherein R2 is as defined above, or (ii) by treatment with an acid chloride of formula R2COCI, wherein R2 is as defined above. Suitable conditions for (i) include stirring in a suitable solvent such as Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as 0-(J- azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-/V,/V,Λ/7V-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, and in the presence of a suitable base such as Λ/,Λ/-diisopropylethylamine. Alternatively, (ii) may be carried out by treatment with an acylating agent such as an acid chloride, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of a suitable base such as N, N- diisopropylethylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C.
Compounds of formula (XII) wherein R3 is as defined above, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XIII)
Figure imgf000045_0002
(XIII) wherein R3 is as defined above, by treatment with a suitable stannane such as hexamethyldistannane, under microwave irradiation, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0), in a suitable solvent such as toluene, in the presence of a suitable base such as triethylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as 80-15O0C, for example about 1200C. Process e
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2 and R3 are as defined above and R4 is methyl, and salts thereof, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XIV)
(XIV) wherein R1 and R3 are as defined above, by a process comprising (i) treatment with an acid of formula R2COOH, wherein R2 is as defined above, or (ii) treatment with an acid chloride of formula R2COCI, wherein R2 is as defined above. Suitable conditions for (i) include stirring in a suitable solvent such as Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-/V,/V,/V7V-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, and in the presence of a suitable base such as N, N- diisopropylethylamine. Alternatively, (ii) may be carried out by treatment with an acylating agent such as an acid chloride, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of a suitable base such as Λ/,Λ/-diisopropylethylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C.
Compounds of formula (XIV) wherein R1 and R3 are as defined above, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XV)
Figure imgf000046_0002
(XV) wherein R1 and R3 are as defined above, by hydrogenation, in the presence of a suitable catalyst such as palladium on carbon, in a suitable solvent such as ethyl acetate, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C.
Compounds of formula (XV), wherein R1 and R3 are as defined above, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XVI)
Figure imgf000047_0001
(XVI) wherein R3 is as defined above, by treatment with a suitable boronic acid or boronate ester such as 1 H-indol-4-ylboronic acid (commercially available), under microwave irradiation, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as 1 ,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride, in a suitable solvent such as propan-2-ol, in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydrogencarbonate, and at a suitable temperature such as 60-2000C, for example about 15O0C.
Compounds of formula (XVI), wherein R3 is as described above, may be prepared from the compound of formula (V) as described above, by treatment with a suitable alkylating agent such as iodomethane, in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride, and at a suitable temperature such as between -10-200C, for example about O0C.
Process f
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2 and R3 are as defined above and R4 is methyl, and salts thereof, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XVII)
Figure imgf000047_0002
(XVII) wherein R2 and R3 are as defined above, by a process comprising treatment with a suitable boronic acid or boronate ester such as 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan- 2-yl)-1 H-indole (commercially available), under microwave irradiation, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as 1 ,1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride, in a suitable solvent such as a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane and water, in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium carbonate, and at a suitable temperature such as 60-2000C, for example about 15O0C. Compounds of formula (XVII) wherein R2 and R3 are as defined above, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XVIII)
Figure imgf000048_0001
(XVIII) wherein R3 is as defined as above, by (i) treatment with an acid of formula R2COOH, wherein R2 is as defined above, or (ii) by treatment with an acid chloride of formula R2COCI, wherein R2 is as defined above. Suitable conditions for (i) include stirring in a suitable solvent such as Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as 0-(J- azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-Λ/,Λ/,Λ/7V- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, and in the presence of a suitable base such as Λ/,Λ/-diisopropylethylamine. Alternatively, (ii) may be carried out by treatment with an acylating agent such as an acid chloride, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of a suitable base such as N,N- diisopropylethylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C.
Compounds of formula (XVIII), wherein R3 is as described above, may be prepared from the compound of formula (XIX) (which is commercially available)
Figure imgf000048_0002
(XIX) wherein R3 and R4 are H, by treatment with a suitable alkylating agent such as iodomethane, in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride, and at a suitable temperature such as between -10- 2O0C, for example about O0C.
Process q Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R2 and R4 are as defined above and R3 is F, and salts thereof, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XX)
Figure imgf000049_0001
(XX) wherein R1 and R4 are as defined above, by a process comprising (i) treatment with an acid of formula R2COOH, wherein R2 is as defined above, or (ii) treatment with an acid chloride of formula R2COCI, wherein R2 is as defined above. Suitable conditions for (i) include stirring in a suitable solvent such as Λ/,Λ/-dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C, in the presence of a coupling reagent such as O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-/V,/V,/V7V-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate, and in the presence of a suitable base such as N, N- diisopropylethylamine. Alternatively, (i) may be carried out by treatment with an acylating agent such as an acid chloride, in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of a suitable base such as Λ/,Λ/-diisopropylethylamine, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature, for example about 2O0C.
Compounds of formula (XX) wherein R4 is as defined above, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XXI)
Figure imgf000049_0002
(XXI) wherein R4 is as defined above, by treatment with a suitable boronic acid or boronate ester such as 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-indole (commercially available), under microwave irradiation, in the presence of a suitable palladium catalyst such as 1 ,1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene palladium dichloride, in a suitable solvent such as a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane and water, in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium carbonate, and at a suitable temperature such as 60-2000C, for example about 15O0C. Compounds of formula (XXI) wherein R4 is as defined above, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XXII)
Figure imgf000050_0001
(XXII) wherein R4 is as described above, by treatment with a suitable reducing agent such as sodium dithionite, in a suitable solvent such as methanol, at a suitable temperature such as between 0-500C, for example about 2O0C.
Compounds of formula (XXII) wherein R4 is H, may be prepared from the compound of formula (V) as described above (which is commercially available), by treatment with a suitable fluorinating agent such as 1-(chloromethyl)-4-fluoro-1 ,4- diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (commercially available), under microwave irradiation, in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile and acetic acid, and at a suitable temperature such as between 80-1800C, for example 15O0C.
Process h
Compounds of formula (I) wherein R1, R3 and R4 are as defined above and R2 is 5- membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by -(CH2)mNR10R11, and salts thereof, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XXIIIA) or (XXIIIB)
Figure imgf000050_0002
Figure imgf000051_0001
(XXIIIB) wherein R1 and R3 are as defined above and R2a is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5- membered heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by -(CH2)mX, wherein X is a leaving group, for example Cl, and wherein P is a protecting group, for example benzenesulphonyl, by a process comprising treatment with an amine of formula NHR10R11 in the presence of a suitable base such as DIPEA, a suitable activating agent such as sodium iodide and in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile, heating to a suitable temperature such as 20°C-120°C, for example about 700C.
As the skilled person will appreciate, in the compound of formula (XXIIIA), the protecting group P may be on the 1 or 2 position of the indazole. Following reaction with the amine, the protecting group P may be removed by deprotection under appropriate conditions.
Compounds of formula (XXIIIA) and (XXIIIB) wherein R1 and R3 are as defined above and R2a is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by -(CH2)mX, wherein X is a leaving group, for example Cl, and wherein P is a protecting group, for example benzenesulphonyl, may be prepared from compounds of formula (XXIVA) and (XXIVB)
Figure imgf000051_0002
(XXIVA)
Figure imgf000052_0001
(XXIVB)
wherein R1 and R3 are as defined above, by a process comprising treatment with an acid chloride of formula R2aCOCI, wherein R2a is as defined above, in the presence of a suitable base such as pyridine, in a suitable solvent such as DCM, and at a suitable temperature such as room temperature.
Compounds of formula R COCI wherein R is as defined above, can be prepared from compounds of formula R23CO2H wherein R2a is as defined above, by treatment with thionyl chloride in a suitable solvent such as chloroform, in the presence of DMF (catalytic quantity) and heating to a suitable temperature such as reflux.
Thus, in one embodiment, the invention provides a process for preparing a compound of the invention comprising:
a) reacting a compound of formula (II)
Figure imgf000052_0002
(II) wherein R1, R3 and R4 are as defined above, with (i) an acid of formula R2COOH, wherein R2 is as defined above, or (ii) an acid chloride of formula R2COCI, wherein R2 is as defined above;
b) reacting a compound of formula (Vl)
Figure imgf000053_0001
(Vl) wherein R ■>2 , ι R->3 and R are as defined above, with a suitable boronic acid;
c) deprotection of a suitably protected derivative of a compound of formula (Ia)
Figure imgf000053_0002
(Ia) wherein R1, R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above;
d) for a compound of formula (I) wherein R1, R2 and R3 are as defined above and R4 is methyl, or a salt thereof, reacting a compound of formula (XIV)
Figure imgf000053_0003
(XIV) wherein R1 and R3 are as defined above, with (i) an acid of formula R2COOH, wherein R2 is as defined above, or (ii) an acid chloride of formula R2COCI, wherein R2 is as defined above;
e) reacting a compound of formula (XVII)
Figure imgf000054_0001
(XVII) wherein R and R are as defined above, with a suitable boronic acid;
f) for a compound of formula (I) wherein R1, R2 and R4 are as defined above and R3 is F, or a salt thereof, reacting a compound of formula (XX)
Figure imgf000054_0002
(XX) wherein R1 and R4 are as defined above, with (i) an acid of formula R2COOH, wherein R2 is as defined above, or (ii) an acid chloride of formula R2COCI, wherein R2 is as defined above; or
g) for a compound of formula (I) wherein R1, R3 and R4 are as defined above and R2 is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by -(CH2)mNR10R11, and salts thereof, reacting a compound of formula (XXIIIA) or (XXIIIB)
Figure imgf000054_0003
(XXIIIA)
Figure imgf000055_0001
wherein R1 and R3 are as defined above and R2a is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5- membered heteroaryl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by -(CH2)mqX, wherein X is a leaving group, and wherein P is a protecting group, with an amine of formula NHR10R11, followed where necessary by deprotection.
Methods of Use
The compounds of the invention are inhibitors of PI3-kinase activity. Compounds which are PI3-kinase inhibitors may be useful in the treatment of disorders wherein the underlying pathology is (at least in part) attributable to inappropriate PI3-kinase activity, such as asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). "Inappropriate PI3- kinase activity" refers to any PI3-kinase activity that deviates from the normal PI3-kinase activity expected in a particular patient. Inappropriate PI3-kinase may take the form of, for instance, an abnormal increase in activity, or an aberration in the timing and or control of PI3-kinase activity. Such inappropriate activity may result then, for example, from overexpression or mutation of the protein kinase leading to inappropriate or uncontrolled activation. Accordingly, in another aspect the invention is directed to methods of treating such disorders.
Such disorders include respiratory diseases including asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD); allergic diseases including allergic rhinitis and atopic dermatitis; autoimmune diseases including rheumatoid arthritis and multiple sclerosis; inflammatory disorders including inflammatory bowel disease; cardiovascular diseases including thrombosis and atherosclerosis; hematologic malignancies; cystic fibrosis; neurodegenerative diseases; pancreatitis; multiorgan failure; kidney diseases; platelet aggregation; cancer; sperm motility; transplantation rejection; graft rejection; lung injuries; and pain including pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis or osteoarthritis, back pain, general inflammatory pain, post hepatic neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, inflammatory neuropathic pain (trama), trigeminal neuralgia and central pain.
The methods of treatment of the invention comprise administering a safe and effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a patient in need thereof. Individual embodiments of the invention include methods of treating any one of the above-mentioned disorders by administering a safe and effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a patient in need thereof.
As used herein, "treat" in reference to a disorder means: (1 ) to ameliorate or prevent the disorder or one or more of the biological manifestations of the disorder, (2) to interfere with (a) one or more points in the biological cascade that leads to or is responsible for the disorder or (b) one or more of the biological manifestations of the disorder, (3) to alleviate one or more of the symptoms or effects associated with the disorder, or (4) to slow the progression of the disorder or one or more of the biological manifestations of the disorder.
As indicated above, "treatment" of a disorder includes prevention of the disorder. The skilled artisan will appreciate that "prevention" is not an absolute term. In medicine, "prevention" is understood to refer to the prophylactic administration of a drug to substantially diminish the likelihood or severity of a disorder or biological manifestation thereof, or to delay the onset of such disorder or biological manifestation thereof.
As used herein, "safe and effective amount" in reference to a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or other pharmaceutically-active agent means an amount of the compound sufficient to treat the patient's condition but low enough to avoid serious side effects (at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio) within the scope of sound medical judgment. A safe and effective amount of a compound will vary with the particular compound chosen (e.g. consider the potency, efficacy, and half-life of the compound); the route of administration chosen; the disorder being treated; the severity of the disorder being treated; the age, size, weight, and physical condition of the patient being treated; the medical history of the patient to be treated; the duration of the treatment; the nature of concurrent therapy; the desired therapeutic effect; and like factors, but can nevertheless be routinely determined by the skilled artisan. As used herein, "patient" refers to a human (including adults and children) or other animal. In one embodiment, "patient" refers to a human.
The compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be administered by any suitable route of administration, including both systemic administration and topical administration. Systemic administration includes oral administration, parenteral administration, transdermal administration and rectal administration. Parenteral administration refers to routes of administration other than enteral or transdermal, and is typically by injection or infusion. Parenteral administration includes intravenous, intramuscular, and subcutaneous injection or infusion. Topical administration includes application to the skin as well as intraocular, otic, intravaginal, inhaled and intranasal administration. Inhalation refers to administration into the patient's lungs whether inhaled through the mouth or through the nasal passages. In one embodiment, the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be administered orally. In another embodiment, the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be administered by inhalation. In a further embodiment, the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be administered intranasally. Preferably, the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are administered by inhalation.
The compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be administered once or according to a dosing regimen wherein a number of doses are administered at varying intervals of time for a given period of time. For example, doses may be administered one, two, three, or four times per day. In one embodiment, a dose is administered once per day. In a further embodiment, a dose is administered twice per day. Doses may be administered until the desired therapeutic effect is achieved or indefinitely to maintain the desired therapeutic effect. Suitable dosing regimens for a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof depend on the pharmacokinetic properties of that compound, such as absorption, distribution, and half- life, which can be determined by the skilled artisan. In addition, suitable dosing regimens, including the duration such regimens are administered, for a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof depend on the disorder being treated, the severity of the disorder being treated, the age and physical condition of the patient being treated, the medical history of the patient to be treated, the nature of concurrent therapy, the desired therapeutic effect, and like factors within the knowledge and expertise of the skilled artisan. It will be further understood by such skilled artisans that suitable dosing regimens may require adjustment given an individual patient's response to the dosing regimen or over time as individual patient needs change.
Typical daily dosages may vary depending upon the particular route of administration chosen. Typical daily dosages for oral administration range from 0.001 mg to 50mg per kg of total body weight, for example from 1 mg to 10mg per kg of total body weight. For example, daily dosages for oral administration may be from 0.5mg to 2g per patient, such as 10mg to 1g per patient.
Additionally, the compounds of formula (I) may be administered as prodrugs. As used herein, a "prodrug" of a compound of formula (I) is a functional derivative of the compound which, upon administration to a patient, eventually liberates the compound of formula (I) in vivo. Administration of a compound of formula (I) as a prodrug may enable the skilled artisan to do one or more of the following: (a) modify the onset of the activity of the compound in vivo; (b) modify the duration of action of the compound in vivo; (c) modify the transportation or distribution of the compound in vivo; (d) modify the solubility of the compound in vivo; and (e) overcome a side effect or other difficulty encountered with the compound. Typical functional derivatives used to prepare prodrugs include modifications of the compound that are chemically or enzymatically cleavable in vivo. Such modifications, which include the preparation of phosphates, amides, esters, thioesters, carbonates, and carbamates, are well known to those skilled in the art.
The invention thus provides a method of treating a disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity comprising administering a safe and effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a patient in need thereof.
In one embodiment, the disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity is selected from the group consisting of respiratory diseases (including asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)); allergic diseases (including allergic rhinitis and atopic dermatitis); autoimmune diseases (including rheumatoid arthritis and multiple sclerosis); inflammatory disorders (including inflammatory bowel disease); cardiovascular diseases (including thrombosis and atherosclerosis); hematologic malignancies; cystic fibrosis; neurodegenerative diseases; pancreatitis; multiorgan failure; kidney diseases; platelet aggregation; cancer; sperm motility; transplantation rejection; graft rejection; lung injuries; and pain (including pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis or osteoarthritis, back pain, general inflammatory pain, post hepatic neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, inflammatory neuropathic pain (trama), trigeminal neuralgia and central pain). In one embodiment, the disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity is a respiratory disease. In a further embodiment, the disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3- kinase activity is asthma. In a further embodiment, the disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity is chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
In one embodiment, the disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity is pain.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in medical therapy. In another embodiment, the invention provides a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in the treatment of a disorder mediated by inappropriate
PI3-kinase activity. In a further embodiment, the invention provides the use of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment of a disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3- kinase activity.
Compositions
The compounds of formula (I) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will normally, but not necessarily, be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions prior to administration to a patient. Accordingly, in another aspect the invention is directed to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be prepared and packaged in bulk form wherein a safe and effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be extracted and then given to the patient such as with powders or syrups. Alternatively, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be prepared and packaged in unit dosage form wherein each physically discrete unit contains a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. When prepared in unit dosage form, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention typically may contain, for example, from 0.5mg to 1g, or from 1 mg to 700mg, or from 5mg to 100mg of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention typically contain one compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. As used herein, "pharmaceutically-acceptable excipient" means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or vehicle involved in giving form or consistency to the pharmaceutical composition. Each excipient must be compatible with the other ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition when commingled such that interactions which would substantially reduce the efficacy of the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof when administered to a patient and interactions which would result in pharmaceutical compositions that are not pharmaceutically acceptable are avoided. In addition, each excipient must of course be pharmaceutically- acceptable eg of sufficiently high purity.
The compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and the pharmaceutically-acceptable excipient or excipients will typically be formulated into a dosage form adapted for administration to the patient by the desired route of administration. For example, dosage forms include those adapted for (1 ) oral administration such as tablets, capsules, caplets, pills, troches, powders, syrups, elixers, suspensions, solutions, emulsions, sachets, and cachets; (2) parenteral administration such as sterile solutions, suspensions, and powders for reconstitution; (3) transdermal administration such as transdermal patches; (4) rectal administration such as suppositories; (5) inhalation such as aerosols, solutions, and dry powders; and (6) topical administration such as creams, ointments, lotions, solutions, pastes, sprays, foams, and gels.
Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients will vary depending upon the particular dosage form chosen. In addition, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for a particular function that they may serve in the composition. For example, certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to facilitate the production of uniform dosage forms. Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to facilitate the production of stable dosage forms. Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to facilitate the carrying or transporting of the compound or compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof once administered to the patient from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Certain pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be chosen for their ability to enhance patient compliance. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients include the following types of excipients: Diluents, fillers, binders, disintegrants, lubricants, glidants, granulating agents, coating agents, wetting agents, solvents, co-solvents, suspending agents, emulsifiers, sweetners, flavoring agents, flavor masking agents, coloring agents, anticaking agents, hemectants, chelating agents, plasticizers, viscosity increasing agents, antioxidants, preservatives, stabilizers, surfactants, and buffering agents. The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients may serve more than one function and may serve alternative functions depending on how much of the excipient is present in the formulation and what other excipients are present in the formulation.
Skilled artisans possess the knowledge and skill in the art to enable them to select suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients in appropriate amounts for use in the invention. In addition, there are a number of resources that are available to the skilled artisan which describe pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients and may be useful in selecting suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients. Examples include Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Company), The Handbook of Pharmaceutical Additives (Gower Publishing Limited), and The Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients (the American Pharmaceutical Association and the Pharmaceutical Press).
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are prepared using techniques and methods known to those skilled in the art. Some of the methods commonly used in the art are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Company).
Accordingly, in another aspect the invention is directed to process for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients which comprises mixing the ingredients. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be prepared by, for example, admixture at ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure.
In one embodiment, the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be formulated for oral administration. In another embodiment, the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be formulated for inhaled administration. In a further embodiment, the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be formulated for intranasal administration. Preferably, the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be formulated for inhaled administration.
In one aspect, the invention is directed to a solid oral dosage form such as a tablet or capsule comprising a safe and effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a diluent or filler. Suitable diluents and fillers include lactose, sucrose, dextrose, mannitol, sorbitol, starch (e.g. corn starch, potato starch, and pre-gelatinized starch), cellulose and its derivatives (e.g. microcrystalline cellulose), calcium sulfate, and dibasic calcium phosphate. The oral solid dosage form may further comprise a binder. Suitable binders include starch (e.g. corn starch, potato starch, and pre-gelatinized starch), gelatin, acacia, sodium alginate, alginic acid, tragacanth, guar gum, povidone, and cellulose and its derivatives (e.g. microcrystalline cellulose). The oral solid dosage form may further comprise a disintegrant. Suitable disintegrants include crospovidone, sodium starch glycolate, croscarmelose, alginic acid, and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose. The oral solid dosage form may further comprise a lubricant. Suitable lubricants include stearic acid, magnesuim stearate, calcium stearate, and talc.
Where appropriate, dosage unit formulations for oral administration can be microencapsulated. The composition can also be prepared to prolong or sustain the release as for example by coating or embedding particulate material in polymers, wax or the like.
The compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may also be coupled with soluble polymers as targetable drug carriers. Such polymers can include polyvinylpyrrolidone, pyran copolymer, polyhydroxypropylmethacrylamide -phenol, polyhydroxyethylaspartamidephenol, or polyethyleneoxidepolylysine substituted with palmitoyl residues. Furthermore, the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be coupled to a class of biodegradable polymers useful in achieving controlled release of a drug, for example, polylactic acid, polepsilon caprolactone, polyhydroxy butyric acid, polyorthoesters, polyacetals, polydihydropyrans, polycyanoacrylates and cross-linked or amphipathic block copolymers of hydrogels.
In another aspect, the invention is directed to a liquid oral dosage form. Oral liquids such as solution, syrups and elixirs can be prepared in dosage unit form so that a given quantity contains a predetermined amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Syrups can be prepared by dissolving the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a suitably flavored aqueous solution, while elixirs are prepared through the use of a non-toxic alcoholic vehicle. Suspensions can be formulated by dispersing the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a non-toxic vehicle. Solubilizers and emulsifiers such as ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols and polyoxy ethylene sorbitol ethers, preservatives, flavor additive such as peppermint oil or natural sweeteners or saccharin or other artificial sweeteners, and the like can also be added.
In another aspect, the invention is directed to a dosage form adapted for administration to a patient by inhalation, for example, as a dry powder, an aerosol, a suspension, or a solution composition. Preferably, the invention is directed to a dry powder composition adapted for inhalation comprising compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Dry powder compositions for delivery to the lung by inhalation typically comprise a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as a finely divided powder together with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients as finely divided powders. Pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients particularly suited for use in dry powders are known to those skilled in the art and include lactose, starch, mannitol, and mono-, di-, and polysaccharides. The finely divided powder may be prepared by, for example, micronisation and milling. Generally, the size-reduced (eg micronised) compound can be defined by a D50 value of about 1 to about 10 microns (for example as measured using laser diffraction).
The dry powder may be administered to the patient via a reservoir dry powder inhaler (RDPI) having a reservoir suitable for storing multiple (un-metered doses) of medicament in dry powder form. RDPIs typically include a means for metering each medicament dose from the reservoir to a delivery position. For example, the metering means may comprise a metering cup, which is movable from a first position where the cup may be filled with medicament from the reservoir to a second position where the metered medicament dose is made available to the patient for inhalation.
Alternatively, the dry powder may be presented in capsules (e.g. gelatin or plastic), cartridges, or blister packs for use in a multi-dose dry powder inhaler (MDPI). MDPIs are inhalers wherein the medicament is comprised within a multi-dose pack containing (or otherwise carrying) multiple defined doses (or parts thereof) of medicament. When the dry powder is presented as a blister pack, it comprises multiple blisters for containment of the medicament in dry powder form. The blisters are typically arranged in regular fashion for ease of release of the medicament therefrom. For example, the blisters may be arranged in a generally circular fashion on a disc-form blister pack, or the blisters may be elongate in form, for example comprising a strip or a tape. Each capsule, cartridge, or blister may, for example, contain between 20μg-10mg of the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Aerosols may be formed by suspending or dissolving a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a liquified propellant. Suitable propellants include halocarbons, hydrocarbons, and other liquified gases. Representative propellants include: trichlorofluoromethane (propellant 1 1 ), dichlorofluoromethane (propellant 12), dichlorotetrafluoroethane (propellant 1 14), tetrafluoroethane (HFA-134a), 1 ,1- difluoroethane (HFA-152a), difluoromethane (HFA-32), pentafluoroethane (HFA-12), heptafluoropropane (HFA-227a), perfluoropropane, perfluorobutane, perfluoropentane, butane, isobutane, and pentane. Aerosols comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof will typically be administered to a patient via a metered dose inhaler (MDI). Such devices are known to those skilled in the art.
The aerosol may contain additional pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients typically used with MDIs such as surfactants, lubricants, cosolvents and other excipients to improve the physical stability of the formulation, to improve valve performance, to improve solubility, or to improve taste.
There is thus provided as a further aspect of the invention a pharmaceutical aerosol formulation comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a fluorocarbon or hydrogen-containing chlorofluorocarbon as propellant, optionally in combination with a surfactant and/or a cosolvent.
According to another aspect of the invention, there is provided a pharmaceutical aerosol formulation wherein the propellant is selected from 1 ,1 ,1 ,2-tetrafluoroethane, 1 ,1 ,1 ,2,3,3,3-heptafluoro-n-propane and mixtures thereof.
The formulations of the invention may be buffered by the addition of suitable buffering agents. Capsules and cartridges for use in an inhaler or insufflator, of for example gelatine, may be formulated containing a powder mix for inhalation of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch. Each capsule or cartridge may generally contain from 20μg to 10mg of the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Alternatively, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be presented without excipients such as lactose.
The proportion of the active compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the local compositions according to the invention depends on the precise type of formulation to be prepared but will generally be within the range of from 0.001 to 10% by weight. Generally, for most types of preparations, the proportion used will be within the range of from 0.005 to 1 %, for example from 0.01 to 0.5%. However, in powders for inhalation or insufflation the proportion used will normally be within the range of from 0.1 to 5%.
Aerosol formulations are preferably arranged so that each metered dose or "puff" of aerosol contains from 20μg to 10mg, preferably from 20μg to 2000μg, more preferably from about 20μg to 500μg of a compound of formula (I). Administration may be once daily or several times daily, for example 2, 3, 4 or 8 times, giving for example 1 , 2 or 3 doses each time. The overall daily dose with an aerosol will be within the range from 100μg to 10mg, preferably from 200μg to 2000μg. The overall daily dose and the metered dose delivered by capsules and cartridges in an inhaler or insufflator will generally be double that delivered with aerosol formulations.
In the case of suspension aerosol formulations, the particle size of the particulate (e.g., micronised) drug should be such as to permit inhalation of substantially all the drug into the lungs upon administration of the aerosol formulation and will thus be less than 100 microns, desirably less than 20 microns, and in particular in the range of from 1 to 10 microns, such as from 1 to 5 microns, more preferably from 2 to 3 microns.
The formulations of the invention may be prepared by dispersal or dissolution of the medicament and a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the selected propellant in an appropriate container, for example, with the aid of sonication or a high-shear mixer. The process is desirably carried out under controlled humidity conditions. The chemical and physical stability and the pharmaceutical acceptability of the aerosol formulations according to the invention may be determined by techniques well known to those skilled in the art. Thus, for example, the chemical stability of the components may be determined by HPLC assay, for example, after prolonged storage of the product. Physical stability data may be gained from other conventional analytical techniques such as, for example, by leak testing, by valve delivery assay (average shot weights per actuation), by dose reproducibility assay (active ingredient per actuation) and spray distribution analysis.
The stability of the suspension aerosol formulations according to the invention may be measured by conventional techniques, for example, by measuring flocculation size distribution using a back light scattering instrument or by measuring particle size distribution by cascade impaction or by the "twin impinger" analytical process. As used herein reference to the "twin impinger" assay means "Determination of the deposition of the emitted dose in pressurised inhalations using apparatus A" as defined in British Pharmacopaeia 1988, pages A204-207, Appendix XVII C. Such techniques enable the "respirable fraction" of the aerosol formulations to be calculated. One method used to calculate the "respirable fraction" is by reference to "fine particle fraction" which is the amount of active ingredient collected in the lower impingement chamber per actuation expressed as a percentage of the total amount of active ingredient delivered per actuation using the twin impinger method described above.
The term "metered dose inhaler" or MDI means a unit comprising a can, a secured cap covering the can and a formulation metering valve situated in the cap. MDI system includes a suitable channelling device. Suitable channelling devices comprise for example, a valve actuator and a cylindrical or cone-like passage through which medicament may be delivered from the filled canister via the metering valve to the nose or mouth of a patient such as a mouthpiece actuator.
MDI canisters generally comprise a container capable of withstanding the vapour pressure of the propellant used such as a plastic or plastic-coated glass bottle or preferably a metal can, for example, aluminium or an alloy thereof which may optionally be anodised, lacquer-coated and/or plastic-coated (for example incorporated herein by reference WO96/32099 wherein part or all of the internal surfaces are coated with one or more fluorocarbon polymers optionally in combination with one or more non-fluorocarbon polymers), which container is closed with a metering valve. The cap may be secured onto the can via ultrasonic welding, screw fitting or crimping. MDIs taught herein may be prepared by methods of the art (e.g. see Byron, above and WO96/32099). Preferably the canister is fitted with a cap assembly, wherein a drug-metering valve is situated in the cap, and said cap is crimped in place.
In one embodiment of the invention the metallic internal surface of the can is coated with a fluoropolymer, more preferably blended with a non-fluoropolymer. In another embodiment of the invention the metallic internal surface of the can is coated with a polymer blend of polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyethersulfone (PES). In a further embodiment of the invention the whole of the metallic internal surface of the can is coated with a polymer blend of polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and polyethersulfone (PES).
The metering valves are designed to deliver a metered amount of the formulation per actuation and incorporate a gasket to prevent leakage of propellant through the valve. The gasket may comprise any suitable elastomeric material such as, for example, low density polyethylene, chlorobutyl, bromobutyl, EPDM, black and white butadiene- acrylonitrile rubbers, butyl rubber and neoprene. Suitable valves are commercially available from manufacturers well known in the aerosol industry, for example, from Valois, France (e.g. DF10, DF30, DF60), Bespak pic, UK (e.g. BK300, BK357) and 3M-
TM Neotechnic Ltd, UK (e.g. Spraymiser ).
In various embodiments, the MDIs may also be used in conjunction with other structures such as, without limitation, overwrap packages for storing and containing the MDIs, including those described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,1 19,853; 6,179,1 18; 6,315,1 12; 6,352,152; 6,390,291 ; and 6,679,374, as well as dose counter units such as, but not limited to, those described in U.S. Patent Nos. 6,360,739 and 6,431 ,168.
Conventional bulk manufacturing methods and machinery well known to those skilled in the art of pharmaceutical aerosol manufacture may be employed for the preparation of large-scale batches for the commercial production of filled canisters. Thus, for example, in one bulk manufacturing method for preparing suspension aerosol formulations a metering valve is crimped onto an aluminium can to form an empty canister. The particulate medicament is added to a charge vessel and liquefied propellant together with the optional excipients is pressure filled through the charge vessel into a manufacturing vessel. The drug suspension is mixed before recirculation to a filling machine and an aliquot of the drug suspension is then filled through the metering valve into the canister. In one example of a bulk manufacturing method for preparing solution aerosol formulations, a metering valve is crimped onto an aluminium can to form an empty canister. The liquefied propellant together with the optional excipients and the dissolved medicament is pressure filled through the charge vessel into a manufacturing vessel.
In an alternative process, an aliquot of the liquefied formulation is added to an open canister under conditions which are sufficiently cold to ensure the formulation does not vaporise, and then a metering valve crimped onto the canister.
Typically, in batches prepared for pharmaceutical use, each filled canister is check- weighed, coded with a batch number and packed into a tray for storage before release testing.
Suspensions and solutions comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may also be administered to a patient via a nebulizer. The solvent or suspension agent utilized for nebulization may be any pharmaceutically-acceptable liquid such as water, aqueous saline, alcohols or glycols, e.g., ethanol, isopropylalcohol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, etc. or mixtures thereof. Saline solutions utilize salts which display little or no pharmacological activity after administration. Both organic salts, such as alkali metal or ammonium halogen salts, e.g., sodium chloride, potassium chloride or organic salts, such as potassium, sodium and ammonium salts or organic acids, e.g., ascorbic acid, citric acid, acetic acid, tartaric acid, etc. may be used for this purpose.
Other pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients may be added to the suspension or solution. The compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be stabilized by the addition of an inorganic acid, e.g., hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulphuric acid and/or phosphoric acid; an organic acid, e.g., ascorbic acid, citric acid, acetic acid, and tartaric acid, etc., a complexing agent such as EDTA or citric acid and salts thereof; or an antioxidant such as antioxidant such as vitamin E or ascorbic acid. These may be used alone or together to stabilize the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Preservatives may be added such as benzalkonium chloride or benzoic acid and salts thereof. Surfactant may be added particularly to improve the physical stability of suspensions. These include lecithin, disodium dioctylsulphosuccinate, oleic acid and sorbitan esters. In a further aspect, the invention is directed to a dosage form adapted for intranasal administration.
Formulations for administration to the nose may include pressurised aerosol formulations and aqueous formulations administered to the nose by pressurised pump. Formulations which are non-pressurised and adapted to be administered topically to the nasal cavity are of particular interest. Suitable formulations contain water as the diluent or carrier for this purpose. Aqueous formulations for administration to the lung or nose may be provided with conventional excipients such as buffering agents, tonicity modifying agents and the like. Aqueous formulations may also be administered to the nose by nebulisation.
The compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may be formulated as a fluid formulation for delivery from a fluid dispenser, for example a fluid dispenser having a dispensing nozzle or dispensing orifice through which a metered dose of the fluid formulation is dispensed upon the application of a user-applied force to a pump mechanism of the fluid dispenser. Such fluid dispensers are generally provided with a reservoir of multiple metered doses of the fluid formulation, the doses being dispensable upon sequential pump actuations. The dispensing nozzle or orifice may be configured for insertion into the nostrils of the user for spray dispensing of the fluid formulation into the nasal cavity. A fluid dispenser of the aforementioned type is described and illustrated in WO05/044354, the entire content of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference. The dispenser has a housing which houses a fluid discharge device having a compression pump mounted on a container for containing a fluid formulation. The housing has at least one finger-operable side lever which is movable inwardly with respect to the housing to cam the container upwardly in the housing to cause the pump to compress and pump a metered dose of the formulation out of a pump stem through a nasal nozzle of the housing. In one embodiment, the fluid dispenser is of the general type illustrated in Figures 30-40 of WO05/044354.
Pharmaceutical compositions adapted for intranasal administration wherein the carrier is a solid include a coarse powder having a particle size for example in the range 20 to 500 microns which is administered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close up to the nose. Suitable compositions wherein the carrier is a liquid, for administration as a nasal spray or as nasal drops, include aqueous or oil solutions of the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Pharmaceutical compositions adapted for transdermal administration may be presented as discrete patches intended to remain in intimate contact with the epidermis of the patient for a prolonged period of time. For example, the active ingredient may be delivered from the patch by iontophoresis as generally described in Pharmaceutical Research, 3(6), 318 (1986).
Pharmaceutical compositions adapted for topical administration may be formulated as ointments, creams, suspensions, lotions, powders, solutions, pastes, gels, sprays, aerosols or oils.
Ointments, creams and gels, may, for example, be formulated with an aqueous or oily base with the addition of suitable thickening and/or gelling agent and/or solvents. Such bases may thus, for example, include water and/or an oil such as liquid paraffin or a vegetable oil such as arachis oil or castor oil, or a solvent such as polyethylene glycol.
Thickening agents and gelling agents which may be used according to the nature of the base include soft paraffin, aluminium stearate, cetostearyl alcohol, polyethylene glycols, woolfat, beeswax, carboxypolymethylene and cellulose derivatives, and/or glyceryl monostearate and/or non-ionic emulsifying agents.
Lotions may be formulated with an aqueous or oily base and will in general also contain one or more emulsifying agents, stabilising agents, dispersing agents, suspending agents or thickening agents.
Powders for external application may be formed with the aid of any suitable powder base, for example, talc, lactose or starch. Drops may be formulated with an aqueous or nonaqueous base also comprising one or more dispersing agents, solubilising agents, suspending agents or preservatives.
Topical preparations may be administered by one or more applications per day to the affected area; over skin areas occlusive dressings may advantageously be used. Continuous or prolonged delivery may be achieved by an adhesive reservoir system. For treatments of the eye or other external tissues, for example mouth and skin, the compositions may be applied as a topical ointment or cream. When formulated in an ointment, the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be employed with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base or a water-in-oil base.
Pharmaceutical compositions adapted for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents. The compositions may be presented in unit- dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets.
The compound and pharmaceutical formulations according to the invention may be used in combination with or include one or more other therapeutic agents, for example selected from anti-inflammatory agents, anticholinergic agents (particularly an M1ZM2ZM3 receptor antagonist), β2-adrenoreceptor agonists, antiinfective agents, such as antibiotics or antivirals, or antihistamines. The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more other therapeutically active agents, for example selected from an anti-inflammatory agent, such as a corticosteroid or an NSAID, an anticholinergic agent, a β2-adrenoreceptor agonist, an antiinfective agent, such as an antibiotic or an antiviral, or an antihistamine. One embodiment of the invention encompasses combinations comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a β2-adrenoreceptor agonist, andZor an anticholinergic, andZor a PDE-4 inhibitor, andZor an antihistamine.
Certain compounds of the invention may show selectivity for PI3Kδ over other PI3- kinases. The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof which is selective for PI3Kδ together with a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof which is selective for another PI3-kinase, for example PI3Kγ. One embodiment of the invention encompasses combinations comprising one or two other therapeutic agents.
It will be clear to a person skilled in the art that, where appropriate, the other therapeutic ingredient(s) may be used in the form of salts, for example as alkali metal or amine salts or as acid addition salts, or prodrugs, or as esters, for example lower alkyl esters, or as solvates, for example hydrates to optimise the activity and/or stability and/or physical characteristics, such as solubility, of the therapeutic ingredient. It will be clear also that, where appropriate, the therapeutic ingredients may be used in optically pure form.
In one embodiment, the invention encompasses a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a β2-adrenoreceptor agonist.
Examples of β2-adrenoreceptor agonists include salmeterol (which may be a racemate or a single enantiomer such as the R-enantiomer), salbutamol (which may be a racemate or a single enantiomer such as the /?-enantiomer), formoterol (which may be a racemate or a single duastereomer such as the /?,/?-diastereomer), salmefamol, fenoterol carmoterol, etanterol, naminterol, clenbuterol, pirbuterol, flerbuterol, reproterol, bambuterol, indacaterol, terbutaline and salts thereof, for example the xinafoate (1-hydroxy-2- naphthalenecarboxylate) salt of salmeterol, the sulphate salt or free base of salbutamol or the fumarate salt of formoterol. In one embodiment, long-acting β2-adrenoreceptor agonists, for example, compounds which provide effective bronchodilation for about 12 hrs or longer, are preferred.
Other β2-adrenoreceptor agonists include those described in WO 02/066422, WO 02/070490, WO 02/076933, WO 03/024439, WO 03/072539, WO 03/091204, WO 04/016578, WO 2004/022547, WO 2004/037807, WO 2004/037773, WO 2004/037768, WO 2004/039762, WO 2004/039766, WO01/42193 and WO03/042160.
Examples of β2-adrenoreceptor agonists include: 3-(4-{[6-({(2R)-2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]ethyl}amino) hexyl] oxy} butyl) benzenesulfonamide; 3-(3-{[7-({(2/?)-2-hydroxy-2-[4-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethyl) phenyl] ethyl}-amino) heptyl] oxy} propyl) benzenesulfonamide;
4-{(1 R)-2-[(6-{2-[(2, 6-dichlorobenzyl) oxy] ethoxy} hexyl) amino]-1-hydroxyethyl}-2- (hydroxymethyl) phenol; 4-{(1 /?)-2-[(6-{4-[3-(cyclopentylsulfonyl)phenyl]butoxy}hexyl)amino]-1-hydroxyethyl}-2- (hydroxymethyl)phenol;
N-[2-hydroxyl-5-[(1 R)- 1 -hydroxy-2-[[2-4-[[(2R)-2-hydroxy-2- phenylethyl]amino]phenyl]ethyl]amino]ethyl]phenyl]formamide;
N-2{2-[4-(3-phenyl-4-methoxyphenyl)aminophenyl]ethyl}-2-hydroxy-2-(8-hydroxy-2(1 H)- quinolinon-5-yl)ethylamine; and
5-[(/?)-2-(2-{4-[4-(2-amino-2-methyl-propoxy)-phenylamino]-phenyl}-ethylamino)-1- hydroxy-ethyl]-8-hydroxy-1 H-quinolin-2-one.
The β2-adrenoreceptor agonist may be in the form of a salt formed with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid selected from sulphuric, hydrochloric, fumaric, hydroxynaphthoic (for example 1- or 3-hydroxy-2-naphthoic), cinnamic, substituted cinnamic, triphenylacetic, sulphamic, sulphanilic, naphthaleneacrylic, benzoic, 4-methoxybenzoic, 2- or 4-hydroxybenzoic, 4-chlorobenzoic and 4-phenylbenzoic acid.
Suitable anti-inflammatory agents include corticosteroids. Suitable corticosteroids which may be used in combination with the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are those oral and inhaled corticosteroids and their pro-drugs which have anti-inflammatory activity. Examples include methyl prednisolone, prednisolone, dexamethasone, fluticasone propionate, 6α,9α-difluoro-11 β-hydroxy-16α- methyl-17α-[(4-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-5-carbonyl)oxy]-3-oxo-androsta-1 ,4-diene-17β- carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester, 6α,9α-difluoro-17α-[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-1 1 β- hydroxy-16α-methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1 ,4-diene-17β-carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester (fluticasone furoate), 6α,9α-difluoro-11 β-hydroxy-16α-methyl-3-oxo-17α-propionyloxy- androsta-1 ,4-diene-17β-carbothioic acid S-(2-oxo-tetrahydro-furan-3S-yl) ester, 6α,9α- difluoro-1 1 β-hydroxy-16α-methyl-3-oxo-17α-(2,2,3,3- tetramethycyclopropylcarbonyl)oxy- androsta-1 ,4-diene-17β-carbothioic acid S-cyanomethyl ester and 6α,9α-difluoro-11 β- hydroxy-16α-methyl-17α-(1 -methycyclopropylcarbony^oxy-S-oxo-androsta-i ,4-diene-17β- carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester, beclomethasone esters (for example the 17- propionate ester or the 17,21-dipropionate ester), budesonide, flunisolide, mometasone esters (for example mometasone furoate), triamcinolone acetonide, rofleponide, ciclesonide (16α,17-[[(/?)-cyclohexylmethylene]bis(oxy)]-1 1 β,21-dihydroxy-pregna-1 ,4- diene-3,20-dione), butixocort propionate, RPR-106541 , and ST-126. Preferred corticosteroids include fluticasone propionate, 6α,9α-difluoro-1 1 β-hydroxy-16α-methyl- 17α-[(4-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-5-carbonyl)oxy]-3-oxo-androsta-1 ,4-diene-17β-carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester, 6α,9α-difluoro-17α-[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-1 1 β-hydroxy-16α- methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1 ,4-diene-17β-carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester, 6α,9α- difluoro-1 1 β-hydroxy-16α-methyl-3-oxo-17α-(2,2,3,3- tetramethycyclopropylcarbonyl)oxy- androsta-1 ,4-diene-17β-carbothioic acid S-cyanomethyl ester and 6α,9α-difluoro-11 β- hydroxy-16α-methyl-17α-(1 -methycyclopropylcarbony^oxy-S-oxo-androsta-i ,4-diene-17β- carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester. In one embodiment the corticosteroid is 6α,9α- difluoro-17α-[(2-furanylcarbonyl)oxy]-1 1 β-hydroxy-16α-methyl-3-oxo-androsta-1 ,4-diene- 17β-carbothioic acid S-fluoromethyl ester.
Examples of corticosteroids may include those described in WO2002/088167, WO2002/100879, WO2002/12265, WO2002/12266, WO2005/005451 , WO2005/005452, WO2006/072599 and WO2006/072600.
Non-steroidal compounds having glucocorticoid agonism that may possess selectivity for transrepression over transactivation and that may be useful in combination therapy include those covered in the following patents: WO03/082827, WO98/54159, WO04/005229, WO04/009017, WO04/018429, WO03/104195, WO03/082787, WO03/082280, WO03/059899, WO03/101932, WO02/02565, WO01/16128, WO00/66590, WO03/086294, WO04/026248, WO03/061651 and WO03/08277. Further non-steroidal compounds are covered in: WO2006/000401 , WO2006/000398 and WO2006/015870.
Examples of anti-inflammatory agents include non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAID's).
Examples of NSAID's include sodium cromoglycate, nedocromil sodium, phosphodiesterase (PDE) inhibitors (for example, theophylline, PDE4 inhibitors or mixed
PDE3/PDE4 inhibitors), leukotriene antagonists, inhibitors of leukotriene synthesis (for example montelukast), iNOS inhibitors, tryptase and elastase inhibitors, beta-2 integrin antagonists and adenosine receptor agonists or antagonists (e.g. adenosine 2a agonists), cytokine antagonists (for example chemokine antagonists, such as a CCR3 antagonist) or inhibitors of cytokine synthesis, or 5-lipoxygenase inhibitors. An iNOS (inducible nitric oxide synthase inhibitor) is preferably for oral administration. Examples of iNOS inhibitors include those disclosed in WO93/13055, WO98/30537, WO02/50021 , WO95/34534 and WO99/62875. Examples of CCR3 inhibitors include those disclosed in WO02/26722.
In one embodiment, the invention provides the use of the compounds of formula (I) in combination with a phosphodiesterase 4 (PDE4) inhibitor, especially in the case of a formulation adapted for inhalation. The PDE4-specific inhibitor useful in this aspect of the invention may be any compound that is known to inhibit the PDE4 enzyme or which is discovered to act as a PDE4 inhibitor, and which are only PDE4 inhibitors, not compounds which inhibit other members of the PDE family, such as PDE3 and PDE5, as well as PDE4.
Compounds include c/s-4-cyano-4-(3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxyphenyl)cyclohexan-1 - carboxylic acid, 2-carbomethoxy-4-cyano-4-(3-cyclopropylmethoxy-4- difluoromethoxyphenyl)cyclohexan-1-one and c/s-[4-cyano-4-(3-cyclopropylmethoxy-4- difluoromethoxypheny^cyclohexan-i-ol]. Also, c/s-4-cyano-4-[3-(cyclopentyloxy)-4- methoxyphenyl]cyclohexane-1 -carboxylic acid (also known as cilomilast) and its salts, esters, pro-drugs or physical forms, which is described in U.S. patent 5,552,438 issued 03 September, 1996; this patent and the compounds it discloses are incorporated herein in full by reference.
Other compounds include AWD-12-281 from Elbion (Hofgen, N. et al. 15th EFMC lnt Symp Med Chem (Sept 6-10, Edinburgh) 1998, Abst P.98; CAS reference No. 247584020-9); a 9-benzyladenine derivative nominated NCS-613 (INSERM); D-4418 from Chiroscience and Schering-Plough; a benzodiazepine PDE4 inhibitor identified as Cl- 1018 (PD-168787) and attributed to Pfizer; a benzodioxole derivative disclosed by Kyowa Hakko in WO99/16766; K-34 from Kyowa Hakko; V-11294A from Napp (Landells, LJ. et al. Eur Resp J [Annu Cong Eur Resp Soc (Sept 19-23, Geneva) 1998] 1998, 12 (Suppl. 28): Abst P2393); roflumilast (CAS reference No 162401-32-3) and a pthalazinone (WO99/47505, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference) from Byk- Gulden; Pumafentrine, (-)-p-[(4aR*,106S*)-9-ethoxy-1 ,2, 3,4,4a, 10b-hexahydro-8- methoxy-2-methylbenzo[c][1 ,6]naphthyridin-6-yl]-N,N-diisopropylbenzamide which is a mixed PDE3/PDE4 inhibitor which has been prepared and published on by Byk-Gulden, now Altana; arofylline under development by Almirall-Prodesfarma; VM554/UM565 from Vernalis; or T-440 (Tanabe Seiyaku; Fuji, K. et al. J Pharmacol Exp Ther,1998, 284(1 ): 162), and T2585. Further compounds are disclosed in the published international patent application WO04/024728 (Glaxo Group Ltd), WO04/056823 (Glaxo Group Ltd) and WO04/103998 (Glaxo Group Ltd) (e.g. Example 399 or 544 disclosed therein). Further compounds are also disclosed in WO2005/058892, WO2005/090348, WO2005/090353, and WO2005/090354, all in the name of Glaxo Group Limited.
Examples of anticholinergic agents are those compounds that act as antagonists at the muscarinic receptors, in particular those compounds which are antagonists of the M1 or M3 receptors, dual antagonists of the M1ZM3 or M2/M3, receptors or pan-antagonists of the M-|/M2/M3 receptors. Exemplary compounds for administration via inhalation include ipratropium (for example, as the bromide, CAS 22254-24-6, sold under the name Atrovent), oxitropium (for example, as the bromide, CAS 30286-75-0) and tiotropium (for example, as the bromide, CAS 136310-93-5, sold under the name Spiriva). Also of interest are revatropate (for example, as the hydrobromide, CAS 262586-79-8) and LAS- 34273 which is disclosed in WO01/041 18. Exemplary compounds for oral administration include pirenzepine (CAS 28797-61-7), darifenacin (CAS 133099-04-4, or CAS 133099- 07-7 for the hydrobromide sold under the name Enablex), oxybutynin (CAS 5633-20-5, sold under the name Ditropan), terodiline (CAS 15793-40-5), tolterodine (CAS 124937-51- 5, or CAS 124937-52-6 for the tartrate, sold under the name Detrol), otilonium (for example, as the bromide, CAS 26095-59-0, sold under the name Spasmomen), trospium chloride (CAS 10405-02-4) and solifenacin (CAS 242478-37-1 , or CAS 242478-38-2 for the succinate also known as YM-905 and sold under the name Vesicare).
Additional compounds are disclosed in WO 2005/037280, WO 2005/046586 and WO 2005/104745, incorporated herein by reference. The present combinations include, but are not limited to:
(3-enc/o)-3-(2,2-di-2-thienylethenyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azoniabicyclo[3.2.1]octane iodide;
(3-enc/o)-3-(2-cyano-2,2-diphenylethyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azoniabicyclo[3.2.1]octane bromide; 4-[hydroxy(diphenyl)methyl]-1 -{2-[(phenylmethyl)oxy]ethyl}-1 -azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane bromide; and
(1R,5S)-3-(2-cyano-2,2-diphenylethyl)-8-methyl-8-{2-[(phenylmethyl)oxy]ethyl}-8- azoniabicyclo[3.2.1]octane bromide.
Other anticholinergic agents include compounds which are disclosed in US patent application 60/487981 including, for example: (3-enc/o)-3-(2,2-di-2-thienylethenyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azoniabicyclo[3.2.1]octane bromide; (3-enc/o)-3-(2,2-diphenylethenyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azoniabicyclo[3.2.1]octane bromide; (3-enc/o)-3-(2,2-diphenylethenyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azoniabicyclo[3.2.1]octane 4- methylbenzenesulfonate;
(3-enc/o)-8,8-dimethyl-3-[2-phenyl-2-(2-thienyl)ethenyl]-8-azoniabicyclo[3.2.1]octane bromide; and/or
(3-enc/o)-8,8-dimethyl-3-[2-phenyl-2-(2-pyridinyl)ethenyl]-8-azoniabicyclo[3.2.1]octane bromide.
Further anticholinergic agents include compounds which are disclosed in US patent application 60/511009 including, for example:
(enc/o)-3-(2-methoxy-2,2-di-thiophen-2-yl-ethyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azonia- bicyclo[3.2.1]octane iodide;
3-((enc/o)-8-methyl-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl)-2,2-diphenyl-propionitrile;
(enc/o)-8-methyl-3-(2,2,2-triphenyl-ethyl)-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane; 3-((enc/o)-8-methyl-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl)-2,2-diphenyl-propionamide;
3-((enc/o)-8-methyl-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl)-2,2-diphenyl-propionic acid;
(enc/o)-3-(2-cyano-2,2-diphenyl-ethyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azonia-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane iodide;
(enc/o)-3-(2-cyano-2,2-diphenyl-ethyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azonia-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane bromide;
3-((enc/o)-8-methyl-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl)-2,2-diphenyl-propan-1-ol; Λ/-benzyl-3-((enc/o)-8-methyl-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl)-2,2-diphenyl-propionamide;
(enc/o)-3-(2-carbamoyl-2,2-diphenyl-ethyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azonia-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane iodide;
1-benzyl-3-[3-((enc/o)-8-methyl-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl)-2,2-diphenyl-propyl]-urea;
1-ethyl-3-[3-((enc/o)-8-methyl-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl)-2,2-diphenyl-propyl]-urea; Λ/-[3-((enc/o)-8-methyl-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl)-2,2-diphenyl-propyl]-acetamide;
Λ/-[3-((enc/o)-8-methyl-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl)-2,2-diphenyl-propyl]-benzamide;
3-((enc/o)-8-methyl-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl)-2,2-di-thiophen-2-yl-propionitrile;
(enc/o)-3-(2-cyano-2,2-di-thiophen-2-yl-ethyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azonia-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane iodide; Λ/-[3-((enc/o)-8-methyl-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl)-2,2-diphenyl-propyl]- benzenesulfonamide;
[3-((enc/o)-8-methyl-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl)-2,2-diphenyl-propyl]-urea;
Λ/-[3-((enc/o)-8-methyl-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-yl)-2,2-diphenyl-propyl]- methanesulfonamide; and/or (enc/o)-3-{2,2-diphenyl-3-[(1-phenyl-methanoyl)-amino]-propyl}-8,8-dimethyl-8-azonia- bicyclo[3.2.1]octane bromide. Further compounds include:
(endo )-3-(2-methoxy-2,2-di-thiophen-2-yl-ethyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azonia- bicyclo[3.2.1]octane iodide;
(enc/o)-3-(2-cyano-2,2-diphenyl-ethyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azonia-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane iodide; (enc/o)-3-(2-cyano-2,2-diphenyl-ethyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azonia-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane bromide; (enc/o)-3-(2-carbamoyl-2,2-diphenyl-ethyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azonia-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane iodide;
(enc/o)-3-(2-cyano-2,2-di-thiophen-2-yl-ethyl)-8,8-dimethyl-8-azonia-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane iodide; and/or {endo )-3-{2,2-diphenyl-3-[(1 -phenyl-methanoyl)-amino]-propyl}-8,8-dimethyl-8-azonia- bicyclo[3.2.1]octane bromide.
In one embodiment the invention provides a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an H1 antagonist. Examples of H1 antagonists include, without limitation, amelexanox, astemizole, azatadine, azelastine, acrivastine, brompheniramine, cetirizine, levocetirizine, efletirizine, chlorpheniramine, clemastine, cyclizine, carebastine, cyproheptadine, carbinoxamine, descarboethoxyloratadine, doxylamine, dimethindene, ebastine, epinastine, efletirizine, fexofenadine, hydroxyzine, ketotifen, loratadine, levocabastine, mizolastine, mequitazine, mianserin, noberastine, meclizine, norastemizole, olopatadine, picumast, pyrilamine, promethazine, terfenadine, tripelennamine, temelastine, trimeprazine and triprolidine, particularly cetirizine, levocetirizine, efletirizine and fexofenadine. In a further embodiment the invention provides a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an H3 antagonist (and/or inverse agonist). Examples of H3 antagonists include, for example, those compounds disclosed in WO2004/035556 and in WO2006/045416. Other histamine receptor antagonists which may be used in combination with the compounds of the present invention include antagonists (and/or inverse agonists) of the H4 receptor, for example, the compounds disclosed in Jablonowski et al., J. Med. Chem. 46:3957-3960 (2003).
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a PDE4 inhibitor.
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a β2-adrenoreceptor agonist. The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a corticosteroid.
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a non-steroidal GR agonist.
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an anticholinergic.
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an antihistamine.
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a PDE4 inhibitor and a β2-adrenoreceptor agonist.
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an anticholinergic and a PDE-4 inhibitor.
In a preferred aspect, the invention provides a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a corticosteroid.
In a further preferred aspect, the invention provides a combination comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a β2- adrenoreceptor agonist.
The combinations referred to above may conveniently be presented for use in the form of a pharmaceutical composition and thus pharmaceutical compositions comprising a combination as defined above together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier represent a further aspect of the invention.
The individual compounds of such combinations may be administered either sequentially or simultaneously in separate or combined pharmaceutical formulations. In one embodiment, the individual compounds will be administered simultaneously in a combined pharmaceutical formulation. Appropriate doses of known therapeutic agents will readily be appreciated by those skilled in the art.
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with another therapeutically active agent.
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a PDE4 inhibitor.
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a β2-adrenoreceptor agonist.
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a corticosteroid.
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a non-steroidal GR agonist.
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an anticholinergic.
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an antihistamine.
The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a PDE4 inhibitor and a β2-adrenoreceptor agonist. The invention thus provides, in a further aspect, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with an anticholinergic and a PDE4 inhibitor.
In a preferred aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a corticosteroid.
In a further preferred aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a combination of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with a β2-adrenoreceptor agonist.
The invention will now be illustrated by way of the following non-limiting examples.
EXAMPLES
The following examples illustrate the invention. These examples are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention, but rather to provide guidance to the skilled artisan to prepare and use the compounds, compositions, and methods of the present invention. While particular embodiments of the present invention are described, the skilled artisan will appreciate that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
General Methods
Florisil
References to Florisil generally refer to the magnesium silicate Florisil®, for example 60-
100 mesh (available from Aldrich).
'Hydrophobic Frit'
This refers to a Whatman PTFE filter medium (frit), pore size 5.0 micrometres, housed in a polypropylene tube.
SPE Solid phase extraction column. Unless otherwise specified the solid phase will be silica gel (eg. IST Isolute® silica columns). Aminopropyl (NH2) SPE refers to a silica SPE column with aminopropyl residues immobilised on the solid phase (eg. 1ST Isolute® columns). C18 SPE refers to reverse phase SPE columns (eg Varian Bond Elut C18 columns).
SCX
Solid phase extraction (SPE) column with benzene sulfonic acid residues immobilised on the solid phase (eg. IST Isolute™ columns).
LC/MS (Liquid Chromatoqraphy/Mass Spectroscopy) LC/MS analysis has been carried out using one of the methods listed below.
LC/MS Method A
Waters ZQ mass spectrometer operating in positive ion electrospray mode, mass range
100-1000 amu. UV wavelength: 215-330nm
Column: 3.3cmx4.6mm ID, 3μm ABZ+PLUS
Flow Rate: 3ml/min
Injection Volume: 5μl
Solvent A: 95% acetonitrile + 0.05% of a 1%v/v solution of formic acid in water Solvent B: 0.1% v/v solution of formic acid ini OmM aqueous ammonium acetate
Gradient: Mixtures of Solvent A and Solvent B are used according to the following gradient profiles (expressed as % Solvent A in the mixture): 0% A/0.7min, 0-100%
A/3.5min, 100% A/0.4min, 100-0% A/0.2min
LC/MS Method B
LC/MS instrumentation consists of the following:
Column: Acquity UPLC BEH C18 1.7μm 2.1 mmx50mm. Column oven set to 40 degrees centigrade
Solvent A:. Water 0.1 % Formic Acid + 1 OmM Ammonium Acetate Solvent B:. MeCN: Water 95:5 + 0.05% Formic Acid
Injection volume: 0.5μl
Injection technique: Partial loop overfill
UV detection: 220 to 330 nm
UV sampling rate: 40 points per second MS scan range: 100 to 1000 amu
MS scanning rate: 0.2 second scan with a 0.1 second inter scan delay
MS scan function: Electrospray with pos neg switching Cycle time: 2min and 30 seconds Gradient :
Figure imgf000083_0001
LC/MS Method C
The HPLC analysis was conducted on a Sunfire C18 column (30mmx4.6mm i.d. 3.5μm packing diameter) at 30 degrees centigrade.
Solvent A = 0.1 % v/v solution of Formic Acid in Water.
Solvent B = 0.1 % v/v solution of Formic Acid in Acetonitrile.
The gradient employed was:
Figure imgf000083_0002
The UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210nm to 350nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionization.
LC/MS Method D
The HPLC analysis was conducted on a Acquity UPLC BEH C18 column (50mmx2.1 mm i.d. 1.7μm packing diameter) at 40 degrees centigrade. Solvent A = 0.1 % v/v solution of Formic Acid in Water. Solvent B = 0.1 % v/v solution of Formic Acid in Acetonitrile. The gradient employed was:
Figure imgf000083_0003
Figure imgf000084_0001
The UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210nm to 350nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionization.
Mass Directed Automated Preparative HPLC
The methods for the mass-directed automated preparative HPLC used for the purification of compounds are described below:
Mass Directed Automated Preparative HPLC column, conditions and eluent Method A Columns
Small Scale Prep Column
Supelcosil ABZ+Plus column whose dimensions are 21.2mm internal diameter by 100mm in length. The stationary phase particle size is 5μm.
Large scale Prep Column Supelcosil ABZ+Plus column whose dimensions are 30.0mm internal diameter by 150mm in length. The stationary phase particle size is 12μm.
Solvents
A:. Aqueous solvent = Water + 0.1% Formic Acid B:. Organic solvent = MeCN: Water 95:5 +0.05% Formic Acid
Make up solvent to ZQ = methanol: Water 80:20 +5OmMoI Ammonium Acetate 2767 Needle rinse solvent = methanol: Water: DMSO 80:10:10
Methods for Small Scale Prep for up to 30mg There are ten methods available for use. The choice of method is dependant on the analytical retention time of the compound of interest.
Five methods have a 15-minute runtime, this comprises of a 10-minute gradient followed by a 5-minute column flush and re-equilibration step. The other five have a 25-minute runtime. Here the methods have the same starting and end points for the organic content of B but the gradients have been extended over a 20-minute period to provide greater chromatographic resolution, compound retention time 1.5-2.2 mins = 00-30% B compound retention time 2.0-2.8 mins = 10-40% B compound retention time 2.5-3.0 mins = 15-55% B compound retention time 2.8-4.0 mins = 30-80% B compound retention time 3.8-5.5 mins = 60-90% B Flow rates for the above methods are 20ml/min
Methods for Large Scale Prep for up to 90mgs
Due to the different column dimension and the phase particle size the percentage organic content varies slightly to the small scale methods. As for small scale there are ten methods available for use. The choice of method is dependant on the analytical retention time of the compound of interest. Five methods have a 15-minute runtime, which comprises of a 10-minute gradient followed by a 5-minute column flush and re-equilibration step. The other five have a 25- minute runtime. Here the methods have the same starting and end points for the organic content of B but the gradients have been extended over a 20-minute period to provide greater chromatographic resolution. compound retention time 1.5-2.2 mins = 00-30% B compound retention time 2.0-2.8 mins = 10-40% B compound retention time 2.5-3.0 mins = 25-55% B compound retention time 2.8-4.0 mins = 40-75% B compound retention time 3.8-5.5 mins = 60-90% B Flow rates for the above methods are 40ml/min
It is thought that basic compounds isolated by this method are formate salts.
Mass Directed Automated Preparative HPLC column, conditions and eluent Method B Column details : Zorbax EclipsexDB-C18 prep HT (dimensions 212x100mm, 5um packing)
Software/hardware: Agilent 1 100 series LC/MSD hardware, chemstation 32 purification software
Solvents: A= 0.1% v/v solution of Trifluoroacetic Acid in Water.
B= 0.1% v/v solution of Trifluoroacetic Acid in Acetontrile. 20ml/min solvent speed, gradient elution:
1 min 90%Water (0.1% TFA): 10% MECN (0.1 %TFA) increasing over 9 min to 5% Water (0.1%TFA):95%MECN (0.1%TFA) to elute compounds.
Or 1 min 70%Water (0.1% TFA):30% MECN (0.1%TFA) increasing over 9 min to 5% Water (0.1%TFA):95%MECN (0.1%TFA) to elute compounds.
Collects on uv and/or mass ion trigger
Mass Directed Automated Preparative HPLC column, conditions and eluent Method C
Column Details:xBRIDGE C18 column (100 mmx19 mm id 5 uM packing diameter)
Solvents
A=10 mM ammonium bicarbonate in water adjusted to pH 10 with aq. ammonia solution B= Acetontrile
The UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210 nm to 350 nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using an alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionization.
Mass Directed Automated Preparative HPLC column, conditions and eluent Method D
The HPLC analysis was conducted on a Sunfire C18 column (150mm x 30mm i.d. 5Dm packing diameter) at ambient temperature.
The solvents employed were:
A = 0.1% v/v solution of formic acid in water.
B = 0.1% v/v solution of formic acid in acetonitrile.
The gradient employed was:
Figure imgf000086_0001
The UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210nm to 350nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionisation.
Mass Directed Automated Preparative HPLC column, conditions and eluent Method E
The HPLC analysis was conducted on a Sunfire C18 column (150mm x 30mm i.d. 5Dm packing diameter) at ambient temperature.
The solvents employed were:
A = 0.1% v/v solution of formic acid in water.
B = 0.1% v/v solution of formic acid in acetonitrile.
The gradient employed was:
Figure imgf000087_0001
The UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210nm to 350nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionisation.
Mass Directed Automated Preparative HPLC column, conditions and eluent Method F The HPLC analysis was conducted on a Sunfire C18 column (100mm x 19mm i.d. 5Dm packing diameter) at ambient temperature.
The solvents employed were:
A = 0.1% v/v solution of formic acid in water.
B = 0.1% v/v solution of formic acid in acetonitrile. The gradient employed was:
Figure imgf000087_0002
Figure imgf000088_0001
The UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210nm to 350nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionisation.
Mass Directed Automated Preparative HPLC column, conditions and eluent Method G
The HPLC analysis was conducted on a Sunfire C18 column (150mm x 30mm i.d. 5Dm packing diameter) at ambient temperature.
The solvents employed were:
A = 0.1% v/v solution of formic acid in water.
B = 0.1% v/v solution of formic acid in acetonitrile.
The gradient employed was:
Figure imgf000088_0002
The UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210nm to 350nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionisation.
Mass Directed Automated Preparative HPLC column, conditions and eluent Method H
The HPLC analysis was conducted on a Sunfire C18 column (150mm x 30mm i.d. 5Dm packing diameter) at ambient temperature. The solvents employed were: A = 0.1% v/v solution of formic acid in water. B = 0.1% v/v solution of formic acid in acetonitrile. The gradient employed was:
Figure imgf000088_0003
Figure imgf000089_0002
The UV detection was an averaged signal from wavelength of 210nm to 350nm and mass spectra were recorded on a mass spectrometer using alternate-scan positive and negative mode electrospray ionisation.
Intermediates and Examples
When the name of a commercial supplier is given after the name of a compound or a reagent, for instance "compound X (Aldrich)" or "compound X/Aldrich", this means that compound X is obtainable from a commercial supplier, such as the commercial supplier named. If not referenced herein the compound or reagent can be purchased from a standard supplier such as Sigma Aldrich, Lancaster, Fluorochem, TCI etc.
Similarly, when a literature or a patent reference is given after the name of a compound, for instance compound Y (EP 0 123 456), this means that the preparation of the compound is described in the named reference.
The names of the Examples have been obtained using a compound naming programme which matches name to structure (e.g. ACD/Name Batch v 9.0).
Intermediate 1 6-(1H-lndol-4-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-amine
Figure imgf000089_0001
6-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-4-nitro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazole (2.54g), ethyl acetate (100ml) and 10% palladium on carbon (250mg) were placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen and the mixture stirred overnight. The mixture was filtered through Celite and the solvent removed in vacuo to give the title compound as an off white solid (2.27g). LC/MS R1 0.96min m/z 333 [MH+]. Method B Intermediate 2
Ethyl 2-[bis(ethyloxy)methyl]-5-(1 -methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate
Figure imgf000090_0001
To a solution of ethyl 3-bromo-4-methyl-2-oxopentanoatein (500mg) in ethanol (20ml) was added 2,2-bis(ethyloxy)ethanethioamide (344mg) (available from Maybridge) in ethanol
(0.5ml). Molecular sieves (100mg) were added and the mixture heated at 8O0C for 72h.
The mixture was filtered, washed with ethanol (5ml) and the solvent removed in vacuo.
The residue was triturated with DCM and the solid removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated to ~5ml. Purification by chromatography on silica gel (1Og cartridge) eluting with 0 -50% cyclohexane in ethyl acetate gave the title compound as a yellow oil (450mg).
LC/MS R1 3.46min m/z 302 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 3
Ethyl 2-formyl-5-(1 -methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate
Figure imgf000090_0002
A solution of ethyl 2-[bis(ethyloxy)methyl]-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (430mg) in a mixture of 10% 1 M hydrochloric acid solution in acetone (50ml) was heated at reflux for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo, taken up in DCM (20ml), washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (10ml), separated by hydrphobic frit and evaporated to give the title compound as a yellow oil (324mg). LC/MS Rt 3.04min m/z 228 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 4
Ethyl 5-(1 -methylethyl)-2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate i — -o υ c J Ethyl 2-formyl-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (150mg) was dissolved in anhydrous DCM (10ml) and morpholine (0.064ml) was added and the mixture stirred under nitrogen for 2h at RT. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (280mg) was added and the mixture stirred at RT for 18h. Sodium bicarbonate (20ml) and DCM (20ml) were added and separated by hydrophobic frit. The solvent was removed in vacuo and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (10g silica), eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane to give the title compound as a yellow oil (77mg). LC/MS R1 2.52min m/z 299 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 5
5-(1 -Methylethyl)-2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000091_0001
A solution of ethyl 5-(1-methylethyl)-2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate
(77mg) in methanol (5ml) was treated with 2M sodium hydroxide solution (5ml) and the mixture stirred at 200C for 18h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue taken up in water (3ml). The pH was adjusted to pH 5-6 using 2M hydrochloric acid solution and extracted with DCM (10ml), separated by hydrophobic frit and evaporated to give the title compound as a pale yellow gum (33mg).
LC/MS Rt 0.67min m/z 271 [MH+]. Method B
Intermediate 6
Methyl 4-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000091_0002
To a solution of diazomethane (nominally 0.68g - generated from DIAZALD® (5g) in diethyl ether (45ml)) at -78 C was added a solution of E/Z methyl-2-bromo-2-butenoate
(3.58g) (available from Fluka) in diethyl ether (15ml), dropwise, over 15min. The mixture was maintained at -78°C for 1 h then allowed to warm to 20°C with stirring overnight. Acetic acid (1 ml) was added to destroy excess diazomethane and the mixture evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was co-evaporated with toluene. Purification of the residue by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate:cyclohexane (1 :1 ) gave the title compound (1.12g) as an orange solid. TLC Rf 0.33 (ethyl acetate:cyclohexane 1 :1 )
Intermediate 7
Methyl 1 ,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000092_0001
Methyl 4-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.5g) and cesium carbonate (1.16g) were dissolved in acetonitrile (10ml). Methyl iodide (0.25ml) was added and the mixture stirred at RT for 16h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (20ml) and DCM (20ml) and separated using a hydrophobic frit. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2x20ml) using a hydrophobic frit. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane to give the title compound (0.172g) as a colourless oil. LC/MS R1 2.36min m/z 155 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 8
1 ,4-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000092_0002
Methyl 1 ,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (171 mg) was dissolved in 1 ,4-dioxane
(2ml). Hydrochloric acid (2ml) was added and the mixture was heated at reflux for 7Oh. One drop of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added and the mixture heated at reflux for 45h. The solution was left to cool and then the solvent was removed in vacuo. To the residue toluene (15ml) was added and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The solid was dried in a vacuum oven overnight to give the title compound (132mg) as a white solid.
LC/MS R1 1.88min m/z 141 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 9
Methyl 1 -(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate and
Intermediate 10
Methyl 1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000093_0001
To a solution of methyl 1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.6g) (available from Fluorochem), in acetonitrile (50ml) was added cesium carbonate (1.55g) followed by 2-iodopropane (0.476ml) and the mixture stirred at 200C for 18h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between water (20ml) and DCM (20ml) and separated by hydrophobic frit. Purification by chromatography on silica gel (5Og silica), eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane gave methyl 1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.24g) as a colourless oil. LC/MS Rt 2. 64min m/z 169 [MH+]. Method A and methyl 1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (0.27g) as a yellow oil. LC/MS R1 2.24min m/z 169 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 11
Methyl 4-chloro-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000093_0002
A solution of methyl 1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (0.13g) in DMF (3ml) was treated with /V-chlorosuccinimide (0.103g) and heated to 600C for 5h under nitrogen. The cooled mixture was partitioned between diethyl ether (20ml) and water (20ml), separated, the organic extracts dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated to give the title compound as a pale yellow oil (0.105g). LC/MS Rt 2.61 min m/z 203 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 12
4-Chloro-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000093_0003
To a solution of methyl 4-chloro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (105mg) in 1 ,4-dioxane (3ml) was added 2M hydrochloric acid (3ml) and the mixture heated at 1050C for 18h. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give the title compound as a yellow oil (98mg). LC/MS Rt 2.19min m/z 189 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 13
Methyl 4-chloro-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000094_0001
solution of methyl 1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (120mg) in DMF (3ml) was treated with /V-chlorosuccinimide (95mg) and heated to 600C for 18h under nitrogen. The cooled mixture was partitioned between diethyl ether (20ml) and water (20ml), separated and dried over sodium sulphate then evaporated to give the title compound as a pale yellow oil (135mg). LC/MS R1 3.09min m/z 203 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 14
4-Chloro-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000094_0002
A solution of methyl 4-chloro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (130mg) in 1 ,4- dioxane (3ml) was treated with 2M hydrochloric acid (3ml) and the mixture heated at 1050C for 9Oh. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (120mg). LC/MS R1 1.95min m/z 189 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 15
1-Methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000094_0003
To a solution of diazomethane (0.781 g - generated from DIAZALD® (3.99g) in diethyl ether (63ml)), cooled by an ice/water bath, was added ethyl 4,4,4-trifluoro-2-butynoate (3.09g) dropwise over 1 min. The cooling bath was removed and the mixture was stirred for 30min when the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was combined with the crude product from a similar experiment that was performed with 1 ,4 dioxane (5ml) and n-pentane (15ml) as the solvent and purified by column chromatography on silica gel to give a white solid . To a solution of a portion of this solid (100mg) in 1 ,4-dioxane (2ml) was added 2M hydrochloric acid (3ml) and the mixture heated at reflux for 18h, then concentrated hydrochloric acid (2 drops) was added and the mixture heated at reflux for a further 48h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A), to give the title compound, as a white solid (19mg). LC/MS R1 1.76min m/z 195 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 16
Ethyl 3-bromo-4-methyl-2-oxopentanoate
Figure imgf000095_0001
To a solution of 4-methyl-2-oxopentanoic acid (5g) in acetic acid (40ml) was added pyridine hydrobromide perbromide (12.3g) and the mixture stirred at 200C for 18 hr, then the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM (100ml) and washed with water (100ml), separated by hydrophobic frit and evaporated. The residue was taken up in ethanol (100ml) and treated with concentrated sulphuric acid (1 ml) and heated at reflux for 18h, then concentrated in vacuo to approx 30ml. The mixture was diluted with water (250ml) and extracted with diethyl ether (100ml), dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated to give the title compound as a pale yellow oil (5.3g).
1H NMR: (400MHz, CDCI3) δ: 4.86 (1 H, d), 4.38 (2H, m), 2.37 (1 H, m), 1.4 (3H, t), 1.15 (3H, d), 1.06 (3H, d).
Intermediate 17 Ethyl 2-methyl-5-(1 -methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate
Figure imgf000095_0002
To a solution of thioacetamide (158mg) in ethanol (20ml) was added ethyl 3-bromo-4- methyl-2-oxopentanoate (500mg) in ethanol (0.5ml). Molecular sieves (100mg) were added and the mixture was heated at 8O0C for 18h. The mixture was filtered, washing with ethanol (5ml) and the solvent removed in vacuo. The residue triturated with DCM and the solid removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated to ~5ml and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (1Og silica), eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane to give the title compound as a yellow oil (280mg). LC/MS Rt 2.95min m/z 214 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 18 2-Methyl-5-(1-methylethyl)-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000096_0001
Ethyl 2-methyl-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (200mg) was dissolved in 1 ,4- dioxane (2ml). Hydrochloric acid (2ml) was added and the mixture was heated at reflux under nitrogen for 18h. One drop of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added and the mixture was heated at reflux for 72h. The mixture was cooled to RT, the solvent was removed in vacuo and toluene (15ml) was added. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give a brown oil which solidified on standing. The product was dried in a vacuum oven overnight to give the title compound (171 mg) as a brown solid. LC/MS Rt 2.51 min m/z 186 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 19 Λ/2-[Bis(methyloxy)methyl]glycinamide.
Figure imgf000096_0002
To a cooled solution of 2,2-dimethoxyethanamine (85g) in water (300ml) was added acetic acid (~44ml) until the pH was 7-8 then potassium cyanate (131g) in water (400ml) was added and the mixture was heated at reflux for 1 h. During this time the pH was regularly checked and acetic acid was added to adjust the pH to 7-8. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT, evaporated under reduced pressure and extracted with DCM (4 x 250ml). The combined organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (100.5 g) as an oil that solidified under high vacuum. TLC Rf 0.10 (ethyl acetate). Intermediate 20
Methyl 5-[bis(methyloxy)methyl]-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate o o^
O' N-N To a cooled suspension of Λ/2-[bis(methyloxy)methyl] glycinamide (14.8g) and sodium acetate (18g) in diethyl ether (200ml) was added dropwise dinitrogen tetroxide (13.1 g) in diethyl ether (140ml) at -100C and the resultant mixture was stirred at that temperature for 1.5h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (4 x 60ml) and the combined aqueous layers were then extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 100ml). The combined organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added portionwise at 00C to a stirred mixture of 1 M sodium hydroxide solution (200ml), diethyl ether (80ml) and hexane (120ml) and the resultant mixture was stirred for 15 min before the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried over potassium hydroxide then decanted and added dropwise at -15°C to a solution of methyl propiolate (5.9g) in diethyl ether (25ml). The reaction mixture was left to warm to RT overnight before being evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (9.5 g) as an oil. TLC Rf 0.45 (ethyl acetate).
Intermediate 21
1,1-Dimethylethyl 5-[bis(methyloxy)methyl]-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000097_0001
To a solution of methyl 5-[bis(methyloxy)methyl]-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (2Og) in tert- butanol (250ml) at 400C was added potassium te/t-butoxide (28.1g) and the mixture stirred at 500C for 45h. The solution was evaporated under reduced pressure, diluted with water (150ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (4 x 100ml). The combined organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulphate and evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (18.6g) as an oil.
TLC; Rf 0.52 (2:1 ethyl acetate/hexane).
Intermediate 22
1 ,1 -Dimethylethyl 5-formyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000098_0001
To a solution of 1 ,1-dimethylethyl 5-[bis(methyloxy)methyl]-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (18.6g) in acetone (100ml) was added 1 M potassium bisulphate solution (200ml) and the resultant suspension stirred at RT overnight. The mixture was diluted with water (200ml), stirred for 10min, filtered and the resultant solid washed sequentially with water, isopropanol and hexane and dried under high vacuum to give the title compound (11.2 g) as a solid. TLC; Rf 0.58 (2:1 ethyl acetate:hexane).
Intermediate 23
1 ,1 -Dimethylethyl 3-formyl-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000098_0002
1 ,1-Dimethylethyl 3-formyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (600mg) and cesium carbonate (996mg) were dissolved in acetonitrile (60ml). 2-lodopropane (0.305ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 2Oh. A further portion of 2- iodopropane (0.03ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 16h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (80ml) and DCM (80ml) and separated using a hydrophobic frit. The aqueous layerwas extracted with a further quantity of DCM (2x50ml) using a hydrophobic frit. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (5Og silica), eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane to give the title compound (377mg), and a mixture (213mg) of both isomers. The mixture was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (2Og silica), eluting with a gradient of 0-50% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane to give another quantity (114mg) of the title compound (114mg) as a colourless oil. LC/MS R1 3.40min m/z 239 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 24
1 ,1 -Dimethylethyl 1 -(1 -methylethyl)-3-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxylate
Figure imgf000099_0001
1 ,1-Dimethylethyl 3-formyl-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (491 mg) was dissolved in anhydrous DCM (20ml), morpholine (0.198ml) was added and the mixture was stirred under nitrogen for 2h at RT. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (873mg) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 18h. Sodium bicarbonate solution (50ml) and
DCM (50ml) were added and separated and the aqueous layer was re-extracted with
DCM (2x50ml) and separated by hydrophobic frit. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (5Og silica), eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane over 30mins to give the title compound (628mg) as a colourless oil.
LC/MS R1 2.53min m/z 310 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 25
1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-3-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000099_0002
1 , 1 -Dimethylethyl 1 -(1 -methylethyl)-3-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate
(628mg) was dissolved in 1 ,4-dioxane (2ml). 4M Hydrogen chloride in 1 ,4 dioxane (5ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT under nitrogen. After 24h further 4M hydrogen chloride in 1 ,4 dioxane (3ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 72h. One drop of water was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 24h. The solvent was removed in vacuo, toluene (20ml) was added and removed in vacuo to give a white solid. The solid was dried in a vacuum oven over-night to give the title compound (513mg) as a white solid. LC/MS Rt 1.01 min m/z 254 [MH+]. Method B
Intermediate 26 1 ,1 -Dimethylethyl 1 -(1 -methylethyl)-5-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxylate.
Figure imgf000100_0001
1 ,1 -Dimethylethyl 5-formyl-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (118mg) was dissolved in anhydrous DCM (10ml), morpholine (0.048ml) was added and the mixture was stirred under nitrogen for 2h at RT. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (210mg) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 18h. Sodium bicarbonate solution (20ml) and DCM (20ml) were added and separated then the aqueous layer was re-extracted with DCM (2x20ml) and separated by hydrophobic frit. The combined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (2Og silica) eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane over 20mins to give the title compound (101 mg) as a white solid. LC/MS Rt 2.44min m/z 310 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 27
1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-5-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000100_0002
1 , 1 -Dimethylethyl 1 -(1 -methylethyl)-5-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate
(101 mg) was dissolved in 1 ,4-Dioxane (2ml). 4M hydrogen chloride in 1 ,4 dioxane (3ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT under nitrogen for 6h. The solvent was removed in vacuo, toluene (10ml) was added and removed in vacuo to give a white solid.
The solid was dried in a vacuum oven over-night to give the title compound (81 mg) as a white solid.
LC/MS Rt 0.88min m/z 254 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 28
1 -Methyl-1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole
Figure imgf000101_0001
In a microwave vial sodium methoxide (2.34g) was dissolved in methanol (10ml), 1 H- 1 ,2,4-triazole (3g) was added and the mixture was cooled to 5-1O0C. Methyl iodide (3.26ml) was added and the mixture was heated under microwave irradiation at 800C for 45min. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The oil was allowed to stand for 2h at RT until a solid was formed. To the solid, DCM was added, the DCM was decanted and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (100g silica) eluting with a gradient of 0-25% methanol in DCM over 40min to give the title compound (1.19g) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR: (400MHz, DMSO) δ 8.45 (1 H, s), 7.95 (1 H, s), 3.85 (3H, s)
Intermediate 29
1 -Methyl-1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole-5-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000101_0002
1 -Methyl-1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole (1.19g) was dissolved in THF (15ml) and cooled to -78°C under nitrogen. A 1.6M solution of butyllithium in hexane (9.4ml) was added dropwise. The solution was stirred for 1.5h at -78°C, then the solution was treated with solid carbon dioxide (2g). After 30min at -78°C the solution was allowed to warm to RT and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with water (1 ml) and the solvent was decanted off. To the residue was added ethyl acetate (20ml) and water (20ml). The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dried in a vacuum oven for 1 day (5O0C) to give the title compound (1.61g) as a white solid. LC/MS R1 0.46min m/z 126 [MH"]. Method A
Intermediate 30
1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole
Figure imgf000101_0003
In two microwave vials sodium methoxide (2x1.36g) was dissolved in anhydrous methanol (2x5ml), 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole (2x1.73g) was added and the mixtures were cooled to 5-10 0C. 2-lodopropane (2x3ml) was and the two mixtures were heated under microwave irradiation at 800C for 45min. The mixtures were combined and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The oil was allowed to stand for 2h at RT until a solid formed. To the solid, DCM (5x15ml) was added and the liquid phase was decanted. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (10Og silica, gradient elution, 0-25 % methanol/DCM) to give the title compound (2.34g) as a yellow oil. LC/MS R1 1.13min m/z 112 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 31 1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole-5-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000102_0001
1-(1-Methylethyl)-1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole (1g) was dissolved in THF (15ml) and cooled to -78°C under nitrogen. A 1.6 M solution of butyllithium in hexane (5.9ml) was added dropwise. The solution was stirred for 1.5h at -78°C, then the solution was treated with solid carbon dioxide (2g). After 30min at -78°C the solution was allowed to warm to RT and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with water (1 ml), concentrated in vacuo and dried in a vacuum oven for 1 day at 5O0C to give the title compound (1.29g) as a white solid. LC/MS Rt 0.74min m/z 156 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 32
Λ/-(6-Bromo-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-methyl-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000102_0002
2-Methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (4.59g) (available from Maybridge), HATU (13.41g) and DIPEA (16.80ml) were stirred in DMF (140ml) for 30min at 2O0C. 6-Bromo- 1 H-indazol-4-amine (3.4g) (available from Sinova) was added and the reaction stirred at 2O0C for 2 days. The solvent was reduced to ~40ml and the reaction mixture was applied across 5x70 g aminopropyl SPE cartridges and left to stand for 3h. The cartridges were eluted with DCM:methanol (1 :1 ) and the combined solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was suspended in DCM:methanol, adsorbed onto Florisil® and purified by chromatography on silica gel (10Og cartridge) eluting with 0 - 15% gradient of methanol (containing 1% triethylamine) in DCM over 60min to give title compound (1.02g). LC/MS Rt 0.95min m/z 337 [MH+]. Method B
Intermediate 33
6-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine
Figure imgf000103_0001
6-Bromo-1 H-indazol-4-amine (1 Og) (available from Sinova Inc.) and 4-(4, 4,5,5- tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-indole (16.05g) (available from Frontier Scientific, Europe Ltd) were dissolved in 1 ,4-dioxane (60ml) and water (60ml). 2M sodium carbonate (70.7ml) and Pd(dppf)CI2-DCM adduct (1.93g) were added and the mixture was heated at 1 15°C for 18h. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (200ml) and the organic and aqueous layers were separated using a hydrophobic frit. The aqueous layer was extracted with further quantities of DCM (2x200ml), using a hydrophobic frit to separate the layers. The organic layers were combined and silica (8Og) was added. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give a crude material that was purified by chromatography on silica gel (750 g cartridge, Flashmaster II) eluting with 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane over 60min. The oil was dried in vacuo on a drying rack overnight. The yellow foam was dissolved in DCM (3x400ml), removing the solvent in vacuo after each dissolution, ethyl acetate (50ml) was then added and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The solid obtained was dried in a vacuum oven to afford the title compound (12.8g) as a yellow foam. LC/MS Rt 2.71 min m/z 249 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 34
Methyl 1 -methyl-1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate
VN A mixture of methyl 1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate (1g) and sodium hydride (0.315g) in anhydrous THF (30ml) was heated at reflux for 7h under nitrogen. The reaction was cooled to RT and methyl iodide (1.12g) was added. The reaction was heated at reflux overnight. The solvent was evaporated and water (10ml) was added. This was extracted with DCM, the organic layer collected and evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in methanokDMSO (6ml, 1 :1 ) and purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A) to give title compound (0.29Og). LC/MS R1 0.46min m/z 142 [MH+]. Method B
Intermediate 35
1 -Methyl-1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000104_0001
Methyl 1 -methyl-1 H-1 , 2, 4-triazole-3-carboxylate (280mg) and methanol (1 ml) were added to potassium hydroxide (145mg) in water (1 ml). The reaction was stirred for 3h at RT. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was loaded onto an aminopropyl SPE cartridge (5g) in DMF. The cartridge was washed with 10% methanol in DCM (3x15ml), followed by 30% acetic acid in methanol. The appropriate fractions were combined, the solvent was evaporated and the residue dried at 500C under vacuum to give title compound (180mg). LC/MS R1 0.2min m/z 128 [MH+]. Method B
Intermediate 36
4-Bromo-1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridine
Figure imgf000104_0002
To a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (1.12g; 60% dispersion in mineral oil) in THF (3ml) kept below 150C, a suspension of 4-bromo-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (5g) (prepared for example, according to the method described in Organic Letters, 2003, 5, 5023) in THF
(27ml) was added over 20 minutes. The reaction was left to stir for 10minut.es. Then a solution of benzenesulfonyl chloride (3.6ml) in THF (6ml) was added over 5 minutes. The reaction was left to stir at RT for 1 hour, then 0.5M hydrochloric acid solution (10ml) was added. The layers were separated and the organic layer washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and the solvent removed in vacuo and left on the vacuum line for 3days. The solid was triturated using methanol (30ml) then dried in the oven for 5 hours to give the title compound as a pale pink solid (7.42g). LC/MS R1 3.39min m/z 337 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 37 4-Bromo-2-methyl-1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-i H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
Figure imgf000105_0001
1.8M Lithium diisopropylamide (270ml) was added dropwise over 20min to a solution of 4- bromo-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (82g) in dry THF (820ml) and the reaction was stirred at -45°C for 30min. Methyl iodide (90ml) was added drop wise to the solution and the mixture was stirred at -45°C for 45min, then allowed to warm to RT. The reaction was quenched with water. The organic layer was collected and the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with ethyl acetate:cyclohexane (3:1 ). The solid material was collected and washed with ethyl acetate:cyclohexane (3:1 ) and dried in vacuo at 35°C. This residue was dissolved in DCM, washed with water, dried over magnesium sulphate and the solvent removed in vacuo to give the title compound (37.6g) as a cream solid. LC/MS R1 1.32min m/z 351 [MH+]. Method B
Intermediate 38
4-Bromo-2-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridine
Figure imgf000105_0002
2M Sodium hydroxide solution (114ml) was added to a solution of 4-bromo-2-methyl-1- (phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (16g) in 1 ,4-dioxane (320ml) and the reaction heated at 600C overnight. After cooling, the aqueous layer was separated and washed with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered, and then evaporated to give title compound (10.1g) as a cream coloured solid. LC/MS R1 1.04min m/z 211 [MH+]. Method B
Intermediate 39 (2-Methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridin-4-yl)boronic acid
H
Figure imgf000106_0001
To a stirred suspension of 60% sodium hydride in mineral oil (1.18g) in THF (25ml) at 00C was added 4-bromo-2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (5g) in THF (75ml) dropwise. The reaction was cooled to -78°C and 1.6M n-butyl lithium in hexane (30ml) was added dropwise, keeping the temperature below -600C. The reaction was stirred at -78°C for 30min before the dropwise addition of triisopropylborate (16.4ml), keeping the temperature below -60 0C. The reaction was stirred for 1 h at -78°C, warmed to RT and water (100ml) was added. The layers were separated and the water washed with ethyl acetate (2x50ml), before the combined organic layers were washed with 2M sodium hydroxide solution (50ml). The combined aqueous layers were treated with 2M hydrochloric acid solution to pH 7.2 and the resultant precipitate collected by filtration and dried in vacuo at 400C overnight to give title compound (2.64g). LC/MS R1 0.51 min m/z 177 [MH+]. Method B
Intermediate 40
2-Cyclopropyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
Figure imgf000106_0002
To a stirred mixture of Λ/-boc-2-aminopicoline (10.4g) in dry THF (70ml) in an ice/ salt bath was added, under an atmosphere of nitrogen, n-butyl lithium (2M solution in cyclohexane, 50ml), keeping the temperature below 00C. The reaction was stirred below 00C for 1 h before the addition of a solution of Λ/-methyl-Λ/-(methyloxy)cyclopropanecarboxamide (7.5g) (available from Pfaltz-Bauer) in dry THF (20ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at 00C for 2h then warmed to 100C and poured into 5M hydrochloric acid (130ml). The mixture was heated at 600C for 2h, cooled and the aqueous layer separated. The aqueous layer was basified by the addition of 10M sodium hydroxide, with ice/water cooling, until the pH was 10 - 12. The resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (2x100ml) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water (50ml), dried using a hydrophobic frit and evaporated to give the title compound (7.89g). LC/MS R1 0.78min m/z 159 [MH+]. Method B
Intermediate 41 2-Cyclopropyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridine 7-oxide
Figure imgf000107_0001
To a stirred solution of 2-cyclopropyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (7.6g) in DME (100ml) was added a solution of m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (17.9g) in DME (50ml), under an atmosphere of nitrogen, keeping the temperature between 20 and 25°C. The resulting suspension was stirred at 200C for 45min and then sodium metabisulphite solution (20ml, 40%) was added. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to ~80ml. Water (100ml) was added and the mixture basified by the addition of aqueous potassium carbonate solution. The suspension was stirred for 14h and then the precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried to give the title compound (4.1g). LC/MS Rt 0.70min m/z 175 [MH+]. Method B
Intermediate 42 4-Bromo-2-cyclopropyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridine
Figure imgf000107_0002
To a stirred solution of 2-cyclopropyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 7-oxide (6.1g) in DMF
(150ml) at 00C was added tetramethylammonium bromide (8.2g), followed by methanesulphonic anhydride (12.2g) portionwise over 10min keeping the temperature below 100C. The reaction was stirred at < 100C for 1 h then warmed to RT over 18h. Further tetramethylammonium bromide (2.1g) and methanesulphonic anhydride (3g) were added and the reaction was stirred at RT for 18h. The reaction was poured into water (11) with stirring over 8min. The suspension was basified to pH 11-12 with 2M sodium hydroxide, stirred for 1 h and filtered. The solid was washed with water and air dried to give title compound (6.88g). LC/MS Rt 1.14min m/z 237 [MH+]. Method B
Intermediate 43 2-Cyclopropyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridin-4-yl)boronic acid
H
Figure imgf000108_0001
To a stirred solution of 4-bromo-2-cyclopropyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (7.35g) in degassed THF at 5°C was added 60% sodium hydride in mineral oil (1.88g) portionwise over 10min. The reaction was stirred at 100C for 1 h, degassed then cooled to -78°C. 2M n-Butyl lithium in cyclohexane (36ml) was added dropwise and the reaction stirred at - 78°C for 30min. Triisopropylborate (21.5ml) was added dropwise, keeping the temperature below -700C and the reaction was stirred at -700C for 1 h then warmed to RT over 18h. The reaction was quenched by addition of water (100ml), acidified with 2M hydrochloric acid solution, then extracted with ethyl acetate (500ml). The solid formed was filtered off and the organic layer was washed with brine then evaporated to dryness. The residue was loaded onto an aminopropyl SPE cartridge (50gx5) that had been preconditioned with methanol. The cartridges were washed with methanokDCM (1 :1 ), then eluted with 2M ammonia in methanol. The product containing fractions were combined, evaporated to dryness to give title compound (1.1 g). LC/MS R1 0.63min m/z 203 [MH+]. Method B
Intermediate 44
6-Bromo-3-fluoro-4-nitro-1H-indazole : 6-bromo-4-nitro-1H-indazole (3:2)
Figure imgf000108_0002
A microwave vial was charged with 6-bromo-4-nitro-1 H-indazole (available from Sinova) (363mg) and 1 -(chloromethyl)-4-fluoro-1 ,4-diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane ditetrafluoroborate (691 mg) followed by acetonitrile (5ml) and acetic acid (1 ml). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated under microwave irradiation at 1000C for two periods of 30min then at 15O0C for two periods of 30min. The solution was evaporated to dryness, dissolved in chloroform (~10ml) and loaded onto a 2Og silica cartridge which was eluted on the Flashmaster 2 with a gradient of 0 to 100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane over 60min. The appropriate fractions were combined and blown to dryness to give the title compound (187mg) as a yellow solid. LC/MS R1 1.02min m/z 258 [MH"] and 0.98min m/z 240. [MH"]. Method B
Intermediate 45 6-Bromo-3-fluoro-1H-indazol-4-amine
Figure imgf000109_0001
A mixture of 6-bromo-3-fluoro-4-nitro-1 H-indazole and 6-bromo-4-nitro-1H-indazole (3:2)
(187mg) was dissolved in methanol (6ml) and water (1.2ml) and treated with sodium dithionate (519mg). The solution was stirred for 2h at 2O0C then left to stand for 3days.
This solution was then treated with sodium dithionite (438mg) and stirred at 2O0C for 2Oh.
The solution was filtered through a filter tube, the residue washed with methanol (5ml) then the combined filtrates were evaporated to dryness to give a yellow solid. This was treated with ethyl acetate (10ml) and water (10ml) and the solid dissolved. The organic phase was separated, dried with sodium sulphate, filtered then evaporated to give a pale yellow solid.
This solid was treated with DCM (5ml), methanol (5ml) and ethyl acetate (10ml), but some white solid did not dissolve. The supernatant was pipetted off, then blown to dryness to give a yellow solid which was dissolved in 1 :1 methanokDMSO (1 ml) and purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A). The residue was azeotroped with methanol (5ml) to give the title compound (19mg) as a white solid.
LC/MS Rt 2.83min m/z 228 [MH"]. Method A
Intermediate 46
3-Fluoro-6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-amine
Figure imgf000110_0001
To 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-indole (24mg) and 1 ,1 '- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocenedichloropalladium(ll) (3mg) at 200C in a microwave vial was added a solution of 6-bromo-3-fluoro-1 H-indazol-4-amine (19mg) in 1 ,4-dioxane (0.75ml) followed by water (0.5ml) and aqueous sodium carbonate (2M, 0.124ml). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated under microwave irradiation at 1500C for 15min. After cooling, the black solution was loaded onto a 500mg silica cartridge which was then eluted with methanol (4 column volumes). The eluant was blown to dryness, re-dissolved in methanol (3ml), filtered and blown to dryness to give the title compound (67mg) as a brown film. LC/MS R1 2.99min m/z 267 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 47
A mixture of 4-Fluoro-1-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid and 4-fluoro-1 -methyl - IH-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (45:55)
Figure imgf000110_0002
A solution of ethyl 4-fluoro-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (0.545g) (Ref: Nucleosides & Nucleotides (1999), 18(2), 203-216.) in dry DMF (4ml) was added to a stirred suspension of 60% sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.159g) in dry DMF (2ml) at 0-5°C under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0-5°C for 45min and the resulting solution was treated with iodomethane (0.237ml). The resulting solution was stirred at RT for 3.5h when ethanol (0.2ml) was added followed by 2M sodium hydroxide solution (1.73ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 2h then adjusted to ca. pH 7 with 2M hydrochloric acid and evaporated to give a white solid. This solid was triturated with DCM (25ml), then with DCM-methanol (4:1 , 25ml). The solid was then dissolved in methanol (15ml) and applied to a 5Og aminopropyl SPE cartridge which was eluted successively with methanol (4 column volumes) and 10% triethylamine in methanol (5 column volumes). The appropriate fraction was evaporated to give the title compound (1.26g) as a white solid. LC/MS Rt 0.39 and 0.41 min m/z 145 [MH+]. Method B
Intermediate 48
2-Methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carbonyl chloride
Figure imgf000111_0001
To 2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (1g) was added thionyl chloride (5ml). The mixture was heated at 800C for 8h. Thionyl chloride (5ml) was added and the mixture heated for 2h at 8O0C. Further thionyl chloride (5ml) was added and the mixture heated for 2h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and azeotroped with toluene to give the title compound (1.12g) as a brown solid
1H NMR (DSMO) δ 8.34 (s, 1 H), 2.80 (s, 3H)
Intermediate 49
Ethyl 2-(trifluoromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate
Figure imgf000111_0002
To a solution of 2,2,2-trifluoroacetamide (5g) in THF (50ml) was added Lawesson's reagent (9g) and the mixture heated at reflux for 6h. The mixture was cooled to RT overnight. The solvent was concentrated to a volume of 20ml and this was diluted with DCM (60ml). This solution was purified by chromatography on silica gel (3x50g cartridges) eluting with DCM. The clean fractions were combined and the impure product containing fractions combined. The impure fractions were concentrated to a volume of 20ml and purified by chromatography on silica gel (5Og cartridge) eluting with DCM. All the clean product containing fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to give 2,2,2- trifluoroethanethioamide as a dark yellow oil. A portion of this oil (1g) was suspended in anhydrous ethanol (20ml) and bromoethylpyruvate (0.97ml) added. This mixture was heated at reflux for 18h. The mixture was cooled and then poured into water (50ml) and the pH adjusted to -8 by the addition of solid sodium bicarbonate. The ethanol was removed in vacuo and the resultant aqueous solution extracted with ethyl acetate (3x50ml). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by chromatography on silica gel (2Og cartridge) eluting with DCM gave the title compound (0.358g) as an orange solid. LC/MS Rt2.83min m/z 226 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 50
2-(Trifluoromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000112_0001
A mixture of ethyl 2-(trifluoromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (278mg) in ethanol (3.5ml) was added 2M sodium hydroxide solution (2.4ml) and the mixture stirred at RT for 1 h. The mixture was acidified by the addition of 2M hydrochloric acid solution (2.5ml) and the mixture blown to dryness. The residue was treated with water (2ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x5ml). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated to give the title compound (168mg) as a beige solid. 1H NMR (DMSO) δ 8.84 (s, 1 H)
Intermediate 51
Ethyl 3-ethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000112_0002
To a solution of diethyl ethanedioate (45.2g) in absolute ethanol (140ml) cooled in an ice/industrial methylated spirit bath was added ethanolic sodium ethoxide (100ml; 21% w/w) dropwise, keeping the temperature below 3°C and the mixture stirred for 15min in an ice bath. 2-Butanone (22.1g) was added and the mixture stirred in an ice bath for 15min before being allowed to warm to RT overnight. The mixture was stirred at 400C for 6h and then cooled to 00C. Glacial acetic acid (17.5ml) was added dropwise, maintaining the temperature below 3°C. The resultant precipitate was broken up and ethanol (100ml) added to enable the mixture to stir. Hydrazine hydrate (14ml) was added dropwise, maintaining the temperature below 7°C. The mixture was stirred in the cold bath for 10min and then allowed to warm to RT overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between DCM (300ml) and water (100ml). The organic phase was washed with water (2x100ml), dried over magnesium sulphate and the solvent removed to give the title compound (41.3g) as a red oil. LC/MS Rt 2.60min m/z 169 [MH+]. Method D
Intermediate 52
3-Ethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000113_0001
To a stirred solution of ethyl 3-ethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (41.3g) in methanol (300ml) was added dropwise 10M sodium hydroxide solution (63ml) and the mixture heated at reflux for 4h. The mixture was allowed to cool overnight and then concentrated.
The residue was diluted with water (250ml) and washed with toluene (3x100ml). The aqueous phase was acidified to pH=4 by the addition of concentrated hydrochloric acid.
The resultant precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried in a vacuum oven at 45°C to give the title compound (18.4g) as a buff solid.
1H NMR (DMSO) δ 6.47 (s, 1 H), 2.62 (q, 2H), 1.18 (t, 3H)
Intermediate 53
Ethyl 2-[bis(ethyloxy)methyl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate
Figure imgf000113_0002
To a solution of 2,2-bis(ethyloxy)ethanethioamide (648mg) (available from Maybridge International) in ethanol (30ml) was added ethyl bromopyruvate (0.598ml) in ethanol (1 ml). Powdered molecular sieves (200mg) were added and the mixture heated at 900C for 18h. The mixture was filtered, washed with ethanol (10ml) and the solvent removed in vacuo. The residue was triturated with DCM (15ml) and the solid removed by filtration and washed with DCM (10ml). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by chromatography on silica gel (7Og cartridge; FlashMaster II) eluting with 0-50% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane over 40min gave the title compound (455mg) as a yellow oil. LC/MS Rt 2.60min m/z 260 [MH+]. Method C Intermediate 54
Ethyl 2-formyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate
Figure imgf000114_0001
A solution of ethyl 2-[bis(ethyloxy)methyl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (455mg) in 10% 1 M hydrochloric acid in acetone (50ml) was heated at reflux for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo, taken up in DCM (20ml) and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (10ml). The organic layer was separated using a hydrophobic frit and evaporated to give the title compound (317mg) as a yellow solid. LC/MS R1 1.54min Method C
Intermediate 55
Ethyl 2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate
Figure imgf000114_0002
To a solution of ethyl 2-formyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (315mg) in anhydrous DCM (25ml) was added morpholine (0.164ml) and the mixture stirred under nitrogen for 3h at
RT. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (759mg) was added and the mixture stirred at RT for
16h. Sodium bicarbonate (50ml) and DCM (50ml) were added and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2x25ml) using a hydrophobic frit. The solvent was removed in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in DCM (5ml) and purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cylohexane over 30min. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give a white solid. The solid was dissolved in methanol (15ml) and loaded onto an SCX SPE cartridge (5Og), which was preconditioned with methanol and allowed to stand for 15 min. The column was washed with methanol (50ml) and elution with 2M ammonia in ethanol gave the title compound. LC/MS R1 0.99min m/z 257 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediate 56
2-(4-Morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid ammoniate
Figure imgf000115_0001
NH3
Ethyl 2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (260mg) was dissolved in methanol (5ml). Sodium hydroxide (5ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at RT for 18h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and water (10ml) added. The pH was adjusted to pH 5-6 by the addition of 2M hydrochloric acid. The aqueous layer was washed with DCM (3x25ml). The aqueous layer was loaded onto a SCX SPE cartridge (2Og) and allowed to stand for 15 min. Elution with ethanol (100ml) followed by 2 M ammonia in ethanol (100ml) gave the title compound (121 mg) as a white solid. LC/MS R1 0.27min m/z 229 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediate 57 3-Cyclopropyl-1 -{[(1,1-dimethylethyl)oxy]carbonyl}-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000115_0002
To a solution of S-cyclopropyl-I H-pyrazole-^carboxylic acid (150mg) (for example, available from Aldrich) in DMF (2ml) was added sodium hydride (87mg; 60% dispersion in mineral oil) and the mixture stirred for 15min at 200C. b/s(1 ,1-Dimethylethyl) dicarbonate
(0.275ml) was added and the mixture stirred under nitrogen at room temperature for 18h.
Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (15ml) was added and the mixture extracted with DCM (3 x 20ml) and the organic layers collected using a hydrophobic frit. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by chromatography on silica gel (2Og cartridge), eluting with 0-50% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane over 20min to give the title compound (86mg) as a colourless oil.
LC/MS R1 2.82min m/z 235 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 58
Ethyl 1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000116_0001
To a solution of ethyl 1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (1g) (for example, available form Bio- Farma) in acetonitrile (80ml) was added cesium carbonate (2.32g). 20min later 2- iodopropane (0.714ml) was added and the mixture stirred under nitrogen at 200C for 18h. 2-lodopropane (0.714ml) was added and the mixture stirred under nitrogen at 200C for 5h. Then further 2-iodopropane (0.714ml)was added and the mixture was stirred at 200C for 18h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between water (30ml) and DCM (30ml). The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (2x20ml) and separated by hydrophobic frit. The combined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the residue by chromatography on silica gel (7Og silica), eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane over 30 min gave the title compound (513mg) as a yellow oil. LC/MS Rt 2.91 min m/z 183 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 59
Ethyl 4-fluoro-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000116_0002
A microwave vial was charged with ethyl 1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.15g) and Selectfluor™ (0.38g) followed by acetonitrile (3ml) and acetic acid (1 ml). The mixture was heated at 100°C under microwave irradiation for 180min. Selectfluor™ (0.076g) was added and the mixture heated at 1000C under microwave irradiation for 60min. Further Selectfluor™ (0.15g) was added and the mixure heated at 100°C under microwave irradiation for for 60min. Further Selectfluor (0.38g) was added and the mixure heated at 100°C under microwave irradiation for 60 min. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between DCM (15ml) and water (15ml) and separated using a hydrophobic frit. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 5ml) and the combined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo. Purification by chromatography on silica gel (2Og silica cartridge), eluting with a gradient of 0-50% DCM in cyclohexane over 20 minutes gave the title compound (100mg) as a colourless oil.
LC/MS Rt 3.13min m/z 201 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 60
4-Fluoro-1-(1 -methylethyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000117_0001
To a solution of ethyl 4-fluoro-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (100mg) in 1 ,4- dioxane (2ml) was added 2M hydrochloric acid (2ml) and the mixture heated at reflux under nitrogen for 58h, allowed to stand at room temperature for 62h, then heated at reflux under Nitrogen for 72h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed in vacuo. Toluene (15ml) was added and the solvent removed in vacuo to give a white solid that was dried in a vacuum oven overnight to give the title compound (20mg) as a white solid. LC/MS Rt 1.91 min m/z 173 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 61
2-Amino-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000117_0002
To a solution of ethyl 2-amino-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (150mg) (for example available, from Maybridge Chemical Company) in 1 ,4-dioxane (3ml) was added 2M hydrochloric acid (2ml) and the mixture heated at reflux under nitrogen for 7Oh. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent removed in vacuo. Toluene (15ml) was added and the solvent removed in vacuo to give a solid that was dried in an vacuum oven overnight to give the title compound (150mg) as a brown solid. 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO) δ 7.58 (s, 1 H)
Intermediate 62 Ethyl 1 -ethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000118_0001
To a solution of 1 -ethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (950mg) (for example, available from Fluorochem) in ethanol (50ml) was added sulphuric acid (0.5ml) and the mixture stirred at reflux under nitrogen for 7Oh. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between DCM (25ml) and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (25ml) and separated using a hydrophobic frit. The aqueous layer was washed with DCM (2x 20ml) and the organic phases were combined. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give the title compound (1.09g) as a colourless oil. LC/MS Rt 2.65min m/z 169 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 63
Ethyl 1 -ethyl-4-fluoro-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000118_0002
A microwave vial was charged with ethyl 1 -ethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.2g) and Selectfluor™ (0.548g) followed by acetonitrile (3ml) and acetic acid (0.5ml). The mixture was heated at 1000C under microwave irradiation for 120min. Selectfluor™ (0.548g) was added and the mixture was heated was heated at 1000C under microwave irradiation for 60min. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between DCM (15ml) and water (15ml) and seperated by hydrophobic frit. The aqueous layer was washed with dichloromethane (2 x 5ml) and the combined organic layers concentrated in vacuo. Purification by chromatography on silica gel (2Og silica cartridge) eluting with a gradient of 0-50% DCM in cyclohexane over 20min gave the title compound (67mg) as a colourless oil. LC/MS Rt 2.87min m/z 187 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 64 1 -Ethyl-4-fluoro-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000119_0001
To a solution of ethyl i-ethyl-^fluoro-I H-pyrazole-δ-carboxylate (67mg) in 1 ,4-dioxane (3ml) was added 2M hydrochloric acid (2ml) was added and the mixture was heated at reflux under nitrogen for 12Oh. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed in vacuo. Toluene (15ml) was added and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give a solid that was dried in a vacuum oven overnight to give the title compound (26mg) as a brown solid. LC/MS Rt 1.46min m/z 159 [MH+]. Method A
Intermediate 65
2-Amino-5-(1 -methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000119_0002
To a solution of methyl 2-amino-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (220mg) (for example, available from ABCR) in 1 ,4-dioxane (5ml) was added 2M hydrochloric acid (5ml) and the mixture heated at 1 100C for 72h. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound (240mg) as a pale yellow solid. LC/MS Rt 0.89 min m/z 187 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediate 66
Ethyl 2H- 1 ,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylate
Figure imgf000119_0003
A mixture of ethyl 2-propynoate (4.13ml) and trimethylsilyl azide (13.5ml) was heated to 1000C for 24h. The cooled mixture was cautiously decomposed with methanol (50ml) and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound (5.7g) as a white solid. LC/MS Rt 0.58 min m/z 241 [MH+]. Method B
Intermediate 67
Ethyl 2-(1 -methylethyl)-2H-1 ,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylate
Figure imgf000120_0001
A mixture of ethyl 2H-1 ,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylate (1 g), potassium carbonate (1.76g) and 2-iodopropane (1.27ml) in dry acetonitrile (20ml) was stirred at 50-600C under nitrogen for 2h. Further 2-iodopropane (0.70ml) was added and the mixture stirred at 50-60 0C under nitrogen for 16h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered through a 2g SPE-Silica column with ethyl acetate and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo, Purification of the residue by chromatography on silica gel (70 g silica cardridge), eluting with a gradient of 0-25% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane over 40min gave the title compound (670mg) as a colourless oil. LC/MS R1 2.25min m/z 184 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediate 68
2-(1 -Methylethyl)-2H-1 ,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000120_0002
To a solution of ethyl 2-(1-methylethyl)-2H-1 ,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylate (670mg) in methanol (6ml) was added sodium hydroxide (4ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4h. The methanol was removed in vacuo and water (10ml) was added and the mixture neutralised (pH 5-6) by the addition of 2M hydrochloric acid. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM, separated by hydrophobic frit and the organic layer evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound (455mg) as a white solid. LC/MS Rt 1.41 min m/z 156 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediate 69
4-Bromo-1 ,3-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000121_0001
To a solution of ethyl 4-bromo-1 ,3-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (200mg) (for example, available from Sinova) in methanol (10ml) was added 2M sodium hydroxide (5ml) and the mixture stirred at 200C for 18h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue taken up in water (10ml) and acidified to pH=5 using 2M hydrochloric acid. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (20ml) dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated to give the title compound (25mg) as a white solid. LC/MS Rt 1.77 min m/z 219 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediate 70
Methyl 5-(1 -methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate
Figure imgf000121_0002
To a solution of methyl 2-amino-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (2.15g) (available from ABCR) in 30% hypophosphorus acid (53ml) at -5°C was added, slowly beneath the surface, maintaining the temperature between -5 and O0C, sodium nitrite (1.6g) and the mixture was stirred for a further 1 h at O0C. The cooling bath was removed for 2h, then replaced while a cool solution of sodium hydroxide (8.5g) in water (100ml) added slowly. The solution was neutralised by the addition of solid sodium hydrogencarbonate and extracted with diethyl ether (50ml), then dried over sodium sulphate. The mixture was evaporated and purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting with a gradient of ethyl acetate in cyclohexane to give the title compound (1.9g) as a yellow oil. LC/MS R1 2.1 min m/z 186 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediate 71
5-(1 -Methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000122_0001
To a solution of methyl 5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (1.9g) in methanol (20ml) was added 2M sodium hydroxide (20ml) and the mixture stirred at 200C for 18h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue taken up in water (20ml) and acidified to pH=2 using 2M hydrochloric acid. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100ml), dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated in vacuo to give the title compound (1.7g) as a white solid. LC/MS R1 1.71 min m/z 172 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediates 72 and 73
Ethyl 1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate and ethyl 1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1H- pyrazole-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000122_0002
To a solution of ethyl 1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (0.77g) (available from ABCR) in acetonitrile (30ml) was added cesium carbonate (1.79g) and the mixture stirred for 5min when 1-fluoro-2-iodoethane (0.96g) was added and the mixture stirred at 200C for 18h.
The mixture was evaporated and the residue taken up in water (30ml) and DCM (30ml) separated by hydrophobic frit and concentrated to ~5ml, placed on an SPE cartridge (5Og silica) and eluted with a gradient of ethyl acetate in cyclohexane to give the Ethyl 1-(2- fluoroethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.42g) as a colourless oil.
LC/MS R1 2.09 min m/z 186 [MH+]. Method C and ethyl 1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (g) as a colourless oil
LC/MS R1 1.73 min m/z 186 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediate 74
1 -(2-Fluoroethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000123_0001
To a solution of ethyl 1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylate (0.2g) in methanol (5ml) was added 2M sodium hydroxide (5ml) and the mixture stirred at 200C for 18h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue dissolved in water (20ml) and acidified to pH-4 using 2M hydrochloric acid then extracted with ethyl acetate (20ml), dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated to give the title compound (0.132g) as a white solid. LC/MS R1 1.13 min m/z 159 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediate 75 1-(2-Fluoroethyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000123_0002
To a solution of ethyl 1-(2-fluoroethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (0.1 g) in methanol (5 ml) was added 2M sodium hydroxide (5ml) and the mixture stirred at 200C for 18h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue dissolved in water (20ml) and acidified to pH=4 using 2M hydrochloric acid then extracted with ethyl acetate (20ml), dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated to give the title compound (16mg) as a white solid. LC/MS R1 0.97 min m/z 159 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediate 76 5-Acetyl-2-methyl-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000123_0003
To a solution of ethyl 5-acetyl-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (75mg) (available from Butt Park Ltd.) in methanol (5ml) was added 2M sodium hydroxide (5ml) and the mixture stirred at 200C for 18h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the mixture taken up in water (5ml) and acidified to pH=2 using 2M hydrochloric acid then extracted with ethyl acetate (20ml), dried over sodium sulphate and the mixture evaporated to give the title compound (22mg) as a yellow solid. LC/MS R1 1.12 min m/z 186 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediate 77
Methyl 5-(1 -methylethyl)-1 ,3-oxazole-4-carboxylate
Figure imgf000124_0001
To a solution of sodium methoxide (1.86g) in DMF (30ml) was added methyl isocyanoacetate (2.38ml) dropwise at -500C and the mixture stirred for 30min at -500C. 2- Methylpropanoyl chloride (3.36ml) was added gradually to the mixture at -50°C and the mixture stirred for 2h at -50°C. The mixture was diluted with DCM (50ml) and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (50ml) was added and the organic layer collected using a hydrophobic frit. The aqueous layer was washed with DCM (2 x 50ml) and separated by hydrophobic frit. The combined organic phases were concentrated in vacuo. This was purified by chromatography on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane, followed by 0-20% methanol. The residue was distilled using a Kugelrohr to give the title compound (553mg) as yellow solid. LC/MS R1 1.97 min m/z 170 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediate 78
5-(1 -Methylethyl)-1 ,3-oxazole-4-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000124_0002
To a solution of methyl 5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-oxazole-4-carboxylate (0.55g) in methanol (10ml) was added sodium hydroxide (10ml) and the mixture stirred at 20°C for 18h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue dissolved in water (10ml) then acidified using 2M hydrochloric acid. The mixture was concentrated until precipitation commenced when the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated to give the title compound (0.45g) as a yellow solid. LC/MS R1 1.6 min m/z 156 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediate 79
Ethyl 1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-1 ,2,3-triazole-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000125_0001
A mixture of ethyl 2H-1 ,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylate (1.5g), potassium carbonate (2.64g) and 2-iodopropane (1.91 ml) in dry acetonitrile (30ml) was stirred at 50-600C under nitrogen for 2h. Further 2-iodopropane (0.955ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at 50-600C under nitrogen for 1.5h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and allowed to stand for 4 days. The mixture was filtered through a 2g silica SPE column eluting with ethyl acetate. The solution was concentrated in vacuo, Purification by chromatography on silica gel (100g cartridge), eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane over 40min gave the title compound (315mg) as a colourless oil. LC/MS R1 2.16 min m/z 184 [MH+]. Method C
Intermediate 80 1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-1 H-1 ,2,3-triazole-5-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000125_0002
To a solution of ethyl 1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-1 ,2,3-triazole-5-carboxylate (0.315g) in methanol (5ml) was added sodium hydroxide (5ml) and the mixture stirred at 20°C for 18h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue taken up in water (5ml) and acidified with 2M hydrochloric acid. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and dried over sodium sulphate then filtered and evaporated to give the title compound (0.2q) a white solid. LC/MS R1 1.22 min m/z 154 [MH"]. Method C
Intermediate 81 6-Bromo-4-nitro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazole
Figure imgf000126_0001
To 6-bromo-4-nitro-1 H-indazole (10 g, available from Sinova Ltd) in dihydropyran (100 ml) was added TFA (0.068 ml) and the reaction was heated for 1.5 hours at reflux. After cooling, 180 ml DCM and 50 ml saturated sodium bicarbonate solution was added and stirred for 10 minutes. The DCM was separated from the aqueous which was re-washed with DCM (70 ml). The combined organic layers were passed through a hydrophobic frit and evaporated to dryness. The residual solid was triturated with ether then filtered. The solid material was dissolved in DCM and purified by chromatography on silica on the ISCO Companion, using an isocratic gradient of DCM. Purified fractions were combined and evaporated to dryness to afford the title compound (7.78 g). LC/MS R1 3.51 min m/z 326 [MH"]. Method A
Intermediate 82 6-Bromo-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-amine
Figure imgf000126_0002
6-Bromo-4-nitro-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazole (6 g, 18.40 mmol), iron filings (3.29 g, 58.9 mmol) and ammonium chloride (0.492 g, 9.20 mmol) were weighed to a 250 ml flask and ethanol (60 ml) then water (18 ml) was added. The reaction was heated to 80 0C for 2.5 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled. 100 ml ethyl acetate and 50 ml water was added. There was no visible separation of layers so the reaction was evaporated to remove the ethyl acetate and ethanol. 250 ml ethyl acetate was then added and the organic layer was washed with a further 50 ml water, before passing through a hydrophobic frit. The organic layer was evaporated to dryness and purified by column chromatography on silica (120 g silica column, ISCO companion technology) eluting with a gradient of 1 - 2 % methanol in DCM over 25 minutes. Fractions containing desired material were combined and evaporated to dryness to afford the title compound (3.95 g). LC/MS R1 2.87 min m/z 298 [MH"]. Method A
Intermediate 83
Λ/-[6-Bromo-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-1 -(1 -methyl ethyl )-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide
Figure imgf000127_0001
6-Bromo-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-amine (2.25 g, 7.59 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (40 ml) and DIPEA (2.85 ml, 16.34 mmol) was added. 1-(1- methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride (1.41 g, 8.17 mmol) in DCM (10 ml) was added and the mixture left to stir at room temperature overnight. Water (50 ml) was added and the mixture vigorously stirred. The DCM layer was passed through a hydrophobic frit and evaporated to dryness. The material was combined with that obtained from a previous smaller scale reaction carried out in an identical manner but starting with 6- bromo-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-amine (0.2 g, 0.675 mmol). The combined crude materials were purified by chromatography on silica using a 50 g cartridge and eluting progressively with DCM, then 1 - 4 % methanol in DCM. Product containing fractions were combined and evaporated to dryness to afford the title compound (2.8 g).
LC/MS R1 1.24 min m/z 434 [MH"]. Method B
Figure imgf000127_0002
Figure imgf000128_0002
Intermediate 85
1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-Λ/-[2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-6-(4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2- dioxaborinan-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide
Figure imgf000128_0001
Λ/-[6-Bromo-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2/-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 /-/-pyrazole- 5-carboxamide (500 mg, 1.16 mmol), Pd(dppf)CI2 DCM adduct (94 mg, 0.115 mmol), potassium acetate (341 mg, 3.47 mmol) and 4,4,4',4\ 6,6,6', 6'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi-1 , 3,2- dioxaborinane (978 mg, 3.47 mmol) were combined in a microwave vial. 1 ,4-Dioxane (8 ml) was added and the mixture was heated at 80 0C for 30 min. Analysis by LCMS showed incomplete reaction so the mixture was heated again under microwave conditions for 30 min at 80 0C. Further Pd(dppf)CI2 DCM adduct (38 mg) was then added and the reaction heated for another 30 min at 80 0C. The reaction mixture was applied to the top of a silica cartridge and washed through with methanol. After removal of solvent the residue was partitioned between DCM and water and the organics concentrated in vacuo. Purification was carried out by chromatography on silica (4Og) using a gradient of 40% - 60% EtOAc in cyclohexane. Fractions containing desired product were combined, concentrated in vacuo and dried under vacuum to to afford the title compound as a pale yellow solid. LC/MS R1 1.33 min m/z 494 [MH"]. Method C
Similarly prepared was
Figure imgf000128_0003
Figure imgf000129_0003
Intermediate 87 2-(1,1-Dimethylethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridine 7-oxide
Figure imgf000129_0001
2-(1 ,1-Dimethylethyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (1Og, 57mmol) was dissolved in ethyl acetate: DCM (400ml, 1 :1 , v/v), cooled to ~0°C in an ice bath and treated by dropwise addition of m-chloroperbenzoic acid (15.85g, 69.5mmol). The reaction was warmed to room temperature over 3 hours then treated with 30% potassium carbonate (aq) (150ml). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous washed with further DCM (2x100ml). The combined organic layers were washed with a sodium metabisulphite solution, dried then evaporated to give title compound, 11.1 g. LC/MS (method B) Rt = 0.87min m/z 191 [MH+].
Intermediate 88 4-Bromo-2-(1 ,1-dimethylethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridine
Figure imgf000129_0002
2-(1 ,1-Dimethylethyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine 7-oxide (11 g, 58mmol) and tetramethylammonium bromide (13.5g, 87mmol) were placed in DMF (78ml). The mixture was cooled to 00C and treated with portion-wise addition of methanesulfonic acid (20.2g, 116mmol). The reaction was stirred at 5°C for 1 hour then warmed to room temperature and stirred for a further hour. The solid was filtered to give title compound, 3.4 g. LC/MS (method B) Rt = 1.27min m/z 255 [MH+].
Intermediate 89 [2-(1,1 -Dimethylethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridin-4-yl]boronic acid
Figure imgf000130_0001
4-Bromo-2-(1 ,1-dimethylethyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (430mg, 1.7mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (12ml) under nitrogen and degassed (nitrogen/vacuum 3 times). Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil) (88mg, 2.2mmol) was added and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 50 mins. The reaction was then cooled to -78°C, further degassed as before and 1.5M "butyl lithium in hexanes (1.6ml, 2.4mmol) was added dropwise over 5 mins. The reaction was stirred for 45 mins then tri-isopropyl borate (1.2ml) was added. The reaction was stirred for a further hour before warming to room temperature. Saturated ammonium chloride (aq) (20ml) was added and the reaction was extracted with DCM (2x25ml). The combined organics were washed with water (50ml), passed through a hydrophobic frit and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in DCM:MeOH (1 :1 , v/v) and loaded onto an aminopropyl cartridge (10g). The cartridge was washed with DCM:MeOH (1 :1 , v/v) and eluted with 2M ammonia in MeOH, which was concentrated to give title compound, 164 mg. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ ppm 1 1.71 (br. s., 1 H), 8.33 (br. s., 2 H), 8.1 1 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.38 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.47 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1 H), 1.36 (s, 9 H).
Intermediate 90 N-(5-Bromo-2-methyl-3-pyridinyl)methanesulfonamide
Figure imgf000130_0002
Methanesulfonyl chloride (97μl) was added dropwise to 5-bromo-2-methyl-3-pyridinamine (Chempacific) (200mg) in pyridine (5ml). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 20min before addition of 2M HCI (aq) (5ml) and extraction into DCM. The DCM was passed through a hydrophobic frit then dried under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in DCM and washed through an aminopropyl cartridge (preconditioned with DCM) with DCM to give title compound, 77mg. LC/MS (Method B) Rt = 0.77min m/z 267 [MH+].
Intermediate 91
6-Bromo-1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-i H-indazol-4-amine
Figure imgf000131_0001
6-Bromo-1 H-indazol-4-amine (5g) was dissolved in DMF (20ml) and cooled in an ice bath. 60% Sodium hydride in mineral oil (0.94g) was added portionwise and the reaction was left under an ice bath for 30 min. Benzenesulfonyl chloride (3ml) in DMF (5 ml) was added slowly over 15 minutes and the reaction was left to warm up to room temperature overnight. Water (100ml) was added and the reaction stirred for 20 minutes. Ethyl acetate (120ml) was added and the water was separated, washed with ethyl acetate (50ml x 2) and the combined organics were washed with 7.5% lithium chloride (aq) (50ml x 2) then water (50ml) before being separated and passed through a hydrophobic frit. The ethyl acetate was evaporated and the residue passed through a silica cartridge, eluting with DCM (ca. 300ml) followed by diethyl ether (ca. 400ml). Product containing pure fractions were combined and evaporated to dryness to give title compound, 5.9 g. LC/MS R1 1.12min m/z 354 [MH+]. Method D.
Intermediate 92
1 -(Phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine
Figure imgf000131_0002
A mixture of 6-bromo-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (1.3g), hexamethylditin (2.4g), triethylamine (1 ml) and Pd(PPh3)4 (0.2g) in toluene (15ml) was heated under microwave irradiation at 12O0C for 1 h. The reaction was applied to a silica cartridge using light petroleum 40-60°C as eluent. This was changed to ether/light petroleum 40-60°C. The appropriate fractions were evaporated to give title compound, 1.2g. LC/MS R1 3.3min m/z 438 [MH+]. Method C.
Intermediate 93
2-Methyl-Λ/-[1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-
4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000132_0001
2-Methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carbonyl chloride (350mg) in DCM (4ml) was added dropwise to 1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (300mg) in DCM (15ml) and pyridine (0.167ml). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. Saturated sodium bicarbonate (aq) (25ml) was added and the reaction vigorously stirred for 15 min. The DCM was passed through a hydrophobic frit then evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in DCM and purified on a silica cartridge, preconditioned with cyclohexane, washing with cyclohexane followed by elution with ether. The ether was evaporated to give title compound, 373 mg. LC/MS R1 1.42min m/z 563 [MH+]. Method D.
Intermediate 94
1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride
Figure imgf000132_0002
Thionyl chloride (5 ml) was added to 1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (1g) and the reaction was heated at 800C for 5h. The reaction was evaporated, then azeotroped with toluene to give title compound, 856mg. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.6 (d, 1 H), δ 7.1 (d, 1 H), δ 5.2 (m, 1 H), δ 1.5 (d, 6H).
Intermediate 95
1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-Λ/-[1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide
Figure imgf000133_0001
1-(1-Methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride (152mg) in DCM (10ml) was added dropwise to 1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (350mg) in DCM (15ml) and pyridine (0.07ml). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 10min before addition of further 1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride (10mg). The reaction was stirred for 30min, saturated sodium bicarbonate (aq) (25ml) was added and stirred vigorously for 10min before the DCM was separated through a hydrophobic frit and evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in DCM and loaded onto a silica cartridge preconditioned with cyclohexane. The cartridge was eluted with 0 - 100 % ether in cyclohexane. The compound containing fraction was evaporated to dryness to give title compound, 360mg. LC/MS R1 3.66min m/z 574 [MH+]. Method C.
Intermediate 96 i^-DimethyMH-pyrazole-S-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000133_0002
Lithium hydroxide (0.864g), THF (30ml) and water (30ml) were added to methyl 1 ,4- dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylate (1.39g) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction was acidified with 5M HCI (aq) to pH to 7 and then washed through a waters HLB OASIS cation exchange cartridge. The cartridge was preconditioned with methanol, then water. The reaction was loaded onto the cartridge and washed with water, then eluted with methanol. The methanol fraction was evaporated in vacuo to give title compound, 1.1g. LC/MS R1 0.49min m/z 141 [MH+]. Method D.
Intermediate 97
1 ,4-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carbonyl chloride
Figure imgf000134_0001
Thionyl chloride (4 ml) was added to 1 ,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (0.5g) and the reaction was heated at 800C for 2h. Further thionyl chloride (2ml) was added and the reaction was heated at 800C for 1 h. The reaction was evaporated, then azeotroped with toluene to give title compound, 511 mg. 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.3 (s, 1 H), δ 4 (s, 3H), δ 2.2 (s, 3H).
Intermediate 98
1,4-Dimethyl-Λ/-[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-1H- pyrazole-3-carboxamide
Figure imgf000134_0002
1 ,4-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carbonyl chloride (46mg) in DCM (2.5ml) was added over 5min to 1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (100mg) in DCM (2.5ml) and pyridine (0.023ml). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2h. Separately, 1 ,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carbonyl chloride (273mg) in DCM (5ml) was added over 10min to 1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (600mg) in DCM (25ml) and pyridine (0.2ml). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reactions were combined and separated between saturated sodium bicarbonate (aq) and DCM. The DCM was passed through a hydrophobic frit then dried. The residue was dissolved in DCM and purified using a silica cartridge, preconditioned with cyclohexane. The cartridge was eluted with cyclohexane:diethyl ether (1 :1 , v/v) then diethyl ether, then 10% methanol in diethyl ether and finally with 50% methanol in diethyl ether. Pure fractions were combined and dried to give title compound, 753mg. LC/MS R1 1.41 min m/z 560 [MH+]. Method D.
Intermediate 99
4-Chloro-1 -ethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride
Figure imgf000135_0001
Thionyl chloride (5 ml) was added to 4-chloro-1 -ethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (1 g) and the reaction was heated at 800C for 6h then cooled to room temperature overnight.
The reaction was evaporated, then azeotroped with toluene to give title compound,
970mg.
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 7.6 (s, 1 H), δ 4.5 (q, 2H), δ 1.4 (t, 3H).
Intermediate 100 4-Chloro-1 -ethyl-Λ/-[1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide
Figure imgf000135_0002
4-Chloro-1 -ethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl chloride (122mg) in DCM (5ml) was added over 5min to 1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (250mg) in DCM (10ml) and pyridine (0.05 ml). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1.5h. Saturated sodium bicarbonate (aq) (20 ml) was added and the reaction stirred vigorously before the DCM was passed through a hydrophobic frit and evaporated to dryness. The residue was passed through a silica cartridge, preconditioned with cyclohexane. The silica cartidge was washed with cyclohexane:diethyl ether (1 :1 , v/v), then diethyl ether. The product containing ether fraction was evaporated to dryness to give title compound, 303 mg. LC/MS R1 1.48min m/z 594 [MH+]. Method D.
Intermediate 101
4-lodo-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-fe]pyridine
Figure imgf000136_0001
2-Fluoro-4-iodo-3-pyridinecarbaldehyde (from Asymchem) (0.97g) was added portionwise over 5min to hydrazine hydrate (5ml). The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for 5h. Water (10ml) was added and the solid was filtered and washed with further water to give title compound, 664mg. LC/MS R1 0.84min m/z 246 [MH+]. Method B.
Intermediate 102 4-lodo-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-fe]pyridine
Figure imgf000136_0002
To a stirring suspension of NaH (0.9g) in anhydrous THF (25ml) at -5°C was added 4- iodo-1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (5g) in anhydrous THF (75ml) and DMF (25ml). Triethylamine (3ml) was added and the reaction was stirred for 30min at 00C. Benzenesulfonyl choride (2.9ml) in anhydrous THF (25ml) was added dropwise over 10 min and the reaction was stirred for 1 h at 00C then quenched with water. The layers were separated and the aqueous was re-extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and then evaporated to yield a solid residue that was triturated with methanol to give title compound, 4.1g. LC/MS R1 1.04min m/z 386 [MH+]. Method D.
Intermediate 103
4-Bromo-1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-i H-indazole
Figure imgf000137_0001
To a stirring suspension of NaH (0.78g) in anhydrous THF (17.5ml) at -5°C was added 4- bromo-1 H-indazole (3.5g) in anhydrous THF (35ml). Benzenesulfonyl chloride (2.5ml) in anhydrous THF (17.5ml) was added dropwise over 10 mins. The reaction was stirred for 1 h at 00C then quenched with water. The layers were separated and the aqueous was re- extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and then evaporated to yield a solid residue that was triturated with methanol to give title compound, 5.18g. LC/MS R1 1.24min m/z 339 [MH+]. Method D.
Intermediate 104
4-Bromo-1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-i H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine
Figure imgf000137_0002
To a stirring suspension of NaH (1.3g) in anhydrous THF (25ml) at -5°C was added 4- bromo-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine (prepared for example as described in patent US2005/0090529, 5g) in anhydrous THF (75ml) over 10min. The reaction was stirred at - 5°C for 10min then benzenesulfonyl chloride (3.6ml) in anhydrous THF (25ml) was added over 10min. The reaction was stirred at 00C for 1 h then quenched with water. The layers were separated and the aqueous was re-extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were combined, washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and then evaporated to yield a residue that was triturated using methanol (25ml). The resulting solid was collected by filtration, washed sparingly with methanol then dried in vacuo at 45°C overnight to give title compound, 7.9g. LC/MS R1 1.11 min m/z 339 [MH+]. Method D.
Intermediate 105
6-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-i H-indazol-4-amine
Figure imgf000138_0001
6-Bromo-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (3 g, 8.52 mmol), 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl- 1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-indole (2.278 g, 9.37 mmol), Pd(dppf)CI2 (0.623 g, 0.852 mmol) and sodium carbonate (2.71 g, 25.6 mmol) were divided between 2 x microwave vials and dissolved in 1 ,4-dioxane (16 ml.) and water (16 ml_); 8 ml of each solvent in each vial. The vials were heated in the microwave at 100 0C for 10 min. The mixtures were combined and filtered through Celite, washing with EtOAc. The resulting mixture was partitioned between water (100 ml) and EtOAc (100 ml) and the layers separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with further EtOAc (2 x 50 ml) and the organic extracts were combined, passed through a hydrophobic frit and the solvent removed in vacuo to give a brown solid which was pre-adsorbed onto silica and added to the top of a 10O g silica SPE cartridge. This was eluted with 0-100% EtOAc/cyclohexane over 60 minutes on the FlashMaster II. The product-containing fractions were combined and the solvent was removed in vacuo to afford the title compound as orange crystals which were dried on a high vacuum line for 1 hour.
LCMS (Method D): R1 = 1.11 mins, MH+ = 388.
Intermediate 106
2-(Chloromethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-1,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000139_0001
To solution of 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (1.5 g, 3.86 mmol) in chloroform (20 ml) at 0 0C was added DIPEA (1.35 ml, 7.72 mmol). 2-(Chloromethyl)- 1 ,3-thiazole-4-carbonyl chloride (1.8 g, 6.98 mmol) in chloroform (20 ml) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 1 h 15 mins. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring continued for 18 h. A further portion of 2- (chloromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carbonyl chloride (0.2 g, 1.02 mmol) was added to the mixture which was stirred at room temperature for 30 mins. Water (50 ml) was added to quench the reaction and the mixture was extracted with DCM (2 x 100 ml), separating the layers using a hydrophobic frit. The organics were collected and solvent removed in vacuo to give a brown solid which was triturated with ether (10 ml). The solid was filtered off and dried in a vacuum oven overnight to afford the title compound (1.6 g). LCMS (Method C): R1 = 1.26 mins, MH+ = 548.
Intermediate 107 6-Bromo-3-fluoro-4-nitro-1H-indazole
Figure imgf000139_0002
To a solution of 6-bromo-4-nitro-1 H-indazole (10 g, 41.3 mmol, available from Sinova) in acetonitrile (100 ml) and acetic acid (20.00 ml) was added Selectfluor® (22.10 g, 83 mmol). The resultant mixture was heated to 100°C and stirred overnight. The resultant orange solution was concentrated under vacuum then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were dried over MgSOφ filtered and concentrated. The solid was then dissolved in 20ml DCM, loaded onto a 33Og silica column and purified on a 0-100% EtOAc/Cyclohexane gradient. The relevant fractions were combined and concentrated to yield the title compound as an orange solid (6.9g). LCMS (Method D): R1 = 0.98 mins, MH+ = 258/260.
Intermediate 108
6-Bromo-3-fluoro-4-nitro-1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-i H-indazole
Figure imgf000140_0001
To a stirring suspension of sodium hydride (0.677 g, 16.92 mmol) in THF (25ml) at O0C was added a solution of 6-bromo-3-fluoro-4-nitro-1 H-indazole (4 g, 15.38 mmol) in THF (25ml) dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 30 min then allowed to warm to room temperature before benzenesulfonyl chloride (2.170 ml, 16.92 mmol) was added, after approximately 2 h the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous was then extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organics were then washed with brine, dried over MgSOφ filtered and concentrated. The solid was triturated with 50ml methanol and filtered to yield the title compound as a yellow solid (5.96g). LCMS (Method D): Rt = 1.27 mins (poor ionisation).
Intermediate 109
6-Bromo-3-fluoro-1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-i H-indazol-4-amine
Figure imgf000140_0002
6-Bromo-3-fluoro-4-nitro-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-indazole (5.9 g, 14.74 mmol) was suspended in acetic acid (60 ml) and to it added iron powder (4.12 g, 73.7 mmol). The suspension was heated to reflux for 2h, then the reaction mixture was cooled, diluted with 100ml EtOAc and filtered through celite. The filter cake was washed well with ethyl acetate then the filtrate basified till the colour moved from the aqueous layer to the organic (around pH 8-9). The biphasic system was then stirred for around 5 minutes and the aqueous layer turned cloudy. The layers were then separated, the aqueous washed with ethyl acetate and the combined oragnics washed with brine, dried (MgSC>4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dry loaded onto a 33Og silica cartridge, purified on a 0-100% EtOAc/Cyclohexane gradient and the relevant fractions combined and concentrated to yield the title compound as a yellow solid (2.4g). LCMS (Method D): R1 = 1.17 mins, MH+ = 370/372.
Intermediate 110 3-Fluoro-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1H-indazol-4-amine
Figure imgf000141_0001
6-Bromo-3-fluoro-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (1.9 g, 5.13 mmol), hexamethylditin (2.66 ml, 12.8 mmol), triethylamine (1.431 ml, 10.26 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.593 g, 0.513 mmol) were placed in toluene (30 ml). The mixture was split into 2 microwave vials and the mixtures heated at 110 0C for 1 hr in the microwave. The mixtures were combined and poured onto a 5Og silica cartridge which was eluted with cyclohexane followed by 1 :1 cyclohexane:diethyl ether to give the title compound (2.25g). LCMS (Method C): R1 = 3.46 mins, MH+ = 456.
Intermediate 111 4-Bromo-6-fluoro-1 -[(4-nitrophenyl)sulfonyl]-1 H-indole
Figure imgf000142_0001
Sodium hydride (299 mg, 7.48 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 4-bromo-6-fluoro- 1H-indole (800 mg, 3.74 mmol) in DMF (20 ml) that had been cooled in an ice bath to 0 0C and placed under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred for 5 mins before 4- nitrobenzenesulfonyl chloride (911 mg, 4.1 1 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 1 hour. The resultant orange/brown solution was poured into stirring water (40 ml). The mixture was rapidly stirred for 30 mins. The resulting brown suspension was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried in a vacuum oven at 5O0C overnight to give a pale brown solid, which was purified by Flashmaster II, on a silica cartridge (100g) using a gradient of ethylacetate and cyclohexane to afford the title compound as a white solid. LCMS (Method C): R1 = 3.61 mins, MH+ = 400.
Intermediate 112
3-Fluoro-6-{6-fluoro-1-[(4-nitrophenyl)sulfonyl]-1H-indol-4-yl}-1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-1H- indazol-4-amine
Figure imgf000142_0002
A solution of 3-fluoro-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (0.65 g, 1.43 mmol), 4-bromo-6-fluoro-1-[(4-nitrophenyl)sulfonyl]-1 H-indole (0.69 g, 1.71 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenyphosphine)palladiun (0) (0.17 g, 0.14 mmol) in DMF (5 ml.) was heated to 120 0C for 18 hr. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica cartridge (10Og) by Flashmaster Il using a gradient of cyclohexane and ethyl acetate to give the title compound as an orange solid (0.48g). LCMS (Method D): R1 = 1.39 mins, MH+ = 610.
Intermediate 113 N-(4-Bromo-1 H-indol-6-yl)methanesulfonamide
Figure imgf000143_0001
4-Bromo-6-amino indole (100 mg, 0.47 mmol) and triethylamine (0.1 ml, 0.71 mmol) were stirred together in pyridine at O0C. Mesyl chloride (54 mg, 0.47 mmol) was then added and the mixture stirred for 1 hour, then allowed to warm to room temperature. The mixture was loaded directly onto an aminopropyl cartridge (10g) and eluted with methanol.
Solvent was evaporated and the residue was further purified by chromatography on silica
(2Og cartridge) eluting with 0-25% methanol in DCM over 20 mins to afford the title compound as a orange/brown gum (110 mg).
LCMS (Method D): R1 = 0.92 mins, MH+ = 287/289.
Intermediate 114 Λ/-(4-Bromo-1 H-indol-6-yl)benzenesulfonamide
Figure imgf000143_0002
4-Bromo-6-amino indole (100 mg, 0.47 mmol) and triethylamine (0.1 ml, 0.71 mmol) were stirred together in pyridine at O0C. Benzene sulphonyl chloride (84 mg, 0.47 mmol) was then added and the mixture stirred for 1 hour, then allowed to warm to room temperature. The mixture was loaded directly onto an aminopropyl cartridge (10g) and eluted with methanol. Solvent was evaporated to afford the title compound as an orange/brown gum (90mg). LCMS (Method D): R1 = 1.09 mins, MH+ = 349/351.
Intermediate 115 2-(Chloromethyl)-Λ/-{1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-6-[1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-i H-pyrrolo[2,3- fe]pyridin-4-yl]-1 H-indazol-4-yl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000144_0001
1-(Phenylsulfonyl)-6-[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl]-1 H-indazol-4-amine (663 mg, 1.252 mmol) in chloroform (10 mL) was stirred at O0C. DIPEA (0.437 ml_, 2.504 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, then 2-(chloromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carbonyl chloride (300 mg, 1.530 mmol) in chloroform (10.00 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at O0C for 15 mins. A further portion of 2-(chloromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carbonyl chloride (400 mg, 1.252 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and stirring was continued. When no further product formation was observed, further 2- (chloromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carbonyl chloride (1.6g, 1.252 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture which was stirred under nitrogen for 18h. The solution was treated with DCM (25ml_) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (25ml_), then stirred for 10 mins. The organic layer was separated, washed with diluted aqueous sodium chloride (25ml_) and then passed through a hydrophobic frit. A part of the solvent was removed then the solution was applied to a silica column (Flasmaster II, 100g silica cartridge) and eluted with a gradient of 0-100% ethylacetate/cyclohexane over 60min. Fractions containing desired product we combined and the solvent was removed to afford the title compound as a white solid (1 11 mg). LCMS (Method C) Rt = 1.34 min, MH+ = 690.
Intermediate 116
1-(Phenylsulfonyl)-6-[1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridin-4-yl]-1H-indazol-4- amine
Figure imgf000145_0001
4-Bromo-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (1.546 g, 4.59 mmol), 1- (phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (2g, 4.59 mmol) and Pd(Ph3P)4 (0.265 g, 0.229 mmol) were added to N,N-dimethylformamide (30 ml.) under nitrogen. The mixture was heated at 100°C for 2 days then cooled at room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The mixture was purified by column chromatography on silica (7Og) eluting with ammonia and methanol in DCM, then again using the Companion and eluting with a gradient of 30 to 85% MeCN (+0.1% TFA)/ H2O (0.1% TFA). Fractions containing desired product were combined and the solvent was removed to afford the title compound as a brown solid (663mg). LCMS (Method C) Rt = 1.17 min, MH+ = 530.
Intermediate 117 1 -(Phenylsulfonyl)-6-[1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-i H-pyrazolo[3,4-fe]pyridin-5-yl]-1 H-indazol- 4-amine
Figure imgf000145_0002
1-(Phenylsulfonyl)-6-(4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (1.5 g, 3.63 mmol), 5-bromo-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (1.350 g, 3.99 mmol), Pd(dppf)CI2 (0.531 g, 0.726 mmol) and tripotassium phosphate (2.31 1 g, 10.89 mmol) were divided between 2 microwave vials and dissolved in 1 ,4-Dioxane (18 ml.) and
Water (6 ml_); 9 ml dioxane and 3 ml water in each. Each vial was heated to 100 0C for
10 min in the microwave. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between DCM (100 ml) and water (100 ml). The organic layer was collected using a hydrophobic frit and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was taken up in
DCM (4 ml) and added to the top of 2 x 70 g silica SPE cartridges. These were subsequently eluted with 0-100% EtOAc/DCM over 40 mins. The product-containing fractions were combined to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (581 mg). LCMS (Method C) R1 = 1.15 min, MH+ = 531.
Intermediate 118
2-(Chloromethyl)-Λ/-{1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-6-[1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-i H-pyrazolo[3,4- fe]pyridin-5-yl]-1 H-indazol-4-yl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000146_0001
1-(Phenylsulfonyl)-6-[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]-1 H-indazol-4- amine (185 mg, 0.349 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (3 ml) and pyridine (0.034 ml_, 0.418 mmol) was added. The mixture was cooled to 0 0C in an ice bath and 2-(chloromethyl)- 1 ,3-thiazole-4-carbonyl chloride (77 mg, 0.349 mmol) in DCM (3 ml) was added dropwise over 5 mins. The mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 15 mins. A further portion of 2- (chloromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carbonyl chloride (38.4 mg, 0.174 mmol) in DCM (1.5 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours, letting the ice melt over this time. A further portion of 2-(chloromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carbonyl chloride (38.4 mg, 0.174 mmol) in DCM (1.5 ml) was added and stirring continued with monitoring by LCMS. The mixture was diluted with DCM (10 ml), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (10 ml) was added and the mixture stirred vigorously for 10 mins. The organic layer was separated, washed with water (10 ml), passed through a hydrophobic frit and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DMSO and loaded onto a 43 g C18 Reverse Phase RediSep column that was then eluted with 30-85% acetonitrile (+0.1 % TFA) /H2O (+ 0.1% TFA) over 30 mins. The product-containing fractions were combined and concentrated in vacuo to give a cream solid which was then dried on the vacuum line for 1 hour to give the title compound (54 mg). LCMS (Method D) R1 = 1.26 min, MH+ 689.
Intermediate 119 4-Bromo-1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-i H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine
Figure imgf000147_0001
4-Bromo-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (2g, 10.15 mmol) and sodium hydride (0.406 g, 10.15 mmol) were added to N,N-Dimethylformamide (30 mL) with stirring and under nitrogen. After 15 minutes the reaction was cooled in an ice bath and benzenesulfonyl chloride (1.295 mL, 10.15 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction was stirred in the ice bath for 30 min and then allowed to warm up to room temperature. Water (3OmL) was added to the reaction mixture and the precipitate was collected by filtration to afford the title compound as an orange solid: mass (4.8g). LCMS (Method D) R1 = 1.19 min, MH+= 338.
Intermediate 120 5-Bromo-1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-fe]pyridine
Figure imgf000147_0002
Sodium Hydride (0.667 g, 16.66 mmol) was added portion-wise over 15 mins to a stirred solution of 5-bromo-1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (3 g, 15.15 mmol, available from ChemGenx LLC) in N,N-dimethylformamide (30 ml) that had been cooled in an ice bath to 0 0C and placed under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred for 20 mins, until hydrogen evolution ceased, and then benzenesulfonyl chloride (2.148 ml, 16.66 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 18 hours, letting the ice melt over this time. The solution was poured into stirring water (10 ml) and rapidly stirred for 15 mins. The mixture was then poured onto water (70 ml) and filtered. The orange solid obtained was dried in the vacuum oven for 18h to afford the title compound (3.86 g). LCMS (Method D) R1 = 1.01 min, MH+= 340.
Intermediate 121 2-{[(2/?,6S)-2,6-Dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-Λ/-{1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-[1 -
(phenylsulfonyl)-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-fe]pyridin-5-yl]-1H-indazol-4-yl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide
Figure imgf000148_0001
2-(Chloromethyl)-N-{1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5- yl]-1 H-indazol-4-yl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (53 mg, 0.077 mmol) and (2R,6S)-2,6- dimethylmorpholine (0.5 ml, 0.077 mmol) were placed in a microwave vial and heated in a microwave at 90 0C for 15 min, allowed to cool, then heated again in the microwave at 90 0C for 15 min. A further portion of (2/?,6S)-2,6-dimethylmorpholine (0.3ml) was added and the mixture was heated in the microwave at 90 0C for 30 mins. Volatiles were removed under a stream of nitrogen to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (99 mg). The material was used without further purification. LCMS (Method D) R1 = 1.16 min, MH+ = 769.
Intermediate 122
1 -(Phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine
Figure imgf000148_0002
A mixture of 6-bromo-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (1.3g), hexamethylditin (2.4g), triethylamine (1 ml) and Pd(PPh3)4 (0.2g) in toluene (15ml) was heated under microwave irradiation at 12O0C for 1 h. The reaction was applied to a silica cartridge using light petroleum 40-60°C as eluent. This was changed to ether/light petroleum 40-60°C. The appropriate fractions were evaporated to give title compound, 1.2g. LCMS (Method C) R1 = 3.3 min, MH+ 438. Intermediate 123
2-{[Ethyl(propyl)amino]methyl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000149_0001
To a solution of ethyl 2-(4-piperidinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylate (19 g, 74 mmol) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide (3.6 g, 88.8 mmol) in water (250ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h, then ethyl acetate was added and the layers were separated. The aqueous phase was acidified with cone. H2SO4 and concentrated to give a brown solid. The solid was recrystallised from methanol/ethyl acetate, then again from DCM/methanol to give the title compound as a light brown solid
(16 g).
1H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6, δ ppm) 1.3-1.5 (6H, m), 2.5 (4H, m), 3.1 (2H, s), 3.7 (2H, s),
8.3 (1 H, s).
Intermediate 124
2-(Chloromethyl)-Λ/-{1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-6-[1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-i H-pyrrolo[2,3- fe]pyridin-4-yl]-1 H-indazol-4-yl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
1-(Phenylsulfonyl)-6-[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl]-1 H-indazol-4-amine (663 mg, 1.252 mmol) in chloroform (10 ml.) was stirred at O0C. DIPEA (0.437 ml_, 2.504 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, followed by 2-(chloromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carbonyl chloride (300 mg, 1.530 mmol) in chloroform (10 ml_). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 15 mins. A further portion of 2-(chloromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carbonyl chloride (400 mg, 1.252 mmol) was added and the reaction was monitored by LCMS. When no further conversion was apparent, a further portion of 2-(chloromethyl)-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carbonyl chloride (1.6g, 1.252 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 18h. The solution was treated with DCM (25 ml.) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (25 ml.) and stirred for 10 mins. The organic layer was separated, washed with aqueous sodium chloride (25 ml.) and then passed through a hydrophobic frit. The residual solvent volume was reduced and the mixture was purified by silica column chromatography (Flashmaster II, 10Og cartridge) using a gradient of 0-100% ethylacetate/cyclohexane over 60 min to afford the title compound as a white solid (1 11 mg). LCMS (Method D) R1 = 1.34 min, MH+ = 690.
Intermediate 125
2-(Chloromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carbonyl chloride
Figure imgf000150_0001
To a solution of 2-(hydroxymethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (370 mg, 2.33 mmol) in Chloroform (5 ml.) and N,N-Dimethylformamide (DMF) (0.1 ml.) was added thionyl chloride (1 ml_, 13.70 mmol). The mixture was heated to reflux for 1 hr. The mixture was cooled and the solvent removed in vacuo. The residue was azeotroped with chloroform (5 ml) and dried on a high vacuum line for 30 mins to afford the title compound. LCMS was run as a solution in MeOH (Method D) Rt 0.77 min, MH+ 191. The material was not suitable for long term storage at room temperature so was either used immediately or stored at -200C for up to 2 weeks.
Intermediate 126
2-(Hydroxymethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000150_0002
A solution of 2-{[(2,2-dimethylpropanoyl)oxy]methyl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (3 g, 12.33 mmol, commercially available) and potassium carbonate (2.326 g, 16.83 mmol) in methanol (100 mL) and water (30 mL) was heated to reflux for 4 hr. The mixture was cooled and concentrated in vacuo to -30 ml. It was then acidified with 2 M HCI (50 ml) and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting solid was treated with hot MeOH/EtOAc (2:1 ), washing well before filtering off the remaining solid. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give a brown solid which was dissolved in MeOH and added to the top of 2 x 70 g aminopropyl cartridge that had been preconditioned with MeOH. The cartridges were both eluted with MeOH and then with 10% HCI in MeOH. The acidic fractions were combined and the solvent removed in vacuo to give the title compound as a brown oil (550 mg). LCMS (Method D) R1 0.38 min, MH+ 160.
Intermediate 127
6-Bromo-1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-i H-indazol-4-amine
Figure imgf000151_0001
To sodium hydride (1.886 g, 47.2 mmol) in DMF (10ml) stirring at 00C was added a solution of 6-bromo-1 H-indazol-4-amine (10 g, 47.2 mmol, available from Sinova) in DMF (30ml) dropwise. NOTE- gas evolution. Upon complete addition the mixture was treated with benzene sulphonyl chloride (6.08 ml, 47.2 mmol) dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred for 2hrs at room temperature then the mixture was poured onto ice water (300ml). The mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate and the layers separated. The aqueous was re-extracted with ethyl acetate. The organics were then combined and washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate then filtered and evaporated to yield a brown gum that was triturated using DCM to yield the title compound as a peachy solid (8.72g). LCMS (Method D) Rt = 1.14mins, MH+ = 352/354.
Intermediate 128
4-(Chloromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-2-carbonyl chloride
Figure imgf000151_0002
6-Bromo-1 H-indazol-4-amine (5 g, 23.58 mmol) was added to tetrahydrofuran (THF) (100 mL) and the mixture stirrred in an ice-water bath. Then sodium hydride (1.037 g, 25.9 mmol) - (60% dispersion in mineral oil) was added portionwise to the mixture. After 10 minutes, iodomethane (1.622 ml_, 25.9 mmol) was added to the flask. The mixture was stirred at 00C for 2 hours. Water (100ml) was added and the mixture stirred for 30 mins. Then ethyl acetate (100ml) was added. The organic layer was collected and the aqueous layer extracted with ethyl acetate (2x100ml). The combined organic layers were dried using a hydrophobic frit and the solvent removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica (2x 100g cartridges) eluting with 0-100% ethyl acetate in cylcohexane over 60 mins to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (2.96g). LCMS (Method B) Rt 0.83 min, MH+ 226/228.
Intermediate 129
Λ/-(6-Bromo-1 -methyl-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-2-(chloromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000152_0001
6-Bromo-1 -methyl-1 /-/-indazol-4-amine (1 g, 4.42 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (DCM) (10 ml.) and pyridine (0.429 ml_, 5.31 mmol) added. The mixture was cooled to O0C in an ice-water bath and 4-(chloromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-2-carbonyl chloride (0.867 g, 4.42 mmol) in DCM (10ml) was added portionwise over 5 mins. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours and allowed to warm to room temperature. Saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (15ml) was added and the mixture stirred vigorously for 10mins. The mixture was diluted with water (50ml) and DCM (50ml), but a precipitate was still present. This was collected by filtration, washed with DCM and air dried to afford the title compound as a yellow/brown solid (860mg). LCMS (Method B) Rt 1.11 mins, MH+ 385/387.
The organic layer was collected and the aqueous layer extracted with further DCM (50ml). the combined organic layers were dried using a hydrophobic frit and the solvent removed in vacuo. The residue was suspended in DCM 5ml and the resultant precipitate collected by filtration and air dried to give a further portion of the title compound (259 mg). Analytical data identical to that obtained above. Intermediate 130
Λ/-(6-Bromo-1-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-2-{[(2/?,6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4- morpholinyl]methyl}-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000153_0001
Λ/-(6-Bromo-1 -methyl-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-2-(chloromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (860 mg, 2.230 mmol) was placed in dimethyl morpholine (3 ml_, 2.230 mmol) and the mixture heated in a microwave at 9O0C for 15 mins. The solvent was blown off under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was partitioned between water (100ml) and DCM (100ml) and the organic layer collected, washed with water (2x75ml), dried using a hydropobic frit and the solvent removed in vacuo. NMR showed residual dimethyl morpholine. The material was dissolved in DCM (20ml) and methanol (20ml) and then put on the buchi with the water bath at 6O0C for 3 hours to afford the title compound as a yellow/brown solid. LCMS (Method D) Rt 0.88 min, MH+ 464/466.
Example 1 Λ/-[6-(1H-lndol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide
Figure imgf000153_0002
5-Methyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (10mg) in DMF (0.2ml) was treated with N- [(dimethylamino)(3H-[1 ,2,3]triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yloxy)methylidene]-/V- methylmethanaminium hexafluorophosphate (27mg) in DMF (0.2ml) and DIPEA (0.03ml). The reaction mixture was shaken for five min prior to treatment with 6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-2- (tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-amine (20mg) in DMF (0.2ml). The reaction mixture was shaken for five min and left to stand at 220C for 18h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the product re-dissolved in methanol (1 ml) prior to application on to an SCX SPE cartridge (1g). The product was eluted after 1 h with 2M ammonia in methanol (2x3ml), the fractions were combined and concentrated under a stream of nitrogen using blow down apparatus. Purification by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method C) afforded the title compound. LC/MS R1 2.91 min m/z 357 [MH+]. Method A
Similarly prepared from 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2/-/-indazol-4-amine were the following:
Example Compound Name Structure Amine LC/MS LC/MS Number Rt min MH+
Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4- 1-Methyl-1 H- 3.03 (a) 357 (a) yl)-1H-indazol-4- imidazole-2- yl]-1-methyl-1H- carboxylic acid imidazole-2- (Toronto carboxamide Research
Chemical)
Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4- 1-Methyl-1 H- 3.14 (a) 356 (a) yl)-1H-indazol-4- pyrrole-2- yl]-1-methyl-1H- carboxylic acid pyrrole-2- carboxamide
Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4- 1-Methyl-1 H- 2.76 (a) 357 (a) yl)-1H-indazol-4- imidazole-4- yl]-1-methyl-1H- carboxylic acid imidazole-4- carboxamide
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4- 2-Phenyl-1 ,3- 1.19 (b) 436 (b) yl)-1H-indazol-4- thiazole-4- yl]-2-phenyl-1 ,3- carboxylic acid thiazole-4- carboxamide
2-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1H- 2-Chloro-3- 1.01 (b) 377 (b) indol-4-yl)-1H- furancarboxylic indazol-4-yl]-3- acid furancarboxamide
1-ethenyl-Λ/-[6- 1-Ethenyl-1 H- 0.96 (b) 369 (b)
(1H-indol-4-yl)-1H- pyrazole-5- indazol-4-yl]-1H- carboxylic acid pyrazole-5- carboxamide
1 -ethyl -Λ/-[6-(1 H- 1-Ethyl-1 H- 0.95 (b) 371 (b) indol-4-yl)-1H- pyrazole-5- indazol-4-yl]-1H- carboxylic acid pyrazole-5- carboxamide
Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4- 2- 1.09 (b) 428 (b) yl)-1H-indazol-4- (Trifluoromethyl yl]-2- )-1 ,3-thiazole-4-
(trifluoromethyl)- carboxylic acid 1,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
(b) LC/MS Method B Example 29
1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyιϊdin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-
5-carboxamide
Figure imgf000160_0001
4-lodo-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine (69mg) in DMF (0.4ml) was added to 1 ,4-dimethyl-N-[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide (100mg) in DMF (0.4ml). Solvias catalyst (4mg) was added and the sealed vessel was heated in the Anton Paar microwave at 1350C for 20min. PS-thiophenol resin was added and the reaction was stirred overnight before being filtered onto a Ciβ SPE cartridge, pre-washed with 0.1% TFA, with acetonitrile. The cartridge was washed with 0.1% TFA in acetonitrile and the collected solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (1 ml) and purified by MDAP (method C). The solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in isopropanol (0.3ml), 2M sodium hydroxide (aq) (0.3 ml) was added and the reaction was left at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen and the residue was dissolved in DMSO (0.5ml) and purified by MDAP (method C). The solvent was evaporated in vacuo to give title compound, 9mg. LC/MS R1 0.76min m/z 387 [MH+]. Method D.
Example 30 Λ/-[6-(1H-lndol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-1H-imidazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000160_0002
1/-/-lmidazole-4-carboxylic acid (7mg) in DMF (0.2ml) was treated with N- [(dimethylamino)(3/-/-[1 ,2,3]triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yloxy)methylidene]-/V- methylmethanaminium hexafluorophosphate (27mg) in DMF (0.2ml) and DIPEA (0.03ml). The reaction mixture was shaken for five min prior to treatment with 6-(1/-/-indol-4-yl)-2- (tetrahydro-2/-/-pyran-2-yl)-2/-/-indazol-4-amine (20mg) in DMF (0.2ml). The reaction mixture was shaken for five min and left to stand at 220C for 18h. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the product re-dissolved in methanol (0.5ml) prior to application on to an SCX SPE cartridge (1g). The product was eluted after 1 h with 2M ammonia in methanol (2x3ml), the fractions were combined and concentrated under a stream of nitrogen using blow down apparatus. Purification by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method C) gave the title compound. LC/MS R1 0.71 min m/z 343 [MH+]. Method B
Similarly prepared from 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-amine was the following:
Figure imgf000161_0002
Example 32 Λ/-[6-(1H-lndol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-3-isoxazolecarboxamide
Figure imgf000161_0001
δ-Methyl-S-isoxazolecarboxylic acid (21 mg) was treated with anhydrous THF (2ml) and then 1-chloro-Λ/, N, 2-trimethylpropenylamine (0.026ml). The reaction was stirred at RT under nitrogen for 2h. The reaction was then treated with anhydrous DIPEA (0.131 ml) and 2ml of solution of 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-amine (750mg) in THF (30ml). The reaction was then stirred at RT under nitrogen for 69h. The solvent was blown off under a stream of nitrogen, dissolved in methanol (3ml) and then the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The crude reaction mixture was dissolved in methanol (5ml), treated with macroporous tosic acid resin (102mg; 4.45 mmol/g) stirred at RT for 17h and then treated with 0.88 ammonia (0.5ml), stirred for 30min and then filtered. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and then purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A) to give the title compound. LC/MS R1 0.99min m/z 358 [MH+]. Method B
Similarly prepared from 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-amine were the following:
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
(a) LC/MS Method B
Example 39
4-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-3- isoxazolecarboxamide
Figure imgf000164_0001
4-[(Dimethylamino)methyl]-5-methyl-3-isoxazolecarboxylic acid (28mg) (available from Chem Div, 6605 Nancy Ridge Drive
San Diego, CA 92121 USA) was treated with anhydrous DCM (5ml). The mixture was then treated with oxalyl chloride (0.13ml) and anhydrous DMF (-0.01 ml). The mixture was heated at 600C under nitrogen for 3h. The reaction was left to cool and then the solvent was removed under reduced pressure azeotroping with anhydrous toluene twice. The residue, assumed to be 4-[(dimethylamino) methyl]-5-methyl-3-isoxazolecarbonyl chloride hydrochloride, was treated with anhydrous THF (2ml), anhydrous DIPEA (0.13ml) and 2ml of a solution of 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-amine (300mg) in THF (12ml). The mixture was stirred at RT for 19h and then heated to 500C for 17h. The reaction was treated with a further aliquot of 4-[(dimethylamino) methyl]-5-methyl-3- isoxazolecarbonyl chloride hydrochloride (36mg), prepared as above and the mixture was heated at 50°C for 4h. The mixture was treated with methanol (3ml) and then solvent removed. The residue was then dissolved in methanol (5ml) and treated with macroporous-tosic acid resin (135mg; 4.45 mmol/g) then stirred at RT overnight. The mixture was treated with 0.88 ammonia solution (0.50ml) and then DMF (3ml). The reactions were then filtered and solvent was blown-off under a stream of nitrogen. The crude material was then purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A) to give the title compound.
LC/MS R1 0.79min m/z 415 [MH+]. Method B
Similarly prepared from 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-amine were the following:
Figure imgf000164_0002
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0002
(a) LC/MS Method B
Example 45 Λ/-[6-(1H-lndol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-1H-imidazole-2-carboxamide
Figure imgf000166_0001
1H-lmidazole-2-carboxylic acid (17mg) (available from Maybridge), HATU (63mg) and 6- (1 H-indol-4-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2/-/-indazol-4-amine (50mg) were dissolved in anhydrous DMF (3ml) and then treated with DIPEA (0.052ml) and stirred at RT for 15h. The mixture was treated with methanol (3ml) and then macroporous-tosic acid resin (170mg; 4.4mmol/g) then stirred for 15h. The mixture was then treated with 0.88 ammonia solution (0.600ml), stirred for 10min, then filtered and solvent blown off under a stream of nitrogen. The crude residue was purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A) to give the title compound. LC/MS R1 0.87min m/z 343 [MH+]. Method B
Example 46 Λ/-1H,1Η-5,6'-Biindazol-4'-yl-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000167_0001
Λ/-(6-Bromo-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (200mg),
4,4,4l,4l,5,5,5l,5l-octamethyl-2,2'-bi-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolane (166mg), Pd(dppf)CI2 (48. mg) and potassium acetate (175mg) were combined in a microwave vial and N,N- dimethylacetamide (10ml) was added. The solution was degassed with nitrogen and vacuum and then heated under microwave irradiation at 8O0C for 20min. More Pd(dppf)CI2 (48. mg) was added, the solution was degassed and heated under microwave irradiation at 8O0C for 20min. 5-Bromo- 1 H-pyrazo[3,4-b]pyridine (available from Chemgenex) (235mg), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (34.3mg) (available from Alfa Aesar) and sodium bicarbonate (0.890ml) were added to the mixture, which was heated under microwave irradiation at 15O0C for 30min. Saturated sodium bicarbonate (100ml) was added to the mixture. The resulting suspension was washed with ethyl acetate (3x100ml). A spatula of sodium chloride was added to improve layer separation. The combined organic layers were dried and filtered with a hydrophobic frit and dried under vacuum. The sample was pre-absorbed on silica and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (100g silica) eluting with a gradient of 0-15% methanol in DCM over 60min. The Appropriate fractions were combined and dried under vacuum, the crude product was dissolved in DMSO (1 ml) and purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A) to give the title compound (8.7mg). LC/MS R1 0.81 min m/z 376 [MH+]. Method B
Example 47
4-Chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 -methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide
Figure imgf000167_0002
A solution of 4-chloro-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (available from Fluorochem) (50mg) in dry DCM (10ml) was treated with 1-chloro-Λ/,Λ/,2-trimethyl-1-propen-1 -amine (0.041 ml) (available from Acros) and allowed to stir at 200C for 10min when a solution of 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (77mg) and triethylamine (0.043ml) in DCM (5ml) was added and the mixture stirred at 200C for 18h. The mixture was poured onto an aminopropyl SPE cartridge (1g) and allowed to stand for 2h, then the mixture was eluted with methanol (5ml) and blown to dryness under a stream of nitrogen. The crude product was purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A) to give the title compound as a white solid (15mg). LC/MS R1 3.25min m/z 391 [MH+]. Method A
Example 48 Λ/-[6-(1H-lndol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-1,4-dimethyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide
Figure imgf000168_0001
A solution of 1 ,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (21 mg) in dry DCM (10ml) was treated with 1-chloro-Λ/,Λ/,2-trimethyl-1-propen-1 -amine (0.02ml) and allowed to stir at 200C for 10min when a solution of 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (25mg) and triethylamine (0.028ml) in DCM (5ml) was added and the mixture stirred at 20°C for 18h. The mixture was poured onto an aminopropyl SPE cartridge (1g) and allowed to stand for 2h, then the mixture was eluted with methanol (5ml) and blown to dryness under a stream of nitrogen and purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A) to give the title compound (6mg) as a white solid. LC/MS Rt 3.01 min m/z 371 [MH+]. Method A
Example 49
Λ/-[6-(1H-lndol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1-methylethyl)-2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000169_0001
To a solution of 5-(1-methylethyl)-2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (31 mg) in DMF (3ml) was added HATU (44mg) and the mixture stirred at 200C for 10min, then 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (13mg) and DIPEA (0.037ml) were added and the mixture allowed to stand for 18h. The mixture was blown to dryness under a stream of nitrogen and the residue purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A) to give the title compound (8mg) as a pale brown solid. LC/MS R1 3.46min m/z 501 [MH+]. Method A
Similarly prepared from 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine were the following:
Figure imgf000169_0002
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
(a) LC/MS Method A (b) LC/MS Method B (C) LC/MS Method C
(d) Purified by MDAP Method D
(e) Post MDAP, the sample was dissolved in methanol (1 ml and loaded onto an aminopropyl cartridge (0.5g) and eluted with methanol. The solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen to give the title compound.
(f) Purified by MDAP Method E
(g) Purified by MDAP Method F
Example 79
Λ/-[6-(1H-lndol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000179_0001
2M Sodium carbonate solution (0.059ml), Pd(dppf)CI2 (5mg), and water (1 ml) were added to solution of Λ/-(6-bromo-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (40mg) and 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-indole (35mg) (Frontier Scientific) in 1 ,4-dioxane (1 ml). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated under microwave irradiation at 1500C for 15min. After cooling, water (4ml) was added, and then the mixture was extracted into DCM (3x1 OmI). The organic layers were combined and the solvent evaporated. The residue was dissolved in methanokDMSO (0.5ml, 1 :1 ) and purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A) to give title compound (16mg). LC/MS R1 LOOmin m/z 374 [MH+]. Method B
Example 80
Λ/-[6-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 -methyl-1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole-3-carboxamide
Figure imgf000180_0001
HATU (248mg) and DIPEA (0.21 1 ml) were added to a flask containing 1-methyl-1 H-1 ,2,4- triazole-3-carboxylic acid (51 mg) in DMF (1 ml). The reaction was stirred for 30min under nitrogen. 6-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (50mg) was added and the mixture was stirred for 3h at RT under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was applied to an aminopropyl SPE cartridge (5g) and left for 3h. The column was washed with 10% methanol in DCM. The appropriate fractions were combined and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in methanokDMSO (1 ml, 1 :1 ) and purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A) to give title compound (37mg). LC/MS R1 0.79min m/z 358 [MH+]. Method B
Example 81 Λ/-[6-(1H-lndol-5-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000180_0002
Λ/-(6-Bromo-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (50mg), Pd(dppf)CI2 (12mg), 2M sodium carbonate (0.222ml), 1 ,4-dioxane (1 ml) and water (1 ml) were added to 1 H-indol-5-ylboronic acid (29mg) in a microwave vial. The vial was sealed and heated under microwave irradiation at 1500C for 15min. The reaction mixture was extracted with DCM (2x20ml) and then separated, combined organic layers were evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in methanokDMSO (1 ml, 1 :1) and purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A) to give title compound (3.7mg). LC/MS R1 0.99min m/z 374 [MH+]. Method B Example 82
Λ/-[6-(1 H-Benzimidazol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000181_0001
Λ/-(6-Bromo-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (200mg), 3-(4,4,5,5- tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 ,2-benzenediamine (167mg) (WO2006/005915, page 90-91 ), Pd(dppf)CI2 (43mg) and 2M sodium carbonate (0.890ml) were charged in 1 ,4-dioxane (2ml) and water (2ml). The reaction vial was sealed and heated under microwave irradiation at 1500C for 15min. The reaction was extracted with DCM (3x30ml). The combined organic layers were evaporated. To a solution of the residue in DMF (3ml) was added triethylorthoformate (10ml) and the mixture heated at reflux for 2h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue dissolved in methanokDMSO (3ml, 1 :1 ) and purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A) to give title compound (26mg). LC/MS R1 0.78min m/z 375 [MH+]. Method B
Example 83
2-Methyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridin-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-1,3-thiazole-
4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000181_0002
2-Methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)boronic acid (150mg), tripotassium phosphate (378mg), Λ/-(6-bromo-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl)-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (86mg) and chloro(di-2-norbornylphosphino)(2'-dimethylamino-1 ,1 '-biphenyl-2-yl)palladium (II) (25mg) were placed in a microwave vial and 1 ,4-dioxane (4ml) and water (0.8ml) added. The reaction was heated under microwave irradiation at 1200C for a total of 2h. Chloro(di-2- norbornylphosphino)(2'-dimethylamino-1 ,1 '-biphenyl-2-yl)palladium (II) (10mg) was added and the reaction heated under microwave irradiation for 10min at 1200C. 2-Methyl-1 H- pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)boronic acid (24mg) was added and the reaction was heated under microwave irradiation at 120°C for 30min. The reaction was applied to a silica cartridge (1g), preconditioned with methanol and eluted with methanol. The solvent was evaporated and DCM (20ml) and water (20ml) were added to the residue. A precipitate formed which was filtered, dissolved in 1% methanol in DCM and passed through a silica cartridge, eluting with 0 - 5 % methanol in DCM to give the title compound (45mg). LC/MS R1 0.76min m/z 389 [MH+]. Method B
Example 84
Λ/-[6-(2-Cyclopropyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000182_0001
Λ/-(6-Bromo-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (50mg), Pd(dppf)CI2- DCM adduct (12mg), 2M sodium carbonate (0.222ml), 1 ,4-dioxane (0.5ml) and water (0.278ml) were added to 2-cyclopropyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)boronic acid (36mg) in a Biotage microwave vial. The vial was sealed and heated under microwave irradiation at 1500C for a total of 25min. The reaction was passed through a silica cartridge (1g), preconditioned with methanol, eluting with a gradient of DCM;methanol. The solvent was evaporated and the residue dissolved in DMSO and purified by HPLC using the following system: Column: 5 μm Supelco ABZ+Plus 100x21.2 mm ID Solvent A: 0.1 % Formic acid in water Solvent B: 0.05 % Formic acid in acetonitrile Flow rate: 20ml/min Gradient: 0 - 99 % B over 25 min. Appropriate fractions were dried under a stream of nitrogen, redissolved in MeCN, combined and dried to give the title compound (4.4mg). LC/MS R1 0.97min m/z 415 [MH+]. Method B
Example 85 Λ/-1 H,1 Η-4,6'-Biindazol-4'-yl-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide
Figure imgf000183_0001
4-Bromo-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-indazole (61 mg) in DMF (0.4ml) was added to 1-(1- Methylethyl)-Λ/-[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide (100mg) in DMF (0.4ml). Solvias catalyst (4mg) was added and the sealed vessel was heated in the Anton Paar microwave at 1350C for 20min. PS-thiophenol resin was added and the reaction was stirred overnight before being filtered onto a Ci8 SPE cartridge, pre-washed with 0.1% TFA, with acetonitrile. The cartridge was washed with 0.1% TFA in acetonitrile and the collected solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (1 ml) and purified by MDAP (method C). The solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in isopropanol (0.3ml), 2M sodium hydroxide (aq) (0.3 ml) was added and the reaction was left at room temperature overnight, then heated to 600C for 2h. The solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen and the residue was dissolved in DMSO (0.5ml) and purified by MDAP (method C). The solvent was evaporated in vacuo to give title compound, 15mg. LC/MS R1 0.86min m/z 386 [MH+]. Method D.
Example 86
Λ/-[3-Fluoro-6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000184_0001
To 2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (24mg) in DMF (0.375ml) was added HATU (69mg) followed by DIPEA (0.043ml), and the solution stirred for 10min at 2O0C. To this was then added a solution of 3-fluoro-6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (67mg) in DMF (0.375ml) and the top was placed on the vial which had been pierced with a needle. The solution was stirred at 2O0C for 73h, heated at 5O0C for 3h, then left to stand for 3.5 days. A further portion of 2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (0.024g) in DMF (0.375ml) was treated with HATU (0.069g) followed by DIPEA (0.043ml). This solution was stirred for 15min at 2O0C then added to the original reaction mixture. This was then stirred at 2O0C for a further 72h then loaded onto a dried aminopropyl SPE cartridge (1g) which had been preconditioned with chloroform. The material was left on the cartridge for 2h, then the cartridge was eluted with methanol (3 column volumes) and the solvent blown off. This was purified directly by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A). The residue was azeotroped with methanol (5ml) to give the title compound (7mg) as a beige solid. LC/MS R1 3.68min m/z 392 [MH+]. Method A
Similarly prepared from 3-fluoro-6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine were the following:
Figure imgf000184_0002
Figure imgf000185_0002
Example 89
N-[6-(6-Fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000185_0001
A microwave vial was charged with Solvias catalyst (15mg), tripotassium phosphate (116mg), 4-bromo-6-fluoro-1 H-indole (available from Sinova, 32mg), 1-(1-methylethyl)-N- [2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-6-(4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4- yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (66mg), 1 ,4-dioxane (0.5ml) and water (0.1 ml). The reaction mixture was heated under microwave irradiation for a total of 25min at 1200C. The mixture was passed through a silica cartridge pre-conditioned with methanol, washing with methanol, then dried. The residue was separated between DCM and water and the organic layer was passed through a hydrophobic frit and dried. The residue was dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1 ml, 1 :1 , v/v) and purified by MDAP (Method H). Appropriate fractions were dried, redissolved in methanol and a few drops of 2M HCI (aq) were added. The reaction was left to stir for 30min. The reaction was passed through an aminopropyl cartridge, preconditioned with methanol, washing with methanol, then dried under a stream of nitrogen to give title compound, 11 mg. LC/MS (Method D) LOOmin m/z 392 [MH+].
Example 90
Λ/-[6-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-imidazole-2-carboxamide
Figure imgf000186_0001
A mixture of 1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-imidazole-2-carboxylic acid (467mg, contained 50% ethyl 1 H-imidazole-2-carboxylate plus inorganic impurities) (now available pure from AKos), HATU (576mg), and DIPEA (0.793ml) in DMF (2ml) was stirred at RT for 10min. 6- (1 H-lndol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (188mg) in DMF (3ml) was then added and the mixture was stirred at RT. After 3h at RT, a further quantity of premixed [1-(1-methylethyl)- 1H-imidazole-2-carboxylic acid (467mg), HATU (576mg), and DIPEA (0.793ml) in DMF (2ml)] was added to the reaction mixture and stirring was continued for 2h at RT. Water (0.5ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and it was then evaporated to dryness. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (25ml) and water (10ml). The phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with further ethyl acetate (2x25ml). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and evaporated to give a brown oily residue which was dissolved in DCM (15ml) and applied to a 100g silica SPE cartridge. The cartridge was eluted on a Flashmaster (II) using a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane over 60min to give a pale brown oil which was dissolved in DCM (5ml) and applied to a 2Og silica SPE cartridge. The cartridge was eluted with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane over 40min followed by 0-20% methanol in ethyl acetate over 15min to give the title compound (53mg) as a buff-coloured solid. LC/MS R1 1.04min m/z 385 [MH+]. Method B
Example 91 ^Fluoro-yV-IG-tiH-indol^-ylJ-IH-indazol^-ylJ-i -methyl-IH-pyrazole-S-carboxamide
Figure imgf000187_0001
A mixture 4-fluoro-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid and 4-fluoro-1-methyl-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (45:55) (580mg, 20%w/w), HATU (306mg), and DIPEA (0.422ml) in DMF (3ml) was stirred at RT for 10min. 6-(1 H-lndol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (100mg) in DMF (3ml) was then added and the mixture was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was added to a 2Og aminopropyl SPE cartridge which had been preconditioned with methanol. The reaction mixture was allowed to remain on the cartridge for 3h before being eluted with methanol (4 column volumes) and then 10%- triethylamine in methanol (6 column volumes). The appropriate fractions were evaporated to give a brown oil which was partitioned between ethyl acetate (25ml) and water (5ml). The phases were separated and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and evaporated to a brown oil. This was dissolved in ethyl acetate (10ml) and pre-adsorbed on silica (1.2g) which was then added to the top of a 2Og silica SPE cartridge. The cartridge was eluted with a gradient of 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane over 60min to give the title compound (65mg) as a buff-coloured solid. LC/MS R1 0.89min m/z 375 [MH+]. Method B
Example 92 1-Ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-3-methyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide
Figure imgf000187_0002
i-Ethyl-S-methyl-I H-pyrazole-δ-carboxylic acid (67.8mg) was treated with N- [(dimethylamino)(3H-[1 ,2,3]triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yloxy)methylidene]-/V- methylmethanaminium hexafluorophosphate (168mg) in DMF (750μl) and DIPEA (150μl). Reaction mixture was shaken for five min prior to treatment with 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H- indazol-4-amine (50mg) in DMF (350μl). Reaction mixture was left to stand at 220C for 16 hrs. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the product re-dissolved in chloroform (0.3ml) prior to application on to a preconditioned (methanol then chloroform) aminopropyl SPE cartridge (1g). Product was eluted after 2h with ethyl acetate:methanol (1 :1 , 3.2ml), and concentrated under a stream of nitrogen using blow down apparatus. Purification by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method B) gave the title compound. LC/MS R1 3.08min m/z 385 [MH+]. Method A
Similarly prepared from 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine were the following:
Example Compound Name Structure Carboxylic acid LC/MS LC/MS number Rt min MH+
93 Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4- 1 ,3-Dimethyl- 2.96 (a) 371 (a) yl)-1H-indazol-4- 1 H-pyrazole-5- yl]-1 ,3-dimethyl- carboxylic acid
1H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide
94 3-(1 ,1 - 3-(1 ,1 - 3.36 (a) 413 (a) dimethylethyl)-Λ/- Dimethylethyl)-
[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)- 1 -methyl- 1 H-
1H-indazol-4-yl]-1- pyrazole-5- methyMH- carboxylic acid pyrazole-5- carboxamide
95 4-chloro-1 -ethyl-Λ/- 4-Chloro-1- 3.28 (a) 405 (a)
[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)- ethyl-1 H-
1H-indazol-4-yl]- pyrazole-5-
1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxylic acid carboxamide
Figure imgf000188_0001
96 Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4- 1-Methyl-3- 3.36 (a) 425 (a) yl)-1H-indazol-4- (trifluoromethyl) yl]-1 -methyl-3- -1 H-pyrazole-5-
(trifluoromethyl)- carboxylic acid
1H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide
97 Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4- 1-Methyl-3-(1- 3.26 (a) 399 (a) yl)-1H-indazol-4- methylethyl)- yl]-1 -methyl-3-(1- 1 H-pyrazole-5- methylethyl)-1H- carboxylic acid pyrazole-5- carboxamide
98 3-cyclopropyl-Λ/-[6- 3-Cyclopropyl- 3.15 (a) 397 (a)
(1H-indol-4-yl)-1H- 1 -methyl- 1 H- indazol-4-yl]-1- pyrazole-5- methyl-1H- carboxylic acid pyrazole-5- carboxamide
99 1 -ethyl -Λ/-[6-(1 H- 1-Ethyl-3-(1- 3.34 (a) 413 (a) indol-4-yl)-1H- methylethyl)- indazol-4-yl]-3-(1- 1 H-pyrazole-5- methylethyl)-1H- carboxylic acid pyrazole-5- carboxamide
100 Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4- 1-Methyl-3-(2- 3.34 (a) 413 (a) yl)-1H-indazol-4- methylpropyl)- yl]-1 -methyl-3-(2- 1 H-pyrazole-5- methylpropyl)-1H- carboxylic acid pyrazole-5- carboxamide
Figure imgf000189_0001
(a) LC/MS Method A
Example 101 Λ/-[6-(1H-lndol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-4-(methyloxy)-3-thiophenecarboxamide
Figure imgf000190_0001
4-(Methyloxy)-3-thiophenecarboxylic acid (35mg) was treated with Λ/-[(dimethylamino)(3H- [1 ,2,3]triazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-3-yloxy)methylidene]-Λ/-methylmethanaminium hexafluorophosphate (84mg) in DMF (250μl) and DIPEA (69μl). The reaction mixture was shaken for five min prior to treatment with 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (25mg) in DMF (250μl). The reaction mixture was left to stand at 220C for 18h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the product re-dissolved in chloroform (0.3ml) prior to application on to an aminopropyl SPE cartridge (0.5g) that had been preconditioned with methanol and then chloroform. The product was eluted after 2 hr with ethyl acetate / methanol (1 :1 , 3ml), and concentrated under a stream of nitrogen using blow down apparatus. Purification by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method C) gave the title compound. LC/MS R1 1.08min m/z 389 [MH+]. Method B
Similarly prepared from 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine were the following:
Figure imgf000190_0002
104 1 -ethyl -Λ/-[6-(1 H- 1-Ethyl-3-(2- 1.19 (a) 427 (a) indol-4-yl)-1H- methylpropyl)-1 H- indazol-4-yl]-3-(2- pyrazole-5- methylpropyl)-1H- carboxylic acid pyrazole-5- carboxamide
105 Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)- 1-Methyl-5-(4- 0.68 456 (a) 1H-indazol-4-yl]-1- morpholinylmethy methyl-5-(4- l)-1 H-pyrazole-3- morpholinylmethyl)- carboxylic acid
1H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide
106 Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)- 1-Methyl-3-(4- 0.68 (a) 456 (a) 1H-indazol-4-yl]-1- morpholinylmethy methyl-3-(4- l)-1 H-pyrazole-5- morpholinylmethyl)- carboxylic acid
1H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide
107 2-acetyl-Λ/-[6-(1H- 2-Acetyl-1 ,3- 1.02 (a) 402 (a) indol-4-yl)-1H- thiazole-4- indazol-4-yl]-1,3- carboxylic acid thiazole-4- carboxamide
Figure imgf000191_0001
(a) LC/MS Method B
Example 108 Λ/-[6-(5-lsoquinolinyl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000192_0001
5-lsoquinolinylboronic acid (21 mg), 0.6M potassium carbonate solution (200μl) and Pd(dppf)CI2 (10mg) in 1 ,4-dioxane (1 ml) were treated with a solution of Λ/-(6-bromo-1 H- indazol-4-yl)-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (40mg) in 1 ,4-dioxane (1 ml). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated under microwave irradiation at 1500C for 30min. After cooling the solvent was removed in vacuo. The sample was redissolved in methanol and loaded onto C18 reverse phase SPE (0.5g). Product was eluted with acetonitrile /TFA (0.1%) (3x3ml), and concentrated under a stream of nitrogen using blow down apparatus. Purification by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method C) gave the title compound. LC/MS R1 0.67min m/z 386 [MH+]. Method B
Similarly prepared from Λ/-(6-bromo-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide were the following:
Figure imgf000192_0002
Figure imgf000193_0001
Example 114 Λ/-[6-(1H-lndol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-furancarboxamide
Figure imgf000193_0002
To a solution of 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-amine (50mg) in DCM (1 ml) was added DIPEA (131 μl) followed by 2-furancarbonyl chloride (39mg) (available from ABCR) and the mixture stirred at RT for 1 h, then the solvent was removed. To a mixture of the residue in methanol (2ml) was added 4M hydrochloric acid in 1 ,4- dioxane (2ml) and the mixture stirred at RT for 2 h. Purification of the residue by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A), followed by freeze drying gave the title compound as an off white solid (13mg).
LC/MS R1 2.92min m/z 343 [MH+]. Method A
Example 115
Λ/-[6-(1 -Benzofuran-2-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000194_0001
To a solution of 1-benzofuran-2-ylboronic acid (24mg, available from Lancaster Synthesis) in 1 ,4-dioxane (1 ml) was added a solution of .Λ/-(6-bromo-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-2-methyl-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide (34mg) in 1 ,4-dioxane (1 ml). A solution of potassium carbonate
(17mg,) in water (0.2ml) was then added, followed by Pd(dppf)CI2 (10 mg). The reaction vessel was sealed and heated under microwave irradiation in CEM Discover at 1500C for
30min. The mixture was cooled and the solvent was evaporated in vacuo using the Genevac to give the crude products. The sample was loaded in methanol and applied to a reverse phase (C18) cartridge (500mg) and eluted using MeCN/ TFA 0.1% (3 x 3 ml). The appropriate fractions were combined and dried under a stream of nitrogen then the residue was dissolved in (3:1 , DMSO : MeOH, 0.5 ml) and purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method C) to afford the title compound (1.2mg). LC/MS R1 1.11 min m/z 375 [MH+]. Method B
Example 116
W-ie-te-Cyano-IH-indol^-yO-IH-indazol^-yll-i-ti -methylethyO-IH-pyrazole-S- carboxamide
Figure imgf000195_0001
1-(1-Methylethyl)-Λ/-[2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-6-(4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2- dioxaborinan-2-yl)-2/-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (49 mg, 0.1 mmol) was dissolved in 1 ,4-Dioxane (0.4 ml.) and added to 4-bromo-1 H-indole-6-carbonitrile (22mg, 0.1 mmol, available from Sinova) in a microwave vessel. 1 ,4-Dioxane (0.4ml) was added followed by chloro[2'-(dimethylamino)-2-biphenylyl]palladium - (1 /?,4S)-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept- 2-yl[(1 S,4R)-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]phosphane (1 :1 ) (Solvias catalyst, 2 mg, 0.004 mmol, (heaped microspatula) available from ABCR) and a solution of potassium triphosphate (0.2 g, 0.1 mmol) in water (0.2 ml). The vessel was sealed and heated in CEM Discover using initial 150W to 110 0C for 20 min. After cooling the solution was loaded onto a C18 SPE cartidge (pre-conditioned with MeCN/0.1%TFA) and flushed through with a further 3ml MeCN/0.1%TFA. Solvent was removed by blowdown under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (0.5 ml) and loaded onto a SCX-2 SPE cartidge (1g) pre-conditioned with MeOH. The material was left on the column for 1 hr then eluted with 2M ammonia/MeOH and evaporated to dryness. The sample was purified by Mass Directed AutoPrep (Method C) to afford the title compound (6.4mg). LC/MS R1 0.95 min m/z 410 [MH+]. Method C
Similarly prepared were:
Figure imgf000195_0002
Figure imgf000196_0002
Example 119
5-Bromo-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000196_0001
To a solution of 5-bromo-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (46mg) (for example, available from Synchem Inc.) in DMF (1 ml)was added DIPEA (0.065ml) and the mixture stirred for 10min when 5-bromo-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (46mg) and HATU (85mg) were added and the mixture allowed to stand for 18h at 200C. The solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen and the residue purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method A), to give the title compound (11 mg) as a brown solid. LC/MS R1 2.56 min m/z 440 [MH+]. Method A
Example 120 Λ/-[6-(1H-lndol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1-methylethyl)-4-isoxazolecarboxamide
Figure imgf000197_0001
To a solution of 5-(1-methylethyl)-4-isoxazolecarboxylic acid (19mg) (for example, available from Aldrich) in DCM (5ml) was added oxalyl chloride (10.5μl) followed by DMF (1 drop) and the mixture stirred for 30min, then the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue taken up in pyridine (1 ml). 6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (30mg) was added and the mixture allowed to stand for 18h at 200C then evaporated and purified by mass directed preparative HPLC (Method E) to give the title compound (5mg) a white solid. LC/MS R1 2.65 min m/z 386 [MH+]. Method C
Example 121
Λ/-[6-(1 -Benzofuran-5-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000197_0002
2-methyl-Λ/-[2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-6-(4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-yl)- 2H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (53 mg, 0.11 mmol) was dissolved in 1 ,4- Dioxane (0.4 ml.) and added to 5-bromo-1-benzofuran (20mg, 0.1 mmol, available from ABCR) in a microwave vessel. 1 ,4-Dioxane (0.4ml) was added followed by chloro[2'- (dimethylamino)-2-biphenylyl]palladium - (1 R,4S)-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl[(1 S,4R)- bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl]phosphane (1 :1 ) (Solvias catalyst, 2 mg, 0.004 mmol, (heaped microspatula) available from ABCR) and a solution of potassium triphosphate (0.2 g, 0.1 mmol) in water (0.2 ml). The vessel was sealed and heated in CEM Discover using initial 150W to 110 0C for 20 min. After cooling the solution was loaded onto a C18 SPE cartridge (pre-conditioned with MeCN/0.1%TFA) and flushed through with a further 3ml MeCN/0.1 %TFA. Solvent was removed by blowdown under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (0.5I) and loaded onto a SCX-2 SPE cartidge (1g) pre-conditioned with MeOH. The material was left on the column for 1 hr then eluted with 2M ammonia/MeOH and evaporated to dryness. The sample was purified by Mass Directed AutoPrep (Method C) to afford the title compound (4mg). LC/MS R1 1.07 min m/z 375 [MH+]. Method D
Example 122
Λ/-{6-[2-(1,1-Dimethylethyl)-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridin-4-yl]-1H-indazol-4-yl}-2-methyl- 1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000198_0001
N-(6-Bromo-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (50mg,), Pd(dppf)CI2- DCM adduct (12mg), 2 M sodium carbonate (aq) (0.22ml), 1 ,4-dioxane (0.5ml) and water
(0.278ml) were added to [2-(1 ,1-dimethylethyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl]boronic acid
(39mg). The reaction was heated under microwave irradiation at 1500C for a total of
25min. The reaction was passed through a silica cartridge, preconditioned with MeOH, washing with MeOH. The solvent was evaporated and the residue purified using the following system:
Column: 5 μm Waters Atlantis dC18 100x19mm i.d.
Solvent A: 0.1% Formic acid (aq)
Solvent B: 0.05% Formic acid in acetonitrile
Flow rate: 20 ml/min. Gradient: 0 - 99% B over 25 mins.
Pure fractions were dried, redissolved in acetonitrile, combined and dried down to give title compound, 5mg.
LC/MS (method B) 1.07min m/z 431 [MH+]. Example 123
1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-N-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide
Figure imgf000199_0001
A microwave vial was charged with N-[6-bromo-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazol- 4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (70mg), (2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-4-yl)boronic acid (29mg), tripotassium phosphate (103mg) and Solvias catalyst (9mg), 1 ,4-dioxane (1.2ml) and water (0.24ml). The reaction was heated under microwave irraditaion at 1000C for 30min, twice. Further (2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4- yl)boronic acid (10mg) and Solvias catalyst (9 mg) were added and the reaction heated under micowave irradiation at 1000C for 30min. Again further (2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3- b]pyridin-4-yl)boronic acid (1 1 mg), tripotassium phosphate (30 mg) and Solvias catalyst (9 mg) were added and the reaction heated under micowave irradiation at 1000C for 30min. The reaction was passed through a silica cartridge, preconditioned with methanol, washing with methanol. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1 :1 , v/v) and purified by MDAP (Method A). Appropriate fractions were evaporated to dryness, dissolved in methanol (2 ml) and 2 M HCI (aq) (0.5ml) and left at room temperature for 30 min. The solvent was evaporated, the residue was dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1 :10, v/v) and passed through an aminopropyl cartridge preconditioned with methanol, washing with methanol. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by MDAP (method A). Purified fractions were evaporated to dryness, dissolved in methanol, passed through an aminopropyl cartridge preconditioned with methanol, washing with methanol, then evaporated to dryness to give title compound, 19mg. LC/MS (method B) 0.99min m/z 400 [MH+].
Example 124
1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide
Figure imgf000200_0001
A microwave vial was charged with Solvias catalyst (7mg), tripotassium phosphate (84mg) and 4-bromo-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (commercial from Sinova, 29mg). 1-(1- Methylethyl)-N-[2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-6-(4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2- yl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (65mg) in 1 ,4-dioxane (0.5ml) was added, followed by water (0.1 ml) and the reaction was heated under microwave irradiation for 10 min at 120 0C. The reaction was washed through a silica cartridge, preconditioned with methanol, with methanol. The solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen, then washed with DCM and water. The resultant solution was evaporated under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1 ml, 1 :1 , v/v) and purified by MDAP (method A). Appropriate fractions were dried under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in methanol, 2 M HCI (aq) (3 drops) was added and the solution was left to stand for 30 min. The solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen and the residue was dissolved in methanol, washed with methanol through an aminopropyl cartridge preconditioned with methanol and dried under a stream of nitrogen to give title compound, 20mg. LC/MS (method B) 0.88min m/z 386 [MH+].
Example 125 1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide
Figure imgf000200_0002
A microwave vial was charged with Solvias catalyst (7mg), tripotassium phosphate (84mg) and 4-bromo-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine (from prep such as in US2005/0090529, 29mg). 1 -(1 -methylethyl)-N-[2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-6-(4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2- dioxaborinan-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (65mg) in 1 ,4-dioxane (0.5ml) was added, followed by water (0.1 ml) and the reaction was heated under microwave irradiation for a total of 30min at 1200C. The reaction was washed through a silica cartridge preconditioned with methanol, with methanol. The solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen, then washed with DCM and water. The resultant solution was evaporated under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1 ml, 1 :1 , v/v) and purified by MDAP (method A). Appropriate fractions were dried under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in methanol, 2M HCI (aq) (3 drops) was added and the solution was left to stand for 60min. The solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen and the residue was dissolved in methanol, washed with methanol through an aminopropyl cartridge preconditioned with methanol and dried under a stream of nitrogen to give title compound, 5mg.
LC/MS (method B) 0.77min m/z 386 [MH+].
Example 126
1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-N-[6-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide
Figure imgf000201_0001
A microwave vial was charged with 1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-6- (4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (70mg), Solvias catalyst (8mg), tripotassium phosphate (90mg) and 4-bromo-1 ,3-dihydro- 2H-indol-2-one (available from Apollo, 33mg), 1 ,4-dioxane (0.5ml) and water (0.1 ml). The reaction was heated under microwave irradiation for a total of 30min at 1200C). Further tripotassium phosphate (60mg) and Solvias catalyst (8mg) were added and the reaction was heated under microwave irradiation for 10min at 120°C. The reaction was passed through a silica cartridge, dried, then extracted with DCM and water before drying the DCM under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was purified as follows: Column: Supelco ABZ+ Plus, 5 μm, 100x21.2mm i.d. Solvent A: 0.1% formic acid in water Solvent B: 1 % formic acid in wateπacetonitrile (5:95, v/v) Flow rate: 20 ml/min. Gradient: 30 - 65% B over 12min.
Appropriate fractions were dried. The residue was dissolved in methanol and a few drops of 2M HCI (aq) were added. The solution was dried, dissolved in methanol and passed through an aminopropyl cartridge preconditioned with methanol, washing with methanol. The solvent was dried to give title compound, 10mg. LC/MS (method B) 0.77min m/z 386 [MH+].
Example 127 1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-N-[6-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 ,3-benzoxazol-7-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide
Figure imgf000202_0001
A microwave vial was charged with Solvias catalyst (8mg), tripotassium phosphate (90mg) and 7-bromo-1 ,3-benzoxazol-2(3H)-one (from prep, such as US2006/0122189A1 , 33mg). 1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-N-[2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-6-(4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2- dioxaborinan-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (70mg) in 1 ,4-dioxane (0.5ml) was added followed by water (0.1 ml). The reaction was heated under microwave irradiation at 1200C for 10min. The reaction was passed through a silica cartridge preconditioned with methanol, washing with methanol, then dried under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was subjected to a DCM/water wash and then dried under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1 ml, 1 :1 , v/v) and purified by MDAP (method A). Appropriate fractions were evaporated under a stream of nitrogen. The residues were dissolved in a minimum amount of methanol and combined. A few drops of 2M HCI (aq) were added and the reaction was left to stand at room temperature. The reaction was then evaporated under a stream of nitrogen, passed through an aminopropyl cartridge and dried to give title compound, 10mg. LC/MS (method B) 0.92min m/z 403 [MH+].
Example 128
1 -(1 -Methylethyl)-N-[6-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide
Figure imgf000203_0001
A microwave vial was charged with Solvias catalyst (8mg), tripotassium phosphate (90mg) and 4-chloro-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (available from ABCR, 24mg). 1-(1- Methylethyl)-N-[2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-6-(4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2- yl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (70mg) in 1 ,4-dioxane (0.5ml) was added followed by water (0.1 ml). The reaction was heated under microwave irradiation at 1200C for 10min. Solvias catalyst (8mg) was added and the reaction heated under microwave irradiation at 1200C for 10min. Further Solvias catalyst (8mg) and tripotassium phosphate (30mg) were added and the reaction was heated under microwave irradiation at 1200C for 30min. Again further Solvias catalyst (8mg) and tripotassium phosphate (90mg) were added and the reaction was heated under microwave irradiation at 1200C for 30min. 4- Chloro-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine (12mg) was added and the reaction was heated under microwave irradiation at 1200C for 30min. Addition of catalyst and base was repeated and the reaction was heated under microwave irradiation at 120°C for 30min. The reaction was passed through a silica cartridge preconditioned with methanol, washing with methanol, then dried under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was subjected to a DCM/water wash and then dried under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1 ml, 1 :1 , v/v) and purified by MDAP (method A). The appropriate fraction was evaporated under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in methanol, a few drops of 2M HCI (aq) were added and the mixture was left to stand briefly at room temperature, then evaporated under a stream of nitrogen. Sequential purification was carried out using the following system and the two gradients shown: Column: Supelco ABZ+ Plus, 5 μm, 100x21.2mm i.d. Solvent A: 0.1% formic acid in water Solvent B: 1 % formic acid in wateπacetonitrile (5:95, v/v) Flow rate: 20 ml/min. Gradient 1 : 25 - 45% B over 12min. Gradient 2: 25 - 35% B over 12min.
Appropriate fractions were evaporated under a stream of nitrogen to give title compound,
5mg.
LC/MS (method B) 0.92min m/z 403 [MH+].
Example 129
N-[6-(6-Fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide
Figure imgf000204_0001
A microwave vial was charged with Solvias catalyst (8mg), tripotassium phosphate (90mg) and 4-bromo-6-fluoro-1 H-indole (available from Sinova, 33mg). 1 -(1 -Methylethyl)- N-[2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-6-(4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-yl)-2H- indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (70mg) in 1 ,4-dioxane (0.5ml) was added followed by water (0.1 ml). The mixture was heated under microwave irradiation at 1200C for 10min. The mixture was passed through a silica cartridge which had been preconditioned with methanol, washed through with methanol, then dried under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was subjected to a DCM/water wash and then dried under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1 ml, 1 :1 , v/v) and purified by MDAP (method A). Appropriate fractions were evaporated under a stream of nitrogen. The residues were dissolved in a minimum amount of methanol, a few drops of 2M HCI (aq) were added and the reactions were left to stand briefly at room temperature. The reactions were combined then passed through an aminopropyl cartridge preconditioned with methanol and dried. Purification was carried out using the following system: Column: Supelco ABZ+ Plus, 5 μm, 100x21.2mm i.d. Solvent A: 0.1% formic acid in water Solvent B: 1 % formic acid in wateπacetonitrile (5:95, v/v) Flow rate: 20 ml/min. Gradient: 35 - 70% B over 12min.
The appropriate fraction was dried under a stream of nitrogen to give title compound, 7mg.
LC/MS (method B) LOOmin m/z 404 [MH+].
Example 130 N-1HJΗ-4,6'-BNndazol-4'-yl-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000205_0001
A microwave vial was charged with N-[6-bromo-2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-2H-indazol- 4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (50mg), Solvias catalyst (7mg), tripotassium phosphate (101 mg), 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1 H-indazole (available from J&W Pharmlab, 29mg), 1 ,4-dioxane (0.5ml) and water (0.1 ml). The reaction was heated under microwave irradiation for a total of 60min at 8O0C, then 30min at 1200C. The reaction was passed through a silica cartridge preconditioned with methanol, washing with methanol, then dried in vacuo. The residue was subjected to a DCM/water wash, dried through a hydrophobic frit and dried in vacuo. The residue was dissoved in DMSO:methanol (1 ml, 1 :1 , v/v) and purified by MDAP (Method D). Appropriate fractions were evaporated under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in methanol and a few drops of 2M HCI (aq) were added and the reaction was stirred for 30min. The reaction was diluted with methanol and passed through an aminopropyl cartridge, pre-conditioned with methanol, washing with methanol, then dried to give title compound, 11 mg. LC/MS (method D) 0.87min m/z 375 [MH+].
Example 131
2-Methyl-N-[6-(1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide
Figure imgf000206_0001
A microwave vial was charged with Solvias catalyst (15mg), tripotassium phosphate (116mg), 4-bromo-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (available from Sinova, 30mg), 1-(1- methylethyl)-N-[2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-6-(4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2- yl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (66mg), 1 ,4-dioxane (0.5ml) and water (0.1 ml). The reaction mixture was heated under microwave irradiation for 15 min at 120 0C. The mixture was passed through a silica cartridge preconditioned with methanol, washing with methanol, then dried. The residue was separated between DCM and water and the organic layer was dried. The residue was dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1 ml, 1 :1 , v/v) and purified by MDAP (Method D). A few drops of 2M HCI (aq) were added to the appropriate fractions which were dried under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in methanol and passed through an aminopropyl cartridge, preconditioned with methanol, washing with methanol, then dried under a stream of nitrogen to give title compound, 16mg. LC/MS (Method D) 0.76min m/z 375 [MH+].
Example 132
2-Methyl-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide
Figure imgf000206_0002
A microwave vial was charged with Solvias catalyst (15mg), tripotassium phosphate (116mg), 4-bromo-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine (prepared for example as described in patent US2005/0090529, 30mg), 1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-6-(4,4,6,6- tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-yl)-2H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (66mg), 1 ,4-dioxane (0.5ml) and water (0.1 ml). The reaction mixture was heated under microwave irradiation for a total of 35min at 1200C. The mixture was passed through a silica cartridge preconditioned with methanol, washing with methanol, then dried. The residue was separated between DCM and water and the organic layer was passed through a hydrophobic frit and dried. The residue was dissolved in DMSO:methanol (1 ml, 1 :1 , v/v) and purified by MDAP (Method G). A few drops of 2M HCI (aq) were added to the appropriate fractions which were dried under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in methanol and passed through an aminopropyl cartridge, preconditioned with methanol, washing with methanol, then dried under a stream of nitrogen to give title compound, 10mg. LC/MS (Method D) 0.68min m/z 375 [MH+].
Example 133
1 ,4-Dimethyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-3-carboxamide
Figure imgf000207_0001
4-Bromo-2-methyl-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (63mg) in DMF (0.4ml) was added to 1 ,4-dimethyl-N-[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]- 1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide (100mg) in DMF (0.4ml). Solvias catalyst (4mg) was added and the sealed vessel was heated in the Anton Paar microwave at 1350C for 20min. PS- thiophenol resin was added and the reaction was stirred overnight before being filtered onto a C-I8 SPE cartridge, pre-washed with 0.1% TFA, with acetonitrile. The cartridge was washed with 0.1% TFA in acetonitrile and the collected solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (1 ml) and purified by MDAP (method C). The solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in isopropanol (0.3ml), 2M sodium hydroxide (aq) (0.3 ml) was added and the reaction was left at room temperature overnight, then heated to 600C for 2h. The solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen and the residue was dissolved in DMSO (0.5ml) and purified by MDAP (method C). The solvent was evaporated in vacuo to give title compound, 8mg. LC/MS R1 0.67min m/z 386 [MH+]. Method D.
Similarly prepared from 1 ,4-dimethyl-N-[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H- indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide were the following:
Figure imgf000208_0001
(b) Reaction required no heating in isopropanol/2M sodium hydroxide
(c) Required re-purification using MDAP
(d) LCMS method C. Example 137
4-Chloro-1 -ethyl -Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide
Figure imgf000209_0001
4-Bromo-2-methyl-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 /-/-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridine (63mg) in DMF (0.4ml) was added to 4-chloro-1-ethyl-N-[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H-indazol-4- yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide (100mg) in DMF (0.4ml). Solvias catalyst (4mg) was added and the sealed vessel was heated in the Anton Paar microwave at 1350C for 20min. PS-thiophenol resin was added and the reaction was stirred overnight before being filtered onto a C18 SPE cartridge, pre-washed with 0.1 % TFA, with acetonitrile. The cartridge was washed with 0.1% TFA in acetonitrile and the collected solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (1 ml) and purified by MDAP (method C). The solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in isopropanol (0.3ml), 2M sodium hydroxide (aq) (0.3 ml) was added and the reaction was left at room temperature overnight, then heated to 600C for 1 h. The solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen and the residue was dissolved in DMSO (0.5ml) and purified by MDAP (method C). The solvent was evaporated in vacuo to give title compound, 6mg. LC/MS R1 0.76min m/z 420 [MH+]. Method D.
Similarly prepared from 4-chloro-1-ethyl-N-[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-(trimethylstannanyl)-1 H- indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide but without heating in isopropanol/2M sodium hydroxide were the following:
Figure imgf000209_0002
Figure imgf000210_0001
Example 142
Λ/-[3-Fluoro-6-(6-fluoro-1H-indol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide
Figure imgf000211_0001
2-Methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid was dissolved in THF (0.2 ml) and (1-chloro-2- methyl-1-propen-1-yl)dimethylamine (0.013 ml, 0.1 mmol) was added. The mixture was shaken, then left to stand for 30 mins. 3-fluoro-6-{6-fluoro-1-[(4-nitrophenyl)sulfonyl]-1 H- indol-4-yl}-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (0.1 mmol) was dissolved in THF (0.4 ml) and added to the reaction mixture, followed by pyridine (0.016 ml, 0.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was shaken and then left to stand for 1 hour. A further portion of 2- methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid was dissolved in THF (0.2 ml) and (1-chloro-2- methyl-1-propen-1-yl)dimethylamine (0.013 ml, 0.1 mmol) was added. The mixture was shaken, then left to stand for 20 mins before being added to the ongoing reaction mixture above, along with further pyridine (0.097 ml, 1.2mmol). The mixture was shaken and left to stand for 30 mins. A further portion of 2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid was dissolved in THF (0.2 ml) and (1-chloro-2-methyl-1-propen-1-yl)dimethylamine (0.013 ml, 0.1 mmol) was added. The mixture was shaken, then left to stand for 20 mins before being added to the ongoing reaction mixture above, along with further pyridine (0.097 ml, 1.2mmol). The mixture was shaken and left to stand for 30 mins, then evaporated by blow down under a stream of nitrogen. The crude reaction mixture was dissolved in isopropanol (0.3 ml) and NaOH (2M aqueous, 0.3 ml) was added. The mixture was stood for 60 h at room temperature. Further NaOH (2M aqueous, 0.3 ml) was added and the mixture was heated to 8O0C for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was neutralised with HCI (2 M, aq.) and blown down under a stream of nitrogen. The crude material was dissolved in DMSO (0.5 ml), filtered and purified by Mass Directed Auto Prep on an Xbridge column using Acetonitrile/Water with a formic acid modifier (Method F). The solvent was evaporated in vacuo using the Genevac. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (0.5 ml) and further purified by formic acid MDAP (as above), over an extended run time. The product-containing fractions were blown down under a stream of nitrogen to give the title compound (11 mg). LCMS (Method D) R1 = 1.16 min, MH+ = 410.
Example 143 Formic acid - 2-[(4,4-dimethyl-1 -piperidinyl)methyl]-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1H-indazol- 4-yl]-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (1 :1)
Figure imgf000212_0001
A solution of 2-(chloromethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide (55 mg, 0.1 mmol ) in acetonitrile (0.5 ml) was added to 4,4- dimethylpiperidine hydrochloride (0.11 mmol, available from Microchemistry Ltd). DIPEA was then added (0.026 ml, 0.15mmol), followed by sodium iodide (13mg). The vial was capped and the stirred solution heated to 70 0C for 18 h. Potassium trimethylsilanolate (26 mg) was dissolved in THF (0.3ml) and added to the vessel, which was then stirred at room temperature for 21 h, then heated at 50 0C for 3 h. A further equivalent of potassium trimethylsilanolate was added as a solution in THF (15OuI) and the mixture was heated at 50 0C for a further 18 h. The solution was quenched with aqueous acetonitrile (50OuI, 50:50) and neutralised. Solvent was removed by blowdown. The residue was dissolved in DMSO 0.5 ml. and purified by Mass Directed AutoPrep HPLC (Method F). The solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation to give the title compound (7 mg). LCMS (Method C) R1 = 1.69 min, MH+ = 485.
Similarly prepared were the following:
Figure imgf000212_0002
Figure imgf000213_0001
Figure imgf000214_0001
Figure imgf000215_0001
Figure imgf000216_0002
Example 159 2-Methyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1H-indol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000216_0001
2-Methyl-Λ/-[2-(tetrahydro-2/-/-pyran-2-yl)-6-(4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-yl)- 2H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (50 mg, 0.104 mmol), 4-bromo-2-methyl-1 H- indole (22 mg, 0.104 mmol), Pd(dppf)CI2 (8 mg, 0.01 mmol) and sodium carbonate (44 mg, 0.415 mmol) were added to a 0.5 - 2 ml microwave vial and suspended in 1 ,4- dioxane (0.5 ml.) and water (0.5 ml_). The mixture was heated in the microwave at 140 0C for 20 min, then cooled and passed through a 1g silica cartridge which was washed with DCM:methanol. The solvent was evaporated by blow down. The residue was dissolved in 1.6 ml DMSO:methanol (1 :1 , v/v), passed through a 1 g C18 cartridge washing with acetonitrile and evaporated by blow down. The residue was dissolved in 1.6 ml
DMSO:methanol (1 :1 , v/v) and purified by Mass Directed Auto Preparative HPLC (Method
G). Pure fractions were combined, evaporated to dryness, the residue suspended in 3 ml dioxane:water (1 :1 , v/v) and freeze dried to afford the title compound as an off-white solid
(17mg).
LCMS (Method D) R1 = 1.01 min, MH+ = 388.
Similarly prepared was:
Figure imgf000217_0002
Example 162 Λ/-[6-(6-Cyano-1H-indol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000217_0001
2-Methyl-Λ/-[2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-6-(4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-yl)- 2H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (50 mg, 0.104 mmol), 4-bromo-1 H-indole-6- carbonitrile (252 mg, 0.114 mmol), Pd(dppf)CI2 (8 mg, 0.01 mmol) and sodium carbonate (44 mg, 0.415 mmol) were added to a 0.5 - 2 ml microwave vial and suspended in 1 ,4- dioxane (0.5 ml.) and water (0.5 ml_). The mixture was heated in the microwave at 140 °C for 20 min, then cooled and passed through a 1g silica cartridge which was washed with methanol. The solvent was evaporated by blow down. The residue was dissolved in 1.6 ml DMSO:methanol (1 :1 , v/v) and purified by Mass Directed Auto Preparative HPLC (Method F). To the sample-containing fractions 2M HCI (aq) (ca. 1 ml) was added and the fractions were blown down. The residue was dissolved in DCM:methanol (ca. 50:50, v/v) and passed through a 1 g PS-NH2 cartridge, washing with DCM:methanol. Solvent was removed by blow down then the residue was suspended in 2ml dioxane:water (1 :1 , v/v) and freeze dried to afford the title compound as a white solid (22mg). LCMS (Method D) R1 = 0.96 min, MH+ = 399.
Example 163
Λ/-[6-(6-Fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000218_0001
HATU (0.1 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) (0.2 ml) and added to 2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (0.1 mmol) also in DMF (0.2 ml). DIPEA (0.05 ml 0.3 mmol) was added and the mixture was left to stand for 5 mins. 3-Fluoro-6-{6-fluoro-1- [(4-nitrophenyl)sulfonyl]-1 H-indol-4-yl}-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-indazol-4-amine (0.1 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (0.2 ml) and to this was added the acid containing mixture. The solution was shaken for 5 minutes and left to stand at room temperature overnight. A further portion of HATU (0.1 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) (0.2 mL) and added to further 2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (0.1 mmol), also in N, N- Dimethylformamide (DMF) (0.2 mL). DIPEA (0.3 mmol) was added and the mixture left to stand for 5 mins, then the resultant solution was added to the vessel containing the reaction mixture. Solutions were shaken for 5 minutes and then placed in the oven at 4O0C for 1 hour. DMF was removed by vacuum centrifugation (not to dryness) and the residue was dissolved in chloroform (0.3 ml). The solution was loaded onto aminopropyl SPE cartridge (500mg) that had been preconditioned with MeOH followed by chloroform (2 ml each). The column was eluted with 10% MeOH in EtOAc (5 ml) and the fractions obtained were blown down under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (0.5 ml) and purified by Mass Directed AutoPrep on an Xbridge column using Acetonitrile/Water as eluent with an ammonium carbonate modifier. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo using the Genevac. The residue was dissolved in isopropanol (0.3 ml) and NaOH (2M, aqueous, 0.3 ml) was added. The solution was left for 32 hours at room temperature, then heated at 4O0C overnight. The reaction mixture was neutralised using 2 M, aqueous HCI and then blown down under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (0.5 ml) and purified by Mass Directed AutoPrep on an Xbridge column using Acetonitrile/Water with a formic acid modifier. The solvent was evaporated by vacuum centrifugation to give the title compound (4 mg). LCMS (Method D) R1 = 0.97 min, MH+ = 392.
Similarly prepared was:
Figure imgf000219_0002
Example 165
Λ/-[6-(6-Fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(1 -piperidinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide
Figure imgf000219_0001
To a suspension of 2-(chloromethyl)-N-[6-(6-fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H- indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (50 mg, 0.088 mmol) in acetonitrile (2 ml) was added piperidine (0.02 ml, 0.18 mmol) and the mixture was heated to 80 0C for 2 hours. Further piperidine (0.02 ml, 0.18 mmol) was added and heating was continued at 80 0C for 30 mins. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was taken up in MeOH and 2M aqueous NaOH (5ml, 1 :1 , v.v) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, then neutralised with 2M aqueous HCI to ~pH = 5 and extracted with DCM (3 x 5 ml). The extracts were combined and the solvent removed under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was taken up again in MeOH and 2M aqueous NaOH (5 ml, 1 :1 , v/v) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture was neutralised with 2M aqueous HCI to ~pH = 7 and the MeOH was blown off under a stream of nitrogen. A precipitate was observed which was collected by filtration, then dissolved in 1 ml DMSO/MeOH (1 :1 ) and purified by MDAP (Method B). The product-containing fractions were blown down under a stream of nitrogen to give a clear oil which was dissolved in dioxane/water (2 ml, 1 :1 , v/v) and freeze dried to give the title compound as a white solid (10 mg). LCMS (Method D) R1 = 0.76 min, MH+ = 475.
Example 166 2-Methyl-Λ/-(6-{6-[(phenylsulfonyl)amino]-1 H-indol-4-yl}-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000220_0001
2-Methyl-Λ/-[2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)-6-(4,4,6,6-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborinan-2-yl)- 2H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (50 mg, 0.104 mmol) was placed in 1 ,4- Dioxane (3 ml.) and Water (1 ml_). Tripotassium phosphate (66.0 mg, 0.31 1 mmol), Pd(dppf)CI2 (15.17 mg, 0.021 mmol) and (4-bromo-1 H-indol-6-yl)benzenesulfonamide (30.0 mg, 0.104 mmol) was added and the mixture heated at 80 0C for 10 mins. The solvent was removed by blow down and the residue dissolved in a mixture of methanol and DCM. 2M aqueous HCI (δdrops) was added and the mixture stirred for 5 hours The solvent was removed and the residue purified by MDAP to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (15 mg). LCMS (Method D) R1 = 0.89 min, MH+ = 467.
Similarly prepared were:
Figure imgf000221_0002
Example 169
2-(4-Morpholinylmethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-fe]pyridin-5-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000221_0001
2-(4-Morpholinylmethyl)-N-{1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-pyrazolo[3,4- b]pyridin-5-yl]-1 H-indazol-4-yl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (124 mg, 0.167 mmol) was suspended in lsopropanol (1 mL) and Sodium hydroxide (1 ml, 2.0 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h. The mixture was neutralised with 2 M HCI (aq.) and the solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (2 ml) (insoluble salt was filtered off through a filter tube) and the samples (2 x 1 ml injections) were purified by mass directed autoprep HPLC (Method F). The product-containing fractions were concentrated under a stream of nitrogen to give the title compound as a cream solid (23 mg). LCMS (Method D) Rt = 0.53 min, MH+ 461.
Example 170
Formic acid - 2-{[(2/?,6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-Λ/-[6-(1H-pyrazolo[3,4- fe]pyridin-5-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (1 :1)
Figure imgf000222_0001
2-{[(2R,6S)-2,6-Dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-N-{1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-[1- (phenylsulfonyl)-i H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl]-1 H-indazol-4-yl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide (99 mg, 0.129 mmol) was suspended in lsopropanol (1 mL) and Sodium hydroxide (1 ml, 2.0 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h then neutralised with 2 M HCI (aq.) and the solvent was removed under a stream of nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (2 ml) (insoluble salt was filtered off through a filter tube) and the samples (2 x 1 ml injections) were purified by mass directed autoprep HPLC (Method F). The product-containing fractions were concentrated under a stream of nitrogen to give the title compound as a white solid (18mg). LCMS (Method D) R1 = 0.62 min, MH+ = 489.
Example 171
2-(4-Morpholinylmethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000222_0002
2-(Chloromethyl)-N-{1-(phenylsulfonyl)-6-[1-(phenylsulfonyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl]- 1 H-indazol-4-yl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide (30 mg, 0.044 mmol) and morpholine (0.5ml, 5.74 mmol) were mixed then heated in the microwave for 15 min at 90 0C. The solvent was blown off under nitrogen, lsopropanol (1.5 ml.) and 2M NaOH (1.500 ml) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 h. Further lsopropanol (1.5 ml.) and 2M NaOH (1.5 ml.) were added to the mixture which was stirred for 26 hours. The solvent was blown off under nitrogen. The resultant solid was dissolved in DMSO (2ml_). The salts were removed by filtration and the mixture was purified by MDAP to afford the title compound (4 mg). LCMS (Method D) R1 = 0.54 min, MH+ = 460.
Example 172
Λ/-[6-(1H-lndol-4-yl)-1H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2-methyl-4-morpholinyl)methyl]-1,3-thiazole-
4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000223_0001
2-(Chloromethyl)-N-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 -(phenylsulfonyl)-i H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide (50 mg, 0.091 mmol) and 2-methylmorpholine (0.5 ml_, 0.091 mmol) were put in a 0.5-2ml_ vial then heated in the microwave at 9O0C for 15min. The solvent was blown down under nitrogen, lsopropanol (2 ml.) and 2M NaOH (2.000 ml.) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3hr at 250C, then neutralised with 2M HCI aqueous solution until pH=7 (checking with pH paper). The solvent was removed under nitrogen. The mixture was dissolved in 2ml_ of DMSO and passed through a hydrophobic frit. Purification was carried out by MDAP to afford the title compound (10mg). LCMS (Method D) 0.74 min, MH+ 473.
Similarly prepared were:
Figure imgf000224_0001
Example 177
2-{[(2/?,6S)-2,6-Dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1-methyl-1H- indazol-4-yl]-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000225_0001
Λ/-(6-Bromo-1 -methyl-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-2-{[(2R6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide (100 mg, 0.215 mmol), 1 H-indol-4-ylboronic acid (38.1 mg, 0.237 mmol), Pd(dppf)CI2 (15.76 mg, 0.022 mmol) and tripotassium phosphate (137 mg, 0.646 mmol) were placed into a microwave vial with water (0.300 ml.) and 1 ,4-dioxane (1.5 ml.) and the mixture heated at 100°C in a microwave for 10 mins. The solvent was blown off and the residue partitioned between water (10ml) and DCM (10ml). The organic layer was collected using a hydrophobic frit and the solvent blown off. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica eluting with 0-100% ethyl acetate in cyclohexane followed by 0- 25 % methanol to give the title compound. LCMS (Method D) Rt 0.89 min, MH+ 501.
BIOLOGICAL DATA
Determination of AKT phosphorylation in expanded T cells using flow cytometry
Assay principle
The assay measures the single cell phosphorylation of AKT in response to co stimulation of CD3/CD28 on expanded T cells with anti CD3 and anti CD28. Intracellular protein phosphorylation is analysed using a Beckman Coulter FC500 microplate loading (MPL) flow cytometer, after labelling with fluorochrome conjugated phospho protein specific antibodies. In this case intracellular phosphorylated AKT was labelled with monoclonal antibodies to phospho-AKT S473 directly conjugated to Alexa 488. Light scatter versus fluorescence scatter plots are made and AKT phosphorylation is detected as an increase in % of activated (pAKT) cells.
Assay protocol
Cell plating Remove expanded T cells from flasks (See appendix below). Centrifuge and remove supernatant. Re-suspend pellet in warm (37C) stimulation buffer (RPMI containing pen/strep/glutamine and 5% FCS) and centrifuge again. Re-suspend pellet in 10-20 mis of warm stimulation buffer and count. Adjust cell concentration to 1x106 cells/ml. Add 45 ul of cell suspension to wells of v bottomed polystyrene plates and incubate at 37C for 90 minutes.
Prepare stimulant plate containing anti CD3 (BDBiosciences #555329) and anti CD28 (BD Biosiences # 555725). Require 1-0.7 ug of each antibody per well. Stock antibody solutions are at 1000 ug/ml. Add an appropriate volume of diluted antibody solution to each well. Addition of 5 ul of this stock solution to cells results in a final concentration of 1- 0.7 ug of each antibody per well.
Compound plate preparation and stimulant addition Add serial (1/3) diluted compounds in wells A1-H10 (columns 11 and 12 contained stimulated and un-stimulated cells respectively). Top concentration is 1 OuM and resulting final DMSO concentration is 0.15% DMSO. These steps are usually automated using a Beckman Coulter Biomek FX. Positive control is also included in plate sets (as a bundle). Positive control used in this assay is GW450853X (LY294002). Make up stock solutions of compounds at 6.66M and serially dilute it by 1 in 3 with 100% DMSO (8-span Biomek FX). Make plate replicates (stamp out) required number of plates. Each well contains 0.75ul of compound at 6.666M in 100% DMSO (Use Biomek automation protocol). Dilute serially diluted stock compounds to 100 uM by adding 49.25 ul of stimulation buffer.
A further 1/10 dilution will result in a top concentration of 1 OuM containing 0.15% DMSO. In this case 5 ul of each diluted compound is added to plates containing 5OuI of rested cell suspension. Columns 11 and 12 contain stimulation buffer and DMSO only.
Cell treatments Set up Biomek deck with compound plates and tip boxes as required. Place cell plates in appropriate deck locations on the Biomek FX. Start Biomek Program transfer 5 ul of each compound to cell plates. Following addition of compounds each plate is shaken gently (600 rpm) for 5 seconds. Once finished, place lids on plates and transfer them to a carbon dioxide incubator. Incubate in the presence of compound for 30 mins.
Cell stimulation
Set up Biomek FX as per automation protocol. Place stimulation plate on deck. Place cell plates in position and add stimulant. Remove plates and place back in incubator for 19.25 minutes (total stimulation time is 20 mins)
Cell fixation Set up Biomek deck as per Cell fixation protocol. Pour pre warmed fixative (4% buffered paraformaldehyde solution or BD Cytofix reagent) into reservoir and place on heated deck (temperature maintained at 37 deg C). Centrifuge plates for 5 mins at 100Og. Remove fixative supernatant by pipetteing using Biomek FX. Break up pellets by vortexing wells. This is performed by simply sweeping the bottom on the plates over a whirlymixer. Arrange a large tray of ice (capable of holding several pates). Arrange plates on the ice and add 200 ul of ice-cold 90% methanol to each well. Cover and leave on ice for 30 minutes. Centrifuge plates at 1000g for 5 minutes and remove methanol solution. Vortex plates and wash with 100 ul of PBS. Centrifuge again for 5 mins at 1000g. Remove supernatant and vortex pellet Add 50 ul of Alexa fluor 488 Phospho-Akt (Ser 473) phospho specific rabbit monoclonal antibody (CST #2336) solution (1/100 dilution of stock anti body in stain solution). Cover plates and incubate in the dark for 60 minutes. Centrifuge plates (1000g for 5mins), remove supernatant and wash once using stain buffer. Re-suspend pellet in 180 ul of stain buffer (PBS, 2.5% FCS, 0.02 % NaN3) Analyze plates using the FC500 MPL flow cytometer.
Appendix:
T cell expansion
Coating of tissue culture plates for stimulation
Add 1.5ml of PBS containing 1 mM MgCI2, 1 mM CaCI2, anti CD3 5ug/ml and anti CD28 5ug/ml to each well of 6 well Costar Tissue culture plate and incubate overnight at 37 deg C in a CO2 incubator. This will coat the plate with the mAb's. Wash the wells of the Costar plates once with 3ml/well of PBS.
Re-suspend the PBMCs at 2x106 cells/ml in the growth media with IL-2 (10ng/ml, R&D Systems # 202-IL) and PHA (2ug/ml, Sigma # L2769). Add 3mls of the cell suspension to each well of a six well culture dish (Costar). Incubate the plate at 37 deg C in a CO2 incubator until they are confluent i.e. the medium turns yellow. After four days, wash the stimulated lymphocytes from culture wells using growth media. Culture lymphocytes in growth media (RPMI GIBCO CT 5615 10% Heat inactivated FCS, Hyclone, 2mM Glutamine GIBCO, 1% Pen/Strep GIBCO, 1 % Non essential amino acids, GIBCO, 1 % Sodium Pyruvate, GIBCO, 2OuM Hepes GIBCO, 1.75 ul/500 mis 2- mercaptoethanol, Sigmal) in a medium size flask (T75) at a concentration of - 106VmI with IL-2 (10ng/ml) and IL-7 (1 ng/ml, R&D Systems # 207-IL). Allow the cells to expand in resting phase at 37oC in a C02 incubator for 4-7 days. During this period of expansion, check cell growth every day and top up with 10 to 15 ml of resting media with IL-2 (10ng/ml) and IL-7 (1 ng/ml) depending on how confluent the growth is. If required transfer cells to larger flask (T175). 1x106/ml cells are stained with Propidium Iodide and analysed by flow cytometry. Apoptotic cells are excluded from viable cell counts for subsequent experiments. Cells should be >80% viable for use.
PI3K Alpha. Beta. Delta and Gamma Assays
Assay principle The assay readout exploits the specific and high affinity binding of Pl P3 to an isolated pleckstrin homology (PH) domain in the generation of a signal. Briefly, the PIP3 product is detected by displacement of biotinylated Pl P3 from an energy transfer complex consisting of Europium (Eu)-labelled anti-GST monoclonal antibody, a GST-tagged PH domain, biotin-PIP3 and Streptavidin-APC. Excitation of Eu leads to a transfer of energy to APC and a sensitized fluorescence emission at 665nm. Pl P3 formed by PI3kinase activity competes for the binding site on the PH domain, resulting in a loss of energy transfer and a decrease in signal.
Assay protocol
Solid compounds are typically plated with 0.1 μl of 100% DMSO in all wells (except column 6 and 18) of a 384-well, v bottom, low volume Greiner plate. The compounds are serially diluted (4-fold in 100% DMSO) across the plate from column 1 to column 12 and column 13 to column 24 and leave column 6 and 18 containing only DMSO to yield 11 concentrations for each test compound.
The assays are run using specific PI3 kinase kits from Millipore (Cat# 33-001 ) The assay kit consist of the following:
• 4x PI3K reaction buffer (Contains 20OmM Hepes pH 7, 60OmM NaCI, 4OmM
Mgcl2, <1% Cholate (w/v), <1% Chaps (w/v), 0.05% Sodium Azide (w/v)) • PIP2 (1 mM) • 3xBiotin PIP3 (50μM)
• Detection Mix C (Contains 267mM KF)
• Detection Mix A (Contains 60μg/ml streptavadin-APC)
• Detection Mix B (Contains 36μg/ml Europium-anti-GST(Anti-GST-K) and 90μg/ml GST-GRP1-PH-Domain and 1 mM DTT )
• Stop Solution (Contains 15OmM EDTA)
Manually add 3μl of Reaction buffer (contains 1 mM DTT) to column 18 only for 100% inhibition control (no activity) Manually add 3μl of 2X Enzyme solution to all wells except column 18. Preincubate with compound for 15minut.es.
Manually add 3μl of 2X Substrate solution to all wells. (column 6 represents 0% inhibition control)
Leave plate for 1 hr (cover from light) (In the case of Gamma only a 50 min incubation is required)
Manually add 3μl Stop/Detection solution to all wells
Leave plate for 1 hour (cover from light)
The assay is read upon the BMG Rubystar and the ratio data is utilised to calculate 11 point curves. NB The substrate solution (concentrations) differ with each isoform (see below)
Alpha
2x substrate solution containing 500μM ATP, 16μM PIP2 and 0.030μM 3X biotin-PIP3.
Beta
2x substrate solution containing 800μM ATP, 16μM PIP2 and 0.030μM 3X biotin-PIP3.
Delta
2X substrate solution containing 160μM ATP, 10μM PIP2 and 0.030μM 3X biotin-PIP3.
Gamma
2X substrate solution containing 30μM ATP, 16μM PIP2 and 0.030μM 3X biotin-PIP3.
Analysis Method Data processed through the XC50 4-parameter logistic curve fit algorithm in Activity Base. Normalise to % inhibition between the high and low controls (0% and 100% inhibition respectively)
Primary Module fit: Slope, Min and Max asymptotes varies
Secondary Module fits: (1 ) Fix Min asymptote, (2) Fix Max asymptote, (3) Fix Min and Max asymptotes
Curve Fit QC: pXC50 95% CL ratio >10 -20 < Min asymptote < 20 80 < Max asymptote < 120
The compounds of Examples 1 to 177 were tested in one or more of the PI3K Alpha, Beta, Delta and/or Gamma assays above or similar assays and were found to have a mean plC50 of 5 or greater. Certain compounds were also tested in the T cell assay above or a similar assay and were found to have a mean plC50 of 6 or greater.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A compound of formula (I):
Figure imgf000231_0001
(I) wherein
R1 is 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is optionally substituted by C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, halo, -CN, -OR13 or - NHSO2R14; or phenyl fused to a 5-membered heterocyclyl wherein the 5-membered heterocyclyl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is substituted by oxo;
R2 is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by from one to three substituents independently selected from Ci- 6alkyl optionally substituted by from one to three fluorine atoms; C2-6alkenyl; C3-6cycloalkyl; -OR5; halo; -COR6; -CO2R7; -CONR8R9; -(CH2)mNR10R11; -CH(CH3)NHCOphenyl; - NHCO2R12; -(CH2)nphenyl; and 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the second 5-membered heteroaryl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by Ci-6alkyl;
R3 is hydrogen or fluoro;
R4 is hydrogen or methyl;
R5, R7, R12 and R13 are each independently hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
R6, R18 and R19 are each independently C1-6alkyl; R8 and R9 are each independently hydrogen or d-βalkyl, or R8 and R9, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom;
R10 and R11 are each independently hydrogen or d-βalkyl, or R10 and R11, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclyl or a 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclyl wherein the 5-, 6- or 7-membered heterocyclyl or the 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclyl optionally contains an oxygen atom, a sulphur atom or a further nitrogen atom and is optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from C1-6alkyl; C3-6cycloalkyl; halo; oxo; phenyl optionally substituted by halo; pyridinyl; -(CH2)POR15; -(CH2)qNR16R17; -COR18; and - SO2R19;
R14 is C1-6alkyl or phenyl;
R15 is hydrogen, Ci-6alkyl or -(CH2)rphenyl;
R16 and R17, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom; and
m, n, p, q, r are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
or a salt thereof.
2. A compound according to claim 1 wherein R1 is 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is optionally substituted by C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, halo or -CN.
3. A compound according to claim 1 or claim 2 wherein R1 is 9-membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9-membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains one or two nitrogen atoms and is optionally substituted by C1-6alkyl or halo.
4. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims wherein R2 is 5- membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by from one to three substituents independently selected from Ci-6alkyl and - (CH2)mNR10R11.
5. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims wherein R2 is 5- membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains two heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from C1-6alkyl and -(CH2)mNR10R11.
6. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims wherein R3 is hydrogen.
7. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5 wherein R3 is fluoro.
8. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims wherein R4 is hydrogen.
9. A compound which is:
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 /-/-imidazole-2-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide;
/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 /-/-imidazole-4-carboxamide; /V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(phenylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
1 -ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-3-furancarboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-2-furancarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-furancarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-thiophenecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -pyrrolidinylmethyl)-2-furancarboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-phenyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-furancarboxamide;
1-ethenyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(trifluoromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{1 -[(phenylcarbonyl)amino]ethyl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(trifluoromethyl)-2-furancarboxamide; 5-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-2-furancarboxamide;
3-ethy l-Λ/-[6-( 1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
5-chloro-/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-2-furancarboxamide;
/V-[6-(1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-4-methyl-2-thiophenecarboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-5-carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5- carboxamide; /V-^I H-lndoM-yO-I H-indazoM-yO-I H-imidazole^-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
/V-[6-(1 /-/-lndol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-3-isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,2,3-thiadiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2,5-dimethyl-1 ,3-oxazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-oxazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)-1 ,3-oxazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazol-4-yl)-3- isoxazolecarboxamide;
4-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-3- isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-5-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-3-isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-4-(1-piperidinylmethyl)-3- isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-4-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-3- isoxazolecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-methyl-4-(1-pyrrolidinylmethyl)-3- isoxazolecarboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(1 -piperidinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-imidazole-2-carboxamide;
Λ/-1 /-/,1'H-5,6'-biindazol-4'-yl-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
4-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -methylethyl)-2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
4-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; 4-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide;
2-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2,5-dimethyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
4-chloro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-3-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-5-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 H- pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-1 ,2,4-triazole-5-carboxamide;
1-(1 ,1-dimethylethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
1-(difluoromethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
1 , 1 -dimethylethyl [4-({[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]amino}carbonyl)-1 ,3-thiazol-2- yl]carbamate;
1 ,1 -dimethylethyl 3-cyclopropyl-4-({[6-(1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]amino}carbonyl)-1 H- pyrazole-1-carboxylate;
4-fluoro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
2-amino-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
1 -ethyl-4-fluoro-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; 2-amino-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-5- carboxamide;
2-amino-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1-methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(1 -methylethyl)-2H-1 ,2,3-triazole-4-carboxamide; 4-bromo-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -methylethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
1-(2-fluoroethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; 1-(2-fluoroethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
5-acetyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -methylethyl)-1 ,3-oxazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-1 ,2,3-triazole-5-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 /-/-1 ,2,4-triazole-3-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-5-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-benzimidazol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(2-cyclopropyl-1 /-/-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
/V- 1 H, 1 'H-4,6'-biindazol-4'-yl-1 -(1 -methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[3-fluoro-6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; 4-chloro-1-ethyl-Λ/-[3-fluoro-6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[3-fluoro-6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
N-[6-(6-fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 /-/-imidazole-2-carboxamide; 4-fluoro-/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 /-/-pyrazole-3-carboxamide; ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
3-(1 ,1-dimethylethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide; 4-chloro-1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
/V-^-CI H-indol^-yO-I H-indazol^-yO-i-methyl-S-CI-methylethyO-I H-pyrazole-S- carboxamide; 3-cyclopropyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide; i-ethyl-ZV-^-CI H-indol^-yO-I H-indazol^-yO-S-CI-methylethyO-I H-pyrazole-S- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-3-(2-methylpropyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-4-(methyloxy)-3-thiophenecarboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-3-(4-morpholinylcarbonyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,4-dimethyl-1 H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide;
1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-3-(2-methylpropyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-5-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 /-/-pyrazole-3- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1-methyl-3-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-1 /-/-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
2-acetyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(5-isoquinolinyl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; 2-methyl-/V-[6-(1-methyl-1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(4-isoquinolinyl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-3-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-6-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-/V-[6-(1-methyl-1 /-/-indol-6-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxarriide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-furancarboxamide;
/V-[6-(1-benzofuran-2-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(6-cyano-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-Λ/-[6-(6-methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
/V-[6-(1-benzofuran-5-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 /-/-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
5-bromo-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-5-(1 -methylethyl)-4-isoxazolecarboxamide;
/V-[6-(1-benzofuran-5-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-{6-[2-(1 ,1-dimethylethyl)-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl]-1 H-indazol-4-yl}-2-methyl-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide; 1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1 ,3-benzoxazol-7-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide; 1-(1-methylethyl)-N-[6-(7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
N-[6-(6-fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1-(1-methylethyl)-1 H-pyrazole-5- carboxamide; N-1 H,1 'H-4,6'-biindazol-4'-yl-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-N-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
1 ,4-dimethyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide; 1 ,4-dimethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 /-/-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide;
1 ,4-dimethyl-Λ/-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H-pyrazole-3- carboxamide;
Λ/-1 /-/,1Η-4,6'-biindazol-4'-yl-1 ,4-dimethyl-1 /-/-pyrazole-3-carboxamide; 4-chloro-1-ethyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 H- pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
4-chloro-1-ethyl-/V-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
4-chloro-1-ethyl-/V-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
/V-1 /-/,1'/-/-4,6'-biindazol-4'-yl-4-chloro-1-ethyl-1 H-pyrazole-5-carboxamide;
4-chloro-1-ethyl-/V-[6-(1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 /-/-pyrazole-5- carboxamide;
Λ/-[3-fluoro-6-(6-fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
2-[(4,4-dimethyl-1 -piperidinyl)methyl]-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
2-[(3,3-dimethyl-1 -piperidinyl)methyl]-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{[4-(2-methylpropyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl}-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{[4-(1-methylethyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl}-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-({4-[2-(4-morpholinyl)ethyl]-1 -piperazinyl}methyl)- 1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(octahydro-4H-1 ,4-benzoxazin-4-ylmethyl)-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide; 2-{[(2R,6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-{[4-(4-fluorophenyl)-1 -piperazinyl]methyl}-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(octahydro-2H-pyrido[1 ,2-a]pyrazin-2-ylmethyl)-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{[2-(1 -pyrrolidinylmethyl)-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{[2-(2-methylpropyl)-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{[3-(3-pyridinyl)-1 -pyrrolidinyl]methyl}-1 ,3-thiazole-
4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{[3-methyl-4-(1-methylethyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl}-
1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-({3-[(phenylmethyl)oxy]-1 -piperidinyl}methyl)-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-{[4-(1-ethylpropyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl}-Λ/-[6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-[(4-cyclopentyl-1-piperazinyl)methyl]-/V-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-[6-(2-methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(6-chloro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-{6-[6-(methyloxy)-1 H-indol-4-yl]-1 H-indazol-4-yl}-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(6-cyano-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(6-fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-(1-piperidinylmethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl)-1 /-/-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-
4-carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(6-fluoro-1 /-/-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(1-piperidinylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide; 2-methyl-Λ/-(6-{6-[(phenylsulfonyl)amino]-1 H-indol-4-yl}-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-(6-{6-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]-1 H-indol-4-yl}-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-[6-(7-methyl-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; 2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide; 2-{[(2R,6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-Λ/-[6-(1 H-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl)-1 H- indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-(4-morpholinylmethyl)-Λ/-[6-(1 H-pyrrolo[2,3-fe]pyridin-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-
4-carboxamide; Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-[(2-methyl-4-morpholinyl)methyl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
N-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(6-oxa-9-azaspiro[4.5]dec-9-ylmethyl)-1 ,3-thiazo
4-carboxamide;
N-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-(tetrahydro-1 ,4-oxazepin-4(5H)-ylmethyl)-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-[(1 ,1-dioxido-4-thiomorpholinyl)methyl]-N-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-[(2,2-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl)methyl]-N-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide; 2-{[(2R6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1-methyl-1 H-indazol-
4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; or a salt thereof.
10. A compound which is: Λ/-[3-fluoro-6-(6-fluoro-1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-methyl-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-2-{[4-(1-methylethyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl}-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-{[(2R6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1 H-indazol-4-yl]-1 ,3- thiazole-4-carboxamide;
2-methyl-Λ/-(6-{6-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]-1 H-indol-4-yl}-1 H-indazol-4-yl)-1 ,3-thiazole-4- carboxamide;
2-{[(2R,6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4-morpholinyl]methyl}-Λ/-[6-(1 H-indol-4-yl)-1-methyl-1 H-indazol-
4-yl]-1 ,3-thiazole-4-carboxamide; or a salt thereof.
11. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10 in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
12. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as defined in any one of claims 1 to 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
13. A compound as defined in any one of claims 1 to 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in medical therapy.
14. A compound as defined in any one of claims 1 to 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment of a disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity.
15. Use of a compound as defined in any one of claims 1 to 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment of a disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity.
16. A method of treating a disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity comprising administering a safe and effective amount of a compound as defined in any one of claims 1 to 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to a patient in need thereof.
17. A method according to claim 16 wherein the disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity is a respiratory disease; an allergic disease; an autoimmune disease; an inflammatory disorder; a cardiovascular disease; a hematologic malignancy; cystic fibrosis; a neurodegenerative disease; pancreatitis; multiorgan failure; kidney disease; platelet aggregation; cancer; sperm motility; transplantation rejection; graft rejection; lung injury; or pain.
18. A method according to claim 16 wherein the disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity is asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), allergic rhinitis, atopic dermatitis, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, thrombosis, atherosclerosis, hematologic malignancy, cystic fibrosis, neurodegenerative disease, pancreatitis, multiorgan failure, kidney disease, platelet aggregation, cancer, sperm motility, transplantation rejection, graft rejection, lung injury, pain associated with rheumatoid arthritis or osteoarthritis, back pain, general inflammatory pain, post hepatic neuralgia, diabetic neuropathy, inflammatory neuropathic pain (trama), trigeminal neuralgia or central pain.
19. A method according to claim 16 wherein the disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity is asthma.
20. A method according to claim 16 wherein the disorder mediated by inappropriate PI3-kinase activity is COPD.
21. A compound of formula (IA)
Figure imgf000242_0001
(IA) wherein
R1 is 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl wherein the 9- or 10-membered bicyclic heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is optionally substituted by C1-6alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, halo or -CN, or phenyl fused to a 5-membered heterocyclyl wherein the heterocyclyl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen and nitrogen and is substituted by oxo;
R2 is 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the 5-membered heteroaryl contains from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by from one to three substituents independently selected from Ci- 6alkyl optionally substituted by from one to three fluorine atoms, C2-6alkenyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, -OR5, halo, -COR6, -CO2R7, -CONR8R9, -(CH2)mNR10R11, -CH(CH3)NHCOphenyl, - NHCO2R12, -(CH2)nphenyl and 5-membered heteroaryl wherein the second 5-membered heteroaryl contains one or two heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur and is optionally substituted by Ci-6alkyl;
R3 is hydrogen or fluoro;
R4 is hydrogen or methyl;
R , R and R are each independently hydrogen or C1-6alkyl; R6 is Ci-6alkyl;
R8 and R9 are each independently hydrogen or Ci-6alkyl, or R8 and R9, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom;
R10 and R11 are each independently hydrogen or C1-6alkyl, or R10 and R11, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, are linked to form a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclyl optionally containing an oxygen atom; and
m and n are each independently 0, 1 or 2;
or a salt thereof.
PCT/EP2009/056839 2008-06-05 2009-06-03 Benzpyrazol derivatives as inhibitors of pi3 kinases WO2009147188A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
ES09757569.0T ES2445199T3 (en) 2008-06-05 2009-06-03 Benzpyrazole derivatives as PI3-kinase inhibitors
EP09757569.0A EP2300437B1 (en) 2008-06-05 2009-06-03 Benzpyrazol derivatives as inhibitors of pi3 kinases
JP2011512119A JP5508400B2 (en) 2008-06-05 2009-06-03 Benzpyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of PI3 kinase
US12/994,250 US8658635B2 (en) 2008-06-05 2009-06-03 Benzpyrazol derivatives as inhibitors of PI3 kinases

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US5897908P 2008-06-05 2008-06-05
US61/058,979 2008-06-05
US15842509P 2009-03-09 2009-03-09
US61/158,425 2009-03-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009147188A1 true WO2009147188A1 (en) 2009-12-10

Family

ID=40886173

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2009/056839 WO2009147188A1 (en) 2008-06-05 2009-06-03 Benzpyrazol derivatives as inhibitors of pi3 kinases

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US8658635B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2300437B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5508400B2 (en)
ES (1) ES2445199T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2009147188A1 (en)

Cited By (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011067364A1 (en) * 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
WO2011067365A1 (en) * 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Benzpyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of p13 kinases
WO2011067366A1 (en) * 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Indazole derivatives as pi 3 - kinase inhibitors
JP2011522004A (en) * 2008-06-05 2011-07-28 グラクソ グループ リミテッド New compounds
JP2011522003A (en) * 2008-06-05 2011-07-28 グラクソ グループ リミテッド New compounds
JP2011522001A (en) * 2008-06-05 2011-07-28 グラクソ グループ リミテッド 4-Carboxamide indazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of PI3 kinase
WO2011157654A1 (en) * 2010-06-15 2011-12-22 Bayer Cropscience Ag Anthranilic acid diamide derivatives
WO2012032065A1 (en) 2010-09-08 2012-03-15 Glaxo Group Limited Indazole derivatives for use in the treatment of influenza virus infection
WO2012166463A3 (en) * 2011-05-27 2013-03-28 Neosome Life Sciences, LLC Aminooxazole inhibitors of cyclin dependent kinases
WO2013088404A1 (en) 2011-12-15 2013-06-20 Novartis Ag Use of inhibitors of the activity or function of PI3K
US8524751B2 (en) 2009-03-09 2013-09-03 GlaxoSmithKline Intellecutual Property Development 4-oxadiazol-2-YL-indazoles as inhibitors of P13 kinases
US8575162B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2013-11-05 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Compounds
US8658635B2 (en) 2008-06-05 2014-02-25 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Benzpyrazol derivatives as inhibitors of PI3 kinases
WO2014060432A1 (en) 2012-10-16 2014-04-24 Almirall, S.A. Pyrrolotriazinone derivatives as pi3k inhibitors
WO2014139983A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 H. Lundbeck A/S [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]quinoxalines as dual pde2/pde10 inhibitors
WO2014159999A1 (en) * 2013-03-13 2014-10-02 Abbvie Inc. Cdk9 kinase inhibitors
US8993576B2 (en) 2010-10-27 2015-03-31 Glaxo Group Limited 6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-4-(5-{[4-1-methylethyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl}-1,3-oxazol-2-yl)-1H-indazole hemi succinate salt, polymorphs and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
CN106187899A (en) * 2016-06-28 2016-12-07 绍兴文理学院 A kind of synthetic method of fluoro azepine aromatic hydrocarbons
EP3013341A4 (en) * 2013-06-26 2017-02-08 Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of modulating cftr activity
CN108586432A (en) * 2018-05-31 2018-09-28 温州医科大学 A kind of 3-（Indoles -5- bases）Indazole derivative and its application
WO2019086141A1 (en) 2017-11-02 2019-05-09 Aicuris Gmbh & Co. Kg Novel, highly active amino-thiazole substituted indole-2-carboxamides active against the hepatitis b virus (hbv)
US10392368B2 (en) 2017-08-01 2019-08-27 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc Pyrazolo and triazolo bicyclic compounds as JAK kinase inhibitors
WO2020089455A1 (en) 2018-11-02 2020-05-07 Aicuris Gmbh & Co. Kg 6,7-dihydro-4h-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrazine indole-2-carboxamides active against the hepatitis b virus (hbv)
WO2020089456A1 (en) 2018-11-02 2020-05-07 Aicuris Gmbh & Co. Kg Novel urea 6,7-dihydro-4h-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines active against the hepatitis b virus (hbv)
US10851102B2 (en) 2019-01-23 2020-12-01 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc Imidazole and triazole containing bicyclic compounds as JAK inhibitors
WO2021032938A1 (en) * 2019-08-21 2021-02-25 Kalvista Pharmaceuticals Limited Enzyme inhibitors
CN114524808A (en) * 2022-02-21 2022-05-24 深圳市儿童医院 Pyrazole derivative and application thereof as PDE10 inhibitor

Families Citing this family (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
UY31984A (en) * 2008-07-16 2010-02-26 Boehringer Ingelheim Int DERIVATIVES OF N-substituted 1- (3,4-difluorobenzyl) -6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyrimidin-5-carboxamides and 2- (3,4-difluorobenzyl) -3-oxo-2,3-dihydro- N-substituted 1H-pyrazol-4-carboxamides.
EP2638014B1 (en) 2010-11-08 2017-01-04 Lycera Corporation N-sulfonylated tetrahydroquinolines and related bicyclic compounds for inhibition of ror-gamma activity and the treatment of diseases
KR20150007300A (en) 2012-05-08 2015-01-20 머크 샤프 앤드 돔 코포레이션 TETRAHYDRONAPHTHYRIDINE AND RELATED BICYCLIC COMPOUNDS FOR INHIBITION OF RORgamma ACTIVITY AND THE TREATMENT OF DISEASE
AU2013259624B2 (en) 2012-05-08 2017-10-19 Lycera Corporation Tetrahydro[1,8]naphthyridine sulfonamide and related compounds for use as agonists of RORy and the treatment of disease
WO2015095788A1 (en) 2013-12-20 2015-06-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. 2-ACYLAMIDOMETHYL AND SULFONYLAMIDOMETHYL BENZOXAZINE CARBAMATES FOR INHIBITION OF RORgamma ACTIVITY AND THE TREATMENT OF DISEASE
US9809561B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2017-11-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Tetrahydronaphthyridine, benzoxazine, aza-benzoxazine and related bicyclic compounds for inhibition of RORgamma activity and the treatment of disease
WO2015095792A1 (en) 2013-12-20 2015-06-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Carbamate benzoxaxine propionic acids and acid derivatives for modulation of rorgamma activity and the treatment of disease
JP2017507950A (en) 2014-02-27 2017-03-23 リセラ・コーポレイションＬｙｃｅｒａ Ｃｏｒｐｏｒａｔｉｏｎ Adoptive cell therapy using retinoic acid receptor-related orphan receptor gamma agonists and related therapeutic methods
JP6728061B2 (en) 2014-05-05 2020-07-22 リセラ・コーポレイションＬｙｃｅｒａ Ｃｏｒｐｏｒａｔｉｏｎ Tetrahydroquinoline sulfonamide and related compounds for use as RORγ agonists and treatment of diseases
WO2015171558A2 (en) 2014-05-05 2015-11-12 Lycera Corporation BENZENESULFONAMIDO AND RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR USE AS AGONISTS OF RORγ AND THE TREATEMENT OF DISEASE
JP2018510135A (en) 2015-02-11 2018-04-12 メルク・シャープ・アンド・ドーム・コーポレーションＭｅｒｃｋ Ｓｈａｒｐ ＆ Ｄｏｈｍｅ Ｃｏｒｐ． Substituted pyrazole compounds as RORγT inhibitors and uses thereof
EP3292119A4 (en) 2015-05-05 2018-10-03 Lycera Corporation DIHYDRO-2H-BENZO[b][1,4]OXAZINE SULFONAMIDE AND RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR USE AS AGONISTS OF RORy AND THE TREATMENT OF DISEASE
US10611740B2 (en) 2015-06-11 2020-04-07 Lycera Corporation Aryl dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazine sulfonamide and related compounds for use as agonists of RORγ and the treatment of disease
AU2016344111A1 (en) 2015-10-27 2018-05-10 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted bicyclic pyrazole compounds as RORgammaT inhibitors and uses thereof
JP2018531958A (en) 2015-10-27 2018-11-01 メルク・シャープ・アンド・ドーム・コーポレーションＭｅｒｃｋ Ｓｈａｒｐ ＆ Ｄｏｈｍｅ Ｃｏｒｐ． Heteroaryl-substituted benzoic acids and their use as RORγT inhibitors
CA3002850A1 (en) 2015-10-27 2017-05-04 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Substituted indazole compounds as rorgammat inhibitors and uses thereof

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005016245A2 (en) * 2003-06-13 2005-02-24 Zentaris Gmbh Compounds having inhibitive activity of phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase and methods of use thereof
WO2008037477A1 (en) * 2006-09-29 2008-04-03 Novartis Ag Pyrazolopyrimidines as p13k lipid kinase inhibitors
WO2009000832A2 (en) * 2007-06-25 2008-12-31 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Chemical compounds

Family Cites Families (69)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002067683A1 (en) 2001-02-26 2002-09-06 Merck & Co., Inc. Hiv protease inhibitors supported on cation exchange resins for oral administration
CN101519386A (en) 2001-04-16 2009-09-02 田边三菱制药株式会社 Large conductance calcium-activated K channel opener
CA2452114C (en) 2001-06-26 2010-11-16 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Tgf-.beta. superfamily production/secretion promoter
WO2003051847A1 (en) * 2001-12-19 2003-06-26 Smithkline Beecham P.L.C. (1-h-indazol-3-yl) -amide derivatives as gsk-3 inhibitors
TW200306819A (en) 2002-01-25 2003-12-01 Vertex Pharma Indazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
WO2004002480A1 (en) 2002-06-27 2004-01-08 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
CN101723941A (en) 2002-08-09 2010-06-09 阿斯利康(瑞典)有限公司 “1,2,4” oxadiazole as a metabotropic glutamate receptor-5 modulator
TW200812986A (en) 2002-08-09 2008-03-16 Nps Pharma Inc New compounds
AU2003264018A1 (en) 2002-08-09 2004-02-25 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds having an activity at metabotropic glutamate receptors
US20040224986A1 (en) 2002-08-16 2004-11-11 Bart De Corte Piperidinyl targeting compounds that selectively bind integrins
US7202257B2 (en) 2003-12-24 2007-04-10 Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, Llc Anti-inflammatory medicaments
US20050090529A1 (en) 2003-07-31 2005-04-28 Pfizer Inc 3,5 Disubstituted indazole compounds with nitrogen-bearing 5-membered heterocycles, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods for mediating or inhibiting cell proliferation
KR101163800B1 (en) 2003-10-15 2012-07-09 산텐 세이야꾸 가부시키가이샤 Novel indazole derivative
WO2005077373A2 (en) 2004-02-03 2005-08-25 Astrazeneca Ab Treatment of gastro-esophageal reflux disease (gerd)
WO2005077368A2 (en) 2004-02-03 2005-08-25 Astrazeneca Ab Treatment of gastro-esophageal reflux disease (gerd)
WO2005077345A1 (en) 2004-02-03 2005-08-25 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds for the treatment of gastro-esophageal reflux disease
US20080227772A1 (en) 2004-02-04 2008-09-18 Neurosearch A/S Diazabicyclic Aryl Derivatives as Nicotinic Acetylcholine Receptor Ligands
EP1758580A4 (en) 2004-06-24 2008-01-16 Incyte Corp N-substituted piperidines and their use as pharmaceuticals
EP1824842A4 (en) 2004-11-18 2009-08-26 Incyte Corp Inhibitors of 11- hydroxyl steroid dehydrogenase type 1 and methods of using the same
JP2008521831A (en) 2004-11-30 2008-06-26 プレキシコン，インコーポレーテッド PPAR active compounds
WO2006089076A2 (en) 2005-02-18 2006-08-24 Neurogen Corporation Thiazole amides, imidazole amides and related analogues
AU2006277679B2 (en) 2005-03-31 2012-08-02 Ronen Kahana Creating poultry and other animals resistant to viral disease
US20060264433A1 (en) 2005-05-23 2006-11-23 Backes Bradley J Pharmaceutical compositions as inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase-IV (DPP-IV)
TW200800946A (en) 2005-08-15 2008-01-01 Astrazeneca Ab Substituted piperazines as metabotropic glutamate receptor antagonists
BRPI0614801A2 (en) 2005-08-16 2009-05-19 Genzyme Corp chemokine receptor binding compounds
US7465033B2 (en) * 2005-12-05 2008-12-16 Silverbrook Research Ptv Ltd Self-referencing printhead assembly
AU2007225836A1 (en) 2006-03-10 2007-09-20 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Nitrogenated heterocyclic derivative, and pharmaceutical agent comprising the derivative as active ingredient
BRPI0709699A2 (en) 2006-03-29 2011-07-26 Foldrx Pharmaceuticals Inc inhibition of alpha synuclein toxicity
GB2453058A (en) 2006-04-04 2009-03-25 Univ California Kinase antagonists
GB0608820D0 (en) 2006-05-04 2006-06-14 Piramed Ltd Pharmaceutical compounds
TWI303888B (en) * 2006-07-21 2008-12-01 Au Optronics Corp Ltps-lcd structure and method for manufacturing the same
US8492378B2 (en) 2006-08-03 2013-07-23 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited GSK-3β inhibitor
WO2008020229A2 (en) 2006-08-17 2008-02-21 Astrazeneca Ab Antibacterial pyrrolecarboxamides
JP2010501592A (en) * 2006-08-25 2010-01-21 アボット・ラボラトリーズ Indazole derivatives inhibiting TRPV1 and uses thereof
WO2008038136A2 (en) 2006-09-25 2008-04-03 Mutabilis Sa Substituted heterocyclylcarbonylamino-acetic-acid-derivatives as inhibitors of bacterial heptose synthesis, methods for their preparation and biological applications of said inhibitors
TWI454262B (en) 2006-11-02 2014-10-01 Targacept Inc Nicotinic acetylcholine receptor sub-type selective amides of diazabicycloalkanes
GB0701426D0 (en) 2007-01-25 2007-03-07 Univ Sheffield Compounds and their use
US8450348B2 (en) 2007-02-21 2013-05-28 Forma Tm, Llc Derivatives of squaric acid with anti-proliferative activity
JP2010116389A (en) 2008-10-17 2010-05-27 Bayer Cropscience Ag Insecticidal arylpyrrolidines
US8648069B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2014-02-11 Abbvie Inc. 5-substituted indazoles as kinase inhibitors
US7553163B2 (en) * 2007-07-11 2009-06-30 Tyco Electronics Corporation Coplanar angle mate straddle mount connector
JP5451611B2 (en) 2007-07-26 2014-03-26 ヴァイティー ファーマシューティカルズ，インコーポレイテッド Cyclic inhibitor of 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1
EP2291373B1 (en) 2008-05-01 2013-09-11 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclic inhibitors of 11beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1
EP2291370B1 (en) 2008-05-01 2013-11-27 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclic inhibitors of 11beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1
US8569292B2 (en) 2008-05-01 2013-10-29 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclic inhibitors of 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1
JP5301563B2 (en) 2008-05-01 2013-09-25 ヴァイティー ファーマシューティカルズ，インコーポレイテッド Cyclic inhibitor of 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1
EP2280959B1 (en) * 2008-06-05 2012-04-04 Glaxo Group Limited 4-amino-indazoles
ES2445199T3 (en) 2008-06-05 2014-02-28 Glaxo Group Limited Benzpyrazole derivatives as PI3-kinase inhibitors
WO2009147189A1 (en) * 2008-06-05 2009-12-10 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
WO2009147187A1 (en) * 2008-06-05 2009-12-10 Glaxo Group Limited 4-carboxamide indazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of p13-kinases
JP5535652B2 (en) 2008-06-11 2014-07-02 浜松ホトニクス株式会社 Glass welding method
US20100011314A1 (en) * 2008-07-09 2010-01-14 Harold Lee Peterson System, method and computer-readable medium for providing a sidebar functionality as an aspect of a gadget
JP5379160B2 (en) 2008-07-25 2013-12-25 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Cyclic inhibitor of 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1
US20100043315A1 (en) * 2008-08-19 2010-02-25 Fannon David J Strapping System and Method to Reinforce Framed Structures
KR101569832B1 (en) * 2008-11-19 2015-11-18 삼성전자주식회사 Method for separating genomic DNA and plasmid DNA from each other and kit for same
US20100127237A1 (en) * 2008-11-26 2010-05-27 Chih-Sung Chang High brightness light emitting diode structure and a method for fabricating the same
US20110237633A1 (en) 2008-12-11 2011-09-29 Bijoy Panicker Small molecule modulators of hepatocyte growth factor (scatter factor) activity
US20120129854A1 (en) 2009-04-30 2012-05-24 Bayer Cropscience Ag Pesticidal Arylpyrrolidines
MA33216B1 (en) 2009-04-30 2012-04-02 Boehringer Ingelheim Int CYCLIC INHIBITORS OF 11BETA-HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE 1
PL2899191T3 (en) 2009-04-30 2018-01-31 Glaxo Group Ltd Oxazole substituted indazoles as pi3-kinase inhibitors
ES2536779T3 (en) 2009-04-30 2015-05-28 Abbvie Deutschland Gmbh & Co Kg N-Phenyl- (piperazinyl or homopiperazinyl) -benzenesulfonamide or benzenesulfonyl-phenyl- (piperazine or homopiperazine) compounds suitable for treating disorders that respond to modulation of the serotonin 5-HT6 receptor
US8343959B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2013-01-01 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg N-phenyl-(piperazinyl or homopiperazinyl)-benzenesulfonamide or benzenesulfonyl-phenyl-(piperazine or homopiperazine) compounds suitable for treating disorders that respond to modulation of the serotonin 5-HT6 receptor
US20100331320A1 (en) 2009-04-30 2010-12-30 Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclic inhibitors of 11beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1
WO2011067365A1 (en) 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Benzpyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of p13 kinases
US20120238559A1 (en) 2009-12-03 2012-09-20 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
EP2507231A1 (en) 2009-12-03 2012-10-10 Glaxo Group Limited Indazole derivatives as pi 3 - kinase inhibitors
EP2613781B1 (en) 2010-09-08 2016-08-24 GlaxoSmithKline Intellectual Property Development Limited Indazole derivatives for use in the treatment of influenza virus infection
PL2614058T3 (en) 2010-09-08 2015-12-31 Glaxosmithkline Ip Dev Ltd POLYMORPHS AND SALTS OF N-[5-[4-(5-{[(2R,6S)-2,6-DIMETHYL-4-MORPHOLINYL]METHYL}-& xA;1,3-OXAZOL-2-YL)-1H-INDAZOL-6-YL]-2-(METHYLOXY)-3-PYRIDINYL]METHANESULFONAMIDE
GB201018124D0 (en) 2010-10-27 2010-12-08 Glaxo Group Ltd Polymorphs and salts

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005016245A2 (en) * 2003-06-13 2005-02-24 Zentaris Gmbh Compounds having inhibitive activity of phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase and methods of use thereof
WO2008037477A1 (en) * 2006-09-29 2008-04-03 Novartis Ag Pyrazolopyrimidines as p13k lipid kinase inhibitors
WO2009000832A2 (en) * 2007-06-25 2008-12-31 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Chemical compounds

Cited By (49)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8536169B2 (en) 2008-06-05 2013-09-17 Glaxo Group Limited Compounds
US8765743B2 (en) 2008-06-05 2014-07-01 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Compounds
US8658635B2 (en) 2008-06-05 2014-02-25 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Benzpyrazol derivatives as inhibitors of PI3 kinases
JP2011522004A (en) * 2008-06-05 2011-07-28 グラクソ グループ リミテッド New compounds
JP2011522003A (en) * 2008-06-05 2011-07-28 グラクソ グループ リミテッド New compounds
JP2011522001A (en) * 2008-06-05 2011-07-28 グラクソ グループ リミテッド 4-Carboxamide indazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of PI3 kinase
US8524751B2 (en) 2009-03-09 2013-09-03 GlaxoSmithKline Intellecutual Property Development 4-oxadiazol-2-YL-indazoles as inhibitors of P13 kinases
US8586590B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2013-11-19 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Compounds
US10624898B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2020-04-21 Glaxo Group Limited Compounds
US10946025B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2021-03-16 Glaxo Group Limited Compounds
US10383879B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2019-08-20 Glaxo Group Limited Compounds
US8609657B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2013-12-17 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Compounds
US8586583B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2013-11-19 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Compounds
US8575162B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2013-11-05 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Compounds
US8580797B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2013-11-12 Glaxo Smith Kline Intellectual Property Development Limited Compounds
JP2013512879A (en) * 2009-12-03 2013-04-18 グラクソ グループ リミテッド Benzpyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of PI3 kinase
WO2011067365A1 (en) * 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Benzpyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of p13 kinases
WO2011067364A1 (en) * 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Novel compounds
WO2011067366A1 (en) * 2009-12-03 2011-06-09 Glaxo Group Limited Indazole derivatives as pi 3 - kinase inhibitors
WO2011157654A1 (en) * 2010-06-15 2011-12-22 Bayer Cropscience Ag Anthranilic acid diamide derivatives
US8791139B2 (en) 2010-06-15 2014-07-29 Bayer Cropscience Ag Anthranilic diamide derivatives
CN103068813A (en) * 2010-06-15 2013-04-24 拜耳知识产权有限责任公司 Anthranilic acid diamide derivatives
JP2013539471A (en) * 2010-09-08 2013-10-24 グラクソスミスクライン、インテレクチュアル、プロパティー、ディベロップメント、リミテッド Indazole derivatives for use in the treatment of influenza virus infection
WO2012032065A1 (en) 2010-09-08 2012-03-15 Glaxo Group Limited Indazole derivatives for use in the treatment of influenza virus infection
US9326987B2 (en) 2010-09-08 2016-05-03 Glaxo Group Limited Indazole derivatives for use in the treatment of influenza virus infection
US8993576B2 (en) 2010-10-27 2015-03-31 Glaxo Group Limited 6-(1H-indol-4-yl)-4-(5-{[4-1-methylethyl)-1-piperazinyl]methyl}-1,3-oxazol-2-yl)-1H-indazole hemi succinate salt, polymorphs and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
US8551992B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2013-10-08 Neosome Life Sciences, LLC Aminooxazole inhibitors of cyclin dependent kinases
US8546400B2 (en) * 2011-05-27 2013-10-01 Neosome Life Sciences, LLC 1,3-Oxazole-4-carboxamides, 1,3-Thiazole-4-carboxamides, and 1,3-Imidazole-d-carboxamides as Inhibitors of cyclin Dependent kinases
US8865709B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2014-10-21 Neosome Life Sciences, LLC Aminooxazole inhibitors of cyclin dependent kinases
WO2012166463A3 (en) * 2011-05-27 2013-03-28 Neosome Life Sciences, LLC Aminooxazole inhibitors of cyclin dependent kinases
WO2013088404A1 (en) 2011-12-15 2013-06-20 Novartis Ag Use of inhibitors of the activity or function of PI3K
WO2014060432A1 (en) 2012-10-16 2014-04-24 Almirall, S.A. Pyrrolotriazinone derivatives as pi3k inhibitors
WO2014159999A1 (en) * 2013-03-13 2014-10-02 Abbvie Inc. Cdk9 kinase inhibitors
WO2014139983A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 H. Lundbeck A/S [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]quinoxalines as dual pde2/pde10 inhibitors
EP3013341A4 (en) * 2013-06-26 2017-02-08 Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of modulating cftr activity
CN106187899A (en) * 2016-06-28 2016-12-07 绍兴文理学院 A kind of synthetic method of fluoro azepine aromatic hydrocarbons
US10968205B2 (en) 2017-08-01 2021-04-06 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc Pyrazolo and triazolo bicyclic compounds as JAK kinase inhibitors
US10538513B2 (en) 2017-08-01 2020-01-21 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc Pyrazolo and triazolo bicyclic compounds as JAK kinase inhibitors
US10392368B2 (en) 2017-08-01 2019-08-27 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc Pyrazolo and triazolo bicyclic compounds as JAK kinase inhibitors
WO2019086141A1 (en) 2017-11-02 2019-05-09 Aicuris Gmbh & Co. Kg Novel, highly active amino-thiazole substituted indole-2-carboxamides active against the hepatitis b virus (hbv)
CN108586432A (en) * 2018-05-31 2018-09-28 温州医科大学 A kind of 3-（Indoles -5- bases）Indazole derivative and its application
WO2020089455A1 (en) 2018-11-02 2020-05-07 Aicuris Gmbh & Co. Kg 6,7-dihydro-4h-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrazine indole-2-carboxamides active against the hepatitis b virus (hbv)
WO2020089456A1 (en) 2018-11-02 2020-05-07 Aicuris Gmbh & Co. Kg Novel urea 6,7-dihydro-4h-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrazines active against the hepatitis b virus (hbv)
US10851102B2 (en) 2019-01-23 2020-12-01 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc Imidazole and triazole containing bicyclic compounds as JAK inhibitors
US11339160B2 (en) 2019-01-23 2022-05-24 Theravance Biopharma R&D Ip, Llc Imidazole and triazole containing bicyclic compounds as JAK inhibitors
WO2021032938A1 (en) * 2019-08-21 2021-02-25 Kalvista Pharmaceuticals Limited Enzyme inhibitors
WO2021032935A1 (en) * 2019-08-21 2021-02-25 Kalvista Pharmaceuticals Limited Enzyme inhibitors
CN114524808A (en) * 2022-02-21 2022-05-24 深圳市儿童医院 Pyrazole derivative and application thereof as PDE10 inhibitor
CN114524808B (en) * 2022-02-21 2023-10-24 深圳市儿童医院 Pyrazole derivatives and their use as PDE10 inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ES2445199T3 (en) 2014-02-28
US20110178063A1 (en) 2011-07-21
JP2011522002A (en) 2011-07-28
US8658635B2 (en) 2014-02-25
EP2300437A1 (en) 2011-03-30
EP2300437B1 (en) 2013-11-20
JP5508400B2 (en) 2014-05-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2300437B1 (en) Benzpyrazol derivatives as inhibitors of pi3 kinases
US10383879B2 (en) Compounds
EP2280946B1 (en) 4-carboxamide indazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of p13-kinases
EP2280705B1 (en) Novel compounds
EP2280959B1 (en) 4-amino-indazoles
EP2406255B1 (en) 4-oxadiazol-2-yl-indazoles as inhibitors of pi3 kinases
US20120238559A1 (en) Novel compounds
US20120245171A1 (en) Benzpyrazole derivatives as inhibitors of pi3 kinases
US20120238571A1 (en) Indazole derivatives as pi 3-kinase

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09757569

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009757569

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011512119

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12994250

Country of ref document: US